VSP 9437B Color Decoder and Scan-Rate Converter

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET
MICRONAS
VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B OPTIMUS Color Decoder and Scan-Rate Converter Version Cx
Edition Nov. 28, 2002 6251-576-3PD
MICRONAS
VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

Contents Page 5 6 8 10 10 10 10 11 13 14 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 17 17 18 19 20 20 21 21 22 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 25 25 26 26 27 28 29 30 30 30 Section 1. 1.1. 1.2. 2. 2.1. 2.2. 2.3. 2.3.1. 2.3.2. 2.3.2.1. 2.3.2.2. 2.3.2.3. 2.3.3. 2.3.4. 2.3.5. 2.3.6. 2.3.7. 2.3.8. 2.3.9. 2.3.10. 2.3.11. 2.3.12. 2.3.13. 2.3.13.1. 2.3.13.2. 2.3.13.3. 2.3.14. 2.3.15. 2.3.16. 2.3.17. 2.3.18. 2.3.18.1. 2.3.18.2. 2.3.18.3. 2.3.19. 2.3.20. 2.3.21. 2.3.22. 2.3.23. 2.3.24. 2.3.25. 2.3.26. 2.3.27. 2.4. 2.4.1. 2.4.2. Title Introduction Feature Overview Block Diagram Functional Description General Description Chip Architecture Data Acquisition Double CVBS Frontend Analog CVBS and Y/C Inputs Signal Magnitudes and Gain Control Clamping Double Frontend Adjustments CVBS Frontend Synchronization Color Decoder IF-Compensation Chrominance Filter Automatic Standard Recognition Color Saturation Control Color Killer Luminance Processing Adaptive Comb-filter Analog RGB/YUV Inputs Source Select Signal Magnitudes and Gain Control Clamping RGB-Frontend Digital Prefiltering RGB/YPbPr to YCrCb Matrix Component YCrCb Control Soft Mix Static Switch Mode Static Mixer Mode Dynamic Mixer Mode Fast Blank Activity and Overflow Detection Digital 656-Input/-Output Data-Slicer Indication of New Data Closed Caption Violence Protection Widescreen Signalling (625 lines WSS) Widescreen Signalling (525 lines WSS) Channel Mux Input Processing Mosaic Mode Generator Horizontal Prescaler
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Contents, continued Page 31 31 32 32 33 34 34 36 36 38 38 38 39 39 40 45 45 47 49 50 51 52 52 52 52 54 56 57 57 59 60 60 61 61 62 62 62 63 63 64 64 64 64 65 65 65 Section 2.4.3. 2.4.4. 2.4.5. 2.4.6. 2.4.7. 2.4.7.1. 2.4.8. 2.4.9. 2.4.10. 2.5. 2.5.1. 2.5.1.1. 2.5.2. 2.5.2.1. 2.5.3. 2.5.4. 2.5.5. 2.5.6. 2.5.7. 2.5.8. 2.5.8.1. 2.5.8.2. 2.5.8.3. 2.5.8.4. 2.5.8.5. 2.5.8.6. 2.5.8.7. 2.6. 2.6.1. 2.6.2. 2.6.3. 2.6.4. 2.6.4.1. 2.6.4.2. 2.6.4.3. 2.6.5. 2.6.6. 2.6.7. 2.6.8. 2.6.9. 2.6.9.1. 2.6.9.2. 2.6.9.3. 2.6.10. 2.6.11. 2.6.12. Title Vertical Prescaler Filmmode Detection Motion Detection for Scan-Rate Conversion Global Motion and Global Still Detection Letterbox Detection Visualization of Letterbox Results Preframe Generator Noise Measurement Noise Reduction Output Processing Vertical Postscaler Vertical Panorama Mode Horizontal Postscaler Horizontal Panorama Mode Application Modes Write/Read Positioning Multi-Picture Display PiP Processing Basic Upconversion Concept General Upconversion Parameters Motion Phase (MotPh) and Motion Sequence (MotSeq) Line Scan Pattern (Lsp) and Line Scan Pattern Sequence (LspSeq) Interpolation Type Values (IpolType) SoftBlend Enable Switch (SoftBlendEna) Filmmode Handling Dynamic Operation Table (DynOpTable) Inverse 3-2 Pull Down Display Processing Digital Contrast Improvement (DCI) Adaptive Peaking Color Transition Improvement (CTI) Pixel Mixer Priority Decoder Background and Testpattern Component Window Generator Coarse and Fine Delay YCrCb Control for Digital Output RGB Matrix Oversampling and DAC Output-Data Controller HOUT Generator VOUT Generator BLANK Generator Static Pin Switching VSPB in PiP Operation Only Digital 656 Output
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

Contents, continued Page 65 66 67 68 68 68 69 70 71 71 72 90 100 100 145 167 209 209 210 210 215 220 222 222 223 225 225 228 230 233 234 Section 2.6.13. 2.7. 2.7.1. 3. 3.1. 3.2. 3.3. 3.4. 3.5. 3.6. 3.7. 3.8. 3.9. 3.9.1. 3.9.2. 3.9.3. 4. 4.1. 4.2. 4.2.1. 4.2.2. 4.3. 4.4. 4.4.1. 4.4.2. 4.4.3. 4.4.3.1. 4.4.3.2. 5. 5.1. 6. Title Digital YUV/RGB Output Clock Concept Line-locked Clock Generator IC Bus IC Bus Slave Address IC Bus Format Modification of IC Write Registers Update of IC Read Registers Miscellaneous Important Hints IC Bus List in Alphabetical Order IC Command Table IC Command Description Master Channel Slave Channel Common
Specifications Outline Dimensions Pin Connections and Short Descriptions for VSPB Common Pin Connection and Short Descriptions Differing Pin Connections and Short Descriptions for VSP 941xB and VSP 944xB Pin Circuits Electrical Characteristics Absolute Maximum Ratings Recommended Operating Conditions Characteristics General Characteristics IC Bus Characteristics Application Circuit Application Overview Data Sheet History
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

channel only. VSP 94x5B supports two channels, including PiP, double-window etc. The VSP 942xB versions come in a MQFP144 package, whereas all other versions come in a MQFP80 package, pin compatible to other VSP 94xx devices (e.g. VSP 94x2A). The VSP 943xB and VSP 944xB come without scan-rateconverter and a single-scan (50i/60i) signal is output. Table 11 and Table 12 give an overview of the VSPB single-chip family.
Color Decoder and Scan-Rate Converter Release Note: Revision bars indicate significant changes to the previous edition. The hardware and software description in this document is valid for the VSP 94x5B/VSP 94x7B version Cx. 1. Introduction The VSPB family supports 15/32 kHz systems and is available with different options. VSP 94xxB has one Table 11: Optimus family for double-scan application
Type VSP 9405B VSP 9415B VSP 9425B VSP 9407B VSP 9417B VSP 9427B Package MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP144 MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP144 PiP Digital Input ITU6561) ITU656 ITU656 ITU6561) ITU656 ITU656
Analog Input 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 9xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 9xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV to DDP 3315C
Digital Output DS6561),2) DS656 ITU601, DS656, RGB/YUV(27bit) DS6561) DS656 ITU601, DS656, RGB/YUV(27bit)
Analog Output 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS 3xCVBS 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS 3xCVBS 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS
1) Input and output can not be used at same time (pin sharing) 2) DS656 is an ITU656 like, double-scan interface for connection
Table 12: Optimus family for single-scan applications

Type VSP 9435B VSP 9445B VSP 9437B VSP 9447B VSP 9425B2) VSP 9427B2)
1) 2)
Package MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP144 MQFP144
PiP
Digital Input ITU6561) ITU656
Analog Input 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 7xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 9xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV 9xCVBS/YC, 2xRGB/YUV
Digital Output ITU6561) ITU656 ITU6561) ITU656 ITU601, DS656, RGB/YUV(27bit) ITU601, DS656, RGB/YUV(27bit)
Analog Output 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS 3xCVBS 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS 3xCVBS 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS 1xYUV/RGB, 3xCVBS
ITU6561) ITU656 ITU656
ITU656
Input and output can not be used at same time (pin sharing) VSP 9425B and 9427B can be used in single-or double-scan applications.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Table 13: Compatibility and suited backend ICs

Hardware Compatible1) VSP 9402A, VSP 9432A VSP 9405B, VSP 9435B VSP 9407B, VSP 9437B VSP 9412A, VSP 9442A VSP 9415B, VSP 9445B VSP 9417B, VSP 9447B VSP 9425B VSP 9427B
1)
DDP 3315C (no ITU656 input possible)
SDA 9380
With some restrictions. Please refer to pin description and/or respective application note
1.1. Feature Overview Different application modes FSM: Frame based high performance master with PiP SSC: Split screen ("Double Window") MUP: Multi pictures, several still and 2 live pictures possible PC: PC signal in combination with TV signal (TV in PC or PC in TV) Data acquisition connectivity Up to seven (VSP 9425B/9427B: nine) CVBS inputs, up to two Y/C inputs Up to three CVBS outputs (even when Y/C input) ITU-R 656 compatible digital input RGB/FBL or YUV or YUV-H-V input 9 bit amplitude resolution for CVBS/Y/C A/D converter 8 bit amplitude resolution for RGB/FBL A/D converter Multi-standard color decoder with 4H comb-filter PAL/NTSC/SECAM including all substandard Automatic recognition of chroma standard AGC (Automatic Gain Control) Second multi-standard color decoder for slave channel (VSP 94x7B only) Processing of two input channels independently: Master and slave channel Temporal noise reduction for master and slave channel
Field or frame based temporal noise reduction for luminance and chrominance Pre-scaling of the 1fH signal (master and slave channel) Horizontal scaling factors: 3/2...1...1/28 Vertical scaling factors: 1...1/30 Horizontal and vertical scaling of the 2fH signal (master and slave channel) Horizontal Scaling factors: 3...0.75 5 zone horizontal panorama generator Vertical scaling of the 2fH signal (master channel) Vertical scaling factors: 8...0.92 5 zone vertical panorama generator Detection circuits Global motion and global still detection Film mode and phase detection (PAL, NTSC; 2-2, 3-2 pull down) Measurement of the noise level (blanking) Detection of letter box formats Embedded memory On-chip memory controller Embedded DRAM core for field memory SRAM for delay lines Data format 4:2:2 Data slicer for closed caption ("V-chip") and WSS Flexible clock and synchronization concept Horizontal line-locked or free-running mode
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Sharpness improvement Digital color transition improvement (DCTI) Adaptive horizontal and vertical peaking (luminance) Digital luminance transition improvement (DLTI) Digital contrast improvement (DCI, master channel only) (S) VGA support Synchronization to external (S)VGA source possible Scaling of VGA picture, including TV picture and VGA display "side-by-side" Three D/A converters 9 bit amplitude resolution for YUV, RGB output (Nominal) 72 MHz clock frequency with two-fold oversampling Digital output (version dependent) 4:4:4 YUV or RGB output with 24 or 27 bit 4:2:2 YUV output with 24 or 27 bit 2fH-8bit (656 like) digital output ITU-R 656 compatible digital output I2C bus control (400 kHz) 1.8 V 5% and 3.3 V 5% supply voltages P-MQFP-80 or P-MQFP-144 package Only one crystal necessary for whole IC and all color standards
Scan-rate-conversion (version dependent) Motion adaptive frame based 100/120 Hz interlaced scan-rate conversion Motion adaptive frame based 50/60 Hz progressive scan-rate conversion Special treatment for film material ("Inverse 3-2 pull down") Large area and line flicker reduction Simple progressive modes: AB, AA* Simple interlaced modes (100/120 Hz): ABAB, AABB, AAAA, BBBB No scan-rate-conversion modes (50/60 Hz): AB, AA, BB Signal manipulations Still field or still frame Insertion of colored background 2D and 3D frames for master and slave channel Snapshot Windowing Temporal overblending between master and slave Vertical chrominance shift for improved VCR picture quality Mosaic-mode generator Test pattern generator Demo mode Contrast, brightness and saturation control
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
data buffer
data buffer
8
h50/ irq siscen xout
122 123 51 39 32
cvbso1 xin
33 35 91
cvbso2 cvbso3
Reset
vin/ intr clkout vout hout
v50/ blank
111
110
109
40
29
dgout8 dgout7 dgout6 dgout5 dgout4
648 MHz clk
cvbs1
(20.25, 40.5 MHz) 216 MHz clk line-locked
8 7
96
GAIN
clamping signals to ADCs clamped, filterd sync signal from master decoder
C800 Controller Divider Output Sync Controller
xtal Oscillator
Free-running Clocks
cvbs2 Sync
9
AGC generator
97
ADC1 LL-PLL
(36, 72 MHz)
21
CVBS/Y
4H delay H V 648 MHz DTO Divider Line-locked Clocks
cvbs3
98
Notch, Deskew, delay
cvbs4 Delay Control

(PAL/SECAM)
100
GAIN
Comb Filter
22
ADC2 YUV
CVBS/C
1.2. Block Diagram
cvbs5
102
Source Select
Input Mux
Color Decoder
dgout3
23
cvbs6 1H Delay
104
dgout2
24
cvbs7
106
dgout1
25
cvbs8
AGC generator
94
cvbs9 Sync Memory Controller Noise Measure ment H V
95
clamping signals to ADCs
Picture Noise Measure ment
dgout0
CLAMP Delay Control

(PAL/SECAM)
Notch, Deskew, Delay
Output Data Controller
114
dbout8
115
dbout7
116
Color Decoder YUV 1H Delay

YUV YUV Master Output
dbout6 Motion Adaptive Upconversion

124
Mosaic Mode Global Motion Detection
HPrescaler
VPrescaler
Temporal Noise Reduction Preframe Generator
dbout5
125
dbout4
126
Fig. 11: Block diagram (MQFP144 package)

Letterbox Detection Line Memories Channel Mux Motion Detection
YUV
Data Slicer
dbout3
127
eDRAM
dbout2
128
dbout1
132
rin1
YUV Slave Output main YUV insert
70
GAIN
ADCR Mosaic Mode HPrescaler VPrescaler Temporal Noise Reduction Preframe Generator
Pre Processing
Noise Measure ment Line Memories
Filmmode Detection
dbout0
RGB
gin1
72
43
drout8 PiPEngine
44
YUV
bin1 Soft-mix
73
GAIN
ADCG
Pre Processing
or bypass
Down Sampling
drout7
45
fbl1
67
Contrast
drout6
46
rin2
78
Source Select
GAIN
Brightness
ADCB
Pre Processing
Saturation
4:4:4
drout5
47
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

to 656io
4:2:2 4:4:4
gin2
80
4:2:2 ITU656 Encoder CTI LTI Adaptive Peaking
drout4
48
bin2 Offset, Gain

VPostscaler HPostscaler
82
GAIN
drout3
52
ADCF DCI
Antialias, Deskew
fbl2
68
CLAMP grey shaded blocks not available in
drout2
53
drout1 ITU601 Encoder Pattern Generator GAIN Y DAC Curtain Generator PixelMixer OFFSET GAIN U DAC Frame Generator OFFSET GAIN
143 2 54
656clk
15
656io0
62
OPTIMUS VSP 94x7B

VSP 94x5B
VPanorama Generator HPanorama Generator
drout0
656io1
61
(pinning corresponds to QFP-144 package)
ayout
656io2
60
656io3
38
ITU656 Decoder
ITU656 Memory out
auout
656io4
37
HPanorama Generator
YUV-> RGB or bypass
Delay Adjust 8:8:8
656io5
31
4:2:2
4:4:4
656io6
30
Test-controller, Memory Bist
IC Interface
HPostscaler
CTI LTI
Adaptive Peaking
V DAC OFFSET
140
avout
656io7
28 10
16
138
14
18
129
13
34
656hio/ 656vio/ clkf20 blank scl sda
tdo
tclk
tms
adr/tdi
Micronas
cvbso1 xout xin vout hout

23 17 70 27
cvbso2 cvbso3 clkout

18 20 69
Reset
vin/ intr h50/ v50/ irq blank
63
62
61
24
14
648 MHz clk
Fig. 12: Block diagram (MQFP80 package)

xtal Oscillator Divider
(20.25, 40.5 MHz) 216 MHz clk line-locked
YUV YUV
Data Slicer Channel Mux Motion Detection

YUV
Letterbox Detection Line Memories
Global Motion Detection
Data buffer
Data buffer
Micronas
Free-running Clocks Output Sync Controller Sync
AGC generator
cvbs1
52
GAIN
clamping signals to ADCs clamped, filtered sync signal from master decoder
C800 Controller
cvbs2 LL-PLL
(36, 72 MHz)
53
ADC1 H V 648 MHz DTO Divider Line-locked Clocks
CVBS/Y
4H Delay
cvbs3
54
Notch, Deskew, delay
cvbs4 Delay Control

(PAL/SECAM)
55
GAIN
Comb Filter
ADC2 YUV 1H Delay

Picture Noise Measure ment
CVBS/C
cvbs5
56
Source Select
Input Mux
Color Decoder
cvbs6
57
cvbs7
58
AGC generator
clamping signals to ADCs
CLAMP Delay Control

(PAL/SECAM)
Notch, Deskew, Delay Sync Noise Measure ment Memory Controller H V
Output Data Controller
Color Decoder YUV 1H Delay

Master Output
Mosaic Mode
HPrescaler
VPrescaler
Temporal Noise Reduction Preframe Generator
Motion Adaptive Upconversion 941xB, 944xB only
eDRAM
75
i656iclk
76
rin1
YUV Slave Output main insert
39
GAIN
Noise Measure ment Line Memories Filmmode Detection
i656i0
77
ADCR Mosaic Mode HPrescaler VPrescaler Temporal Noise Reduction Preframe Generator
Pre Processing
gin1
RGB
i656i1 PiPEngine
78
40
YUV
i656i2
79
bin1 Soft-mix
41
GAIN
ADCG
Pre Processing
or Bypass
Down U Sampling
YUV
i656i3
80
fbl1
37
Contrast
rin2
46
Source Select
GAIN
Brightness
i656i4
1
ADCB
Pre Processing
Saturation
4:4:4
i656i5
2
gin2
47
4:2:2 to 656io
4:2:2 4:4:4
i656i6 ITU656/ DS656 Encoder

3
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

Offset, Gain
VPostscaler HPostscaler
bin2
48
GAIN
ADCF DCI
Antialias, Deskew
i656i7 CTI LTI Adaptive Peaking to 656decoder
fbl2
38
CLAMP grey shaded blocks not available in VSP 94x5B VPanorama Generator HPanorama Generator
656clk
656io0
32
OPTIMUS VSP 94x7B
Pattern Generator
656io1
31
(Pinning corresponds to QFP-80 package)

Curtain Generator PixelMixer
GAIN Y DAC OFFSET GAIN U DAC Frame Generator OFFSET GAIN

79 2
940xB, 943xB only ayout
656io2
30
656io3
22
ITU656 Decoder
ITU656 Memory Output
auout
656io4
21
HPanorama Generator
YUV-> RGB or Bypass
Delay Adjust 8:8:8
656io5 IC Interface
16
4:2:2
4:4:4
656io6
15
Test-controller, Memory bist
HPostscaler
CTI LTI
Adaptive Peaking
V DAC OFFSET
76
avout
656io7
13 6
10
74
71
19
656hio/ 656vio/ clkf20 blank scl sda
tclk
tms
adr/tdi

2. Functional Description 2.1. General Description The VSP 94xxB (OPTIMUS) is a new component of the Micronas MEGAVISION single-chip-IC family. The VSP 94xxB family comprises all main functions of a digital featurebox in one monolithic IC. The amount of features is splitted up to different levels from mid to high end, always giving highest picture quality. The family is ideally suited to work in conjunction with the deflection processors SDA 9380 or DDP 3315C (dependent on VSP 94xxB version). In combination with the digital TV decoder MDE 9500 double-scan iDTV are possible. 50/60 Hz derivatives are also available. The device comprises digital multistandard color decoder for master and slave channel, a RGB interface with fast-blank capability (SCART), scaling units including panorama, embedded DRAM for upconversion, high performance frame based upconversion algorithms, picture improvements, temporal noise reduction as well as A/D and D/A converter. 2.2. Chip Architecture
The OPTIMUS contains many blocks which are dedicated to master channel only (e.g. vertical postscaler) which can only be used with master channel. Some blocks are twice implemented (e.g. noise reduction). Some blocks are only once available but can be selected to work in master or slave channel (e.g. dataslicer). VSP 94xxB does not contain dedicated slave blocks. All items mentioned for slave channel in the data sheet are not valid for VSP 94xxB (see Table 22 on page 11). All IC bus registers mentioned are printed in bold and italics (e.g. YCDEL). 2.3. Data Acquisition The Data Acquisition Processing provides two independent data streams (master and slave) for the input processing. They either come from a CVBS, Y/C, RGB or YUV input or from a CCIR 656 compatible digital input signal. For RGB and YUV, interlace and progressive signals up to XGA can be connected. High resolution PC signals (SVGA, XGA etc.) may only be reproduced with limited picture quality (see Table 23 on page 11).
Table 21: Versions available Version 9405B 9415B 9425B 9435B 9445B 9407B 9417B 9427B 9437B 9447B Scan-rate Conversion 50p/60p/100i/120i 50p/60p/100i/120i 50i/60i/50p/60p/100i/120i 50i/60i 50i/60i 50p/60p/100i/120i 50p/60p/100i/120i 50i/60i/50p/60p/100i/120i 50i/60i 50i/60i Output Format Analog, DS656 DS656 Analog, DS656, digital RGB/YUV Analog, ITU656 ITU656 Analog, DS656 DS656 Analog, DS656, digital RGB/YUV Analog, ITU656 ITU656 PiP PiP PiP PiP PiP PiP Package QFP80 QFP80 QFP144 QFP80 QFP80 QFP80 QFP80 QFP144 QFP80 QFP80
10
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 23: Allowed analog and digital input signals Defined for Master or Slave Input Signals CVBS/Y/C YUV (sync on Y) fH [kHz] 15.6 15.6 31.2 Remark Standard TV (PAL, NTSC, SECAM) DVD (EIA770.1) Progressive DVD (EIA770.2) DVD VGA SVGA XGA
Table 22: Master/Slave building blocks Function Defined for Master Defined for Slave
Color decoder Letterbox Temporal noise reduction Film mode detector Data-slicer Comb-filter CTI/LTI/adaptive peaking Noise measurement (blanking) Noise measurement (picture content) H/V-prescaler H-panorama postscaler V-panorama postscaler Preframe generator Mosaic mode generator Global motion detection Global still detection Digital contrast improvement
RGB+CVBS/ RGB+sync RGB+H+V
15.6 31.5 37.9 48.3
Limit values for analog inputs Digital 656 15.6 (Only single-scan possible) 53
2.3.1. Double CVBS Frontend The CVBS and Y/C decoding is done by two CVBSfrontends working in parallel. Normally, the comb-filter is connected to the first frontend, giving the main picture whereas the second frontend generates an uncombed picture for the PiP channel. The input of frontend 1 is selected by COMBUSEM, the input for frontend 2 is selected by COMBUSES (refer to Figure 21). As two CVBS-ADC are not sufficient for any combination of input signals, RGB-ADCs can be used as well for CVBS, Y/C conversion. When using these ADCs, the signal must be switched/connected on the PCB accordingly. At least two solutions are possible: When using Y/C for main channel, PiP channel can be connected to G_ADC. An external device must be used to switch one CVBS output and the G-signal to GIN1. If only one RGB/YUV input is required, one CVBS out can be directly connected to GIN2. When two Y/C inputs are required, Y1 and Y2 can be connected to CVBSIN4 and CVBSIN6, C1 and C2 can be connected to RIN1 and RIN2 (please refer to "Source Select" on page 20).To make use of the Y/C to CVBS adder, C1 and C2 should be additionally connected to CVBSIN5 and CVBSIN7.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
11
from G_ADC from R_ADC REMDEL1 from B_ADC
CVBS_ADC1
9
0
CVBS1/Y1 CVBS/C1
CVBS_ADC2
1 CVBS2/Y2 YCSEL REMDEL2 0 1 2 INCOMB from G_ADC 0 1 2 COMBUSE1 YCBYR
Color Decoder master (CD1)
Y UV
adaptive 4H combfilter
Ycomb Ccomb
Color Decoder slave (CD2)
Y UV
COMBUSE2 YCBYB from B_ADC from R_ADC from G_ADC
from B_ADC
INCOMBC from R_ADC
Fig. 21: Double CVBS frontend Table 24: Input signal combinations COMBUSEM 0 Y_CD1 CVBS1 C_CD1 CVBS/C (YCBYR=0) R_ADC (YCBYR=1) 1 CVBS2 CVBS2 (YCBYR=0) B_ADC (YCBYR=1) 21) 3 Ycomb G_ADC Ccomb G_ADC (YCBYR=0) R_ADC (YCBYR=1) COMBUSES 0 Y_CD2 CVBS1 C_CD2 CVBS/C (YCBYB=0) R_ADC (YCBYB=1) 1 CVBS2 CVBS2 (YCBYB=0) B_ADC (YCBYB=1) 22) 3 Ycomb G_ADC Ccomb G_ADC (YCBYB=0) B_ADC (YCBYB=1)
1) 2)
When using COMBUSEM=2, BGSHIFTM must be set to 1, otherwise 0. When using COMBUSES=2, BGSHIFTS must be set to 1, otherwise 0
12
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

If CVBSEL1 and CVBSEL2 are switched to the same input, a superimposing of clamping pulses and clamping values occur. This case must be avoided. If it is desired to display one source on both channels, disable ADC2 (CVBSEL2=1111) and distribute output from ADC1 to master and slave CD by COMBUSEM and COMBUSES. Figure 23 shows the analog frontend.
0 0 -5 Attenuation [dB] -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 Fsig [MHz] 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
2.3.2. Analog CVBS and Y/C Inputs Source Select The analog CVBS signal can be fed to the inputs CVBS1...7 (or 3x CVBS and 2x Y/C) of VSP 94x7B (amplitude 0.5...1.5 Vpp). In P-MQFP144 package, 9 CVBS inputs (or 5x CVBS and 2x Y/C) are possible and 3 CVBS outputs are available. One signal is selected via CVBSEL1 and fed to first ADC. A second signal is selected via CVBSEL2 and fed to the other ADC. Although every input CVBS1...CVBS9 can handle CVBS/Y or C signals, CVBS4&5 or CVBS6&7 are intended to be used as separate Y/C inputs (YCSEL). After clamping to the back porch (switchable to synctip clamping by CLPSTGY) both signals are AD-converted with an amplitude resolution of 9 bit. The conversion is done using a 20.25 MHz free-running crystal stable clock. Before this the signals are lowpass filtered by antialias filter. Three inputs can be looped back to output CVBSO1-3 (CVBOSEL1, CVBOSEL2, CVBSELO3). A signal addition is performed to output a CVBS signal even when separate Y/C signals are used at input. Inputs that are not used by ADC are roughly clamped to fit in the allowed voltage region. For stand-by operation (power-save mode), A/D and D/A converter can be switched off by STANDBYxxx keeping the sourceselector operational.
Fig. 22: Default characteristic of analog CVBS/Y/C antialias filter
CVBSEL1
CVBSEL2
CVBOSEL1
CVBOSEL2
CVBOSEL3
CVBS 1 CVBS 2 CVBS 3 CVBS 4 / Y1 CVBS 5 / C1 CVBS 6 / Y2 CVBS 7 / C2
C C C C C C C 1 / 11 1 / 11 1 / 11 1 / 11 1 / 11
CVBS 8 CVBS 9
C C MQFP144 only
Clamping pulse of ADC_CVBS1 or ADC_CVBS2. Shifting of signal to required input voltage range for CVBSO1..3
Filter
Filter
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
ADC_CVBS1
ADC_CVBS2
CVBSO1
CVBSO2
CVBSO3
Fig. 23: Input selection
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
13

2.3.2.1. Signal Magnitudes and Gain Control To adjust to different CVBS input voltages a digitally working automatic gain control is implemented. Input voltages in the range between 0.6 to 1.8 Vpp can be applied to the CVBS inputs. The AGC behavior can be chosen from four possible AGCMD modes (see Table 25). When using the sync height, the A/D gain rises or falls depending on the sync-height of the incoming signal. When using overflow detection only, the gain is set to maximum and is reduced whenever an "overflow" occurs. The signal is lowpassed so that chrominance and noise are not used for detection. The threshold can be adjusted by PWTHD. A setting of 11 equals 511 and means an overflow of the ADC. Other settings react for a lower level. The gain only becomes higher when a change of the channel is detected or is manually reset by AGCRES. AGCFRZE holds the current AGC value. With AGCADJ1 and AGCADJ2, both ADCs are gain controlled manually.
1.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.5 Conversion Range [V] 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0 8 16 24
Gain Control Characteristic
32
40
48
56
64
AGCADJ1, AGCADJ2 (IC)
Fig. 24: CVBS, Y and C amplitude characteristics
Table 25: AGC modes AGCMD 00 AGC Operation Mode AGC uses the height of the sync pulse as a reference and additionally reduces amplification when ADC overflows AGC uses the height of the sync pulse as a reference AGC uses only ADC overflows AGC is disabled and the ADC fits to the values given in AGCADJ
01 10 11
511 442 SRY(1V nom.) 144 16 0
upper headroom white CR (1.2V nom.)
511 446 SRC(0.89 V nom.)
upper headroom
100% chroma
75% chroma
burst
256
black
Fig. 25: CVBS ADC characteristic
burst
64 0
lower headroom
14
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

CD2.The separate clamp-signal for blue ADC is only used when this mode is selected by BLUESEL. 2.3.3. CVBS Frontend The CVBS frontend consists of the color-decoding circuit itself, a sync processing circuit for separating H/V sync out of the CVBS signal, and the luminance processing. Separated H/V syncs are given to pins H50 and V50. In contrast to previous versions of VSP 94xxB, H50 pin can be used to synchronize other ICs (e.g. text controller), if H50SKEW is set to 1. The main task of the luminance processing is to remove the color carrier by means of a notch filter (no comb mode). For PAL and SECAM operation a baseband delay line is used for U and V signals. This can be used as comb filter in NTSC operation (only for chrominance). The RGB input can either be used as an overlay for the CVBS channel (RGB+FBL) or as a full master channel (RGB+H/V, RGsyncB). The overlay is done by means of a soft-mix and can be used e.g. for "SCART" connector. This block contains a matrix (for RGB signals) which is switched off for YUV (e.g. YsyncPbPr) input signals. A CBS (contrast, brightness, saturation) control makes the input signal adjustable. 2.3.4. Synchronization After elimination of the high frequency components of the CVBS signal by a low pass filter, horizontal and vertical sync pulses are separated. Horizontal sync pulses are generated by a digital phase locked loop. The time constant can be adjusted between fast and slow behavior in four steps (PLLTC) to accommode different input sources (e.g. VCR). The time-constant can be changed during normal operation without visible picture degradation. Additionally weak input signals from a satellite dish ("fish") become more stable when SATNR is enabled. Vertical sync pulses are separated by integration of equalizing pulses. A vertical flywheel mode improves vertical sync separation for weak signals (VFLYWHL, VFLYWHLMD). Additionally, v-syncs may be gated by to reject invalid v-syncs, separately adjustable for 50 Hz (VTHRL50, VTHRH50) and 60 Hz (VTHRL60, VTHRH60) signals. If no input signal is connected the device switches to a free-running mode. The device can be configured to switch-on background color when no or only a weak signal is applied (NOSIGB). 50 Hz or 60 Hz operation for sync separation may be forced separately (e.g NTSC only chassis) or selected to work automatically (FLNSTRD).
2.3.2.2. Clamping The clamp timing for the analog inputs is generated from its corresponding CVBS/sync signal. Clamping can be suppressed for some lines by CLMPLOW and CLMPHIGH to ignore copyprotection information. Both color-decoder generate two sets of clamping signals each (signals 1 and signals 2). Signals 1 are intended to be used for CVBS ADCs, signals 2 are intended to be used for RGBF ADCs. The start and length of each signal is adjustable. For adjustment, please refer to application note. 2.3.2.3. Double Frontend Adjustments CVBS and RGBF ADCs receive gain and clamping signals from the color decoder. For flexibility reasons, these can be selected according to the following figures:
CLMPSIG1 to CVBS ADC1 0 1 2 3 CLMPSIG2
AGCADJ2M
AGC CD1 AGC CD2
AGCADJ1M
to CVBS ADC2
AGCADJ1S
AGCADJ2S
Fig. 26: Selection of cvbs gain control
CLMPSIG1 to CVBS ADC1 0 1 2 3 CLMPSIG2 to RGBF ADC SELSM to Blue ADC BLUETWO CD1: Clamp-Signals 1 CD1: Clamp-Signals 2 CD2: Clamp-Signals 1 CD2: Clamp-Signals 2
to CVBS ADC2
Fig. 27: Selection of clamp signals
For normal conditions, CLMPSIG1=0 and CLMPSIG2=2 allow to select "signals1" from master and slave color-decoder. To connect CVBS ADC1 with CD2 and CVBS ADC2 with CD1, use CLMPSIG1=2 and CLMPSIG2=0. For "Chrominance on Blue", the clamping for this ADC must be selected separately (BLUETWO), dependent on whether Y is on CD1 or
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
15

The center frequency of the frontend PLL can be adjusted in a range up to 52 kHz with FHFRRN.
2.3.7. Chrominance Filter The demodulation is followed by a lowpass filter for the color difference signals for PAL/NTSC. SECAM requires a modified lowpass function with bell filter characteristic. For SECAM mode, the de-emphasis filter can be adjusted by DEEMPFIR and DEEMPIIR. The bell filter can be adjusted by BELLFIR and BELLIIR. A wide band chroma filter can be selected. This filter is intended for high bandwidth chroma signals, e.g. S-VHS signal or when comb-filter is enabled. The chroma bandwidth can be adjusted by CHRF. The value of CHRF has no linear dependency on effective bandwidth. The proper constellations are shown in Figure 28.
20250kHz f = ---------------------------------------------384 + 4 FHFRRN
2.3.5. Color Decoder The digital multistandard chroma decoder is able to decode NTSC and PAL signals with a subcarrier frequency of 3.58 MHz and 4.43 MHz (PAL B1)/M/N/602), NTSC M/44) as well as SECAM signals with automatic standard detection. Alternatively a standard can be forced. The demodulation is done with a regenerated color-carrier. For use of non-standard crystals or factory adjustment, the frequency of the free-running regenerated subcarrier can be adjusted between 270 ppm via SCADJ. For this purpose the crystal deviation (SCDEV) can be read out via IC after chroma PLL locking (indicated by SCOUTEN) and can be stored in C ROM for SCADJ. For test purposes, CPLLOF allows a loop opening of the chroma PLL. The delay between Y and C is well aligned and can also be adjusted in steps of 50ns (YCDEL). No picture shifting occurs when switching between different color standards (e.g. SECAM PAL). A delayline is implemented for PAL and SECAM signals. It acts as a simple chrominance comb-filter for NTSC and can be disabled by COMB. This improves the vertical chroma resolution, but cross-color remains. 2.3.6. IF-Compensation With off-air or mistuned reception, any attenuation at higher frequencies or asymmetry around the color subcarrier is compensated. Five different settings (IFCOMP) of the IF-compensation are possible: Flat (no compensation) 6 dB/octave 12 dB/octave 4.4 MHz prefiltering (with or without prefiltering)
5 0 5 Damping (dB) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 0.5
Chroma filter
CHRF=9 CHRF=57
CHRF=12 CHRF=14
2.5 3 3.5 4
CHRF=8
1 1.5 2 Frequency (MHz)
Fig. 28: Chroma filter characteristics 2.3.8. Automatic Standard Recognition For adjustment to the specific operational area an automatic norm detection is selectable. Available 50 Hz color standards are PAL B, PAL N and SECAM. Available 60 Hz color standards are NTSC M, PAL M, PAL60 and NTSC44. For each line standard, one or more color standards can be chosen for automatic standard detection. In addition, a standard can be forced as well. Within each line standard, the standard is detected by consequently switching from one to another. This standard detection process can be set to slow or fast behavior (LOCKSP). In slow behavior, 25 fields are used to detect the standard, whereas 15 fields are used in fast behavior. If unsuccessful within this time period the system tries to detect another standard. AMSTD50 selects whether PAL B or SECAM is tried first in the automatic routine. AMSTD60 selects whether NTSC44/PAL60 or NTSC M is tried first. Both bits can also be set for automatic detection, then the last detected chroma standard will be used. For SECAM detection, a choice between different recognition levels is possible (SCMIDL, SCMREL) and the evaluated burst position is selectable (BGPOS).
1 PAL B is representative for PAL B/G/H/I/N 2 PAL60 and NTSC44 are nonstandard signals which are generated by some VCR or DVD player
Color standard (STDET), line standard (LNSTDRD) and color killer status (CKSTAT) can be read out.
16
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

2.3.9. Color Saturation Control In the PAL/NTSC system the burst is the reference for the color signal. An Automatic Chroma Control (ACC) produces a stable output for input chroma variations from (approximately) -30 dB to +6 dB compared to nominal burst value. The ACC reference value is programmable for NTSC and PAL independently (NTSCREF, PALREF) to ensure correct color saturation. With ACCFIX, the ACC is disabled and a constant value (dependent on NTSCREF and PALREF) is used instead. ACCFRZ holds the current ACC value. The maximum amplification of the ACC can be limited by ACCLIM. This results in a smooth attenuation of color intensity for weak color carrier (see Fig. 29).
Table 26: Allowed combinations for 60 Hz standards

Standard (60 Hz) None PAL60 PAL M NTSC M NTSC44 Automatic PAL M/NTSC M Automatic NTSC M/NTSC44/PAL60 CSTAND D6 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 D5 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 D4 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 D3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0(!)
U,V
+0dB
U,V CONS CON

+0dB
Table 27: Allowed combinations for 50 Hz standards

color off +6dB -4dB color off
Standard (50 Hz) None PAL N PAL B SECAM Automatic PAL B/SECAM
CSTAND D2 0 0 0 1 1 D1 0 0 1 0 1 D0 0 1 0 0 0
CKILL ACCLIM
attenuation of color-carrier
+6dB
-4dB
attenuation of color-carrier CKILLS
PAL, NTSC operation
SECAM operation
Fig. 29: Color killer adjustment 2.3.10. Color Killer If the chrominance signal is below an adjustable threshold (CKILL (PAL; NTSC) or CKILLS (SECAM)) the color is switched off. To prevent on/off switching, a hysteresis is given by CON or CONS which is the value of switching on the color. COLON switches on the color under any circumstance. The output of the color decoder can be set to UV or CrCb data by CRCB. For NTSC only, the color impression (tint) can be adjusted by the huecontrol between 88 and 90 in steps of 0.7 (HUE).
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
17

2.3.11. Luminance Processing A luminance notch filter is implemented to reject the chroma information from luminance. Depending on the color standard, one of three different notch characteristics is chosen (PAL, NTSC, SECAM). For PAL and SECAM standards, five different characteristics are available. For NTSC standard, four different characteristics are available. They can be selected by NTCHSEL. Alternatively, when NOTCHOFF is set to 1, notch is disabled or enabled when necessary automatically. TNOTCHOFF disables notch-filter under any circumstance. A simple lowpass-filter can be enabled by LPPOST to further reduce high-frequency noise component from the CVBS signal. For applications for which a black offset is not desired, controlling may be done using LMOFST. The positive or negative offset is added to the Y signal before scaling. The filter characteristics can be found in Fig. 210 to Fig. 211 and Fig. 213 to Fig. 214. Table 28: Notch-filter
NOTCHOFF 0 0 1 1
TNOTCHOFF 0 1 0 1
Notch-filter Always enabled Always disabled Dependent on mode Always disabled
Fig. 212: Adjustment of Black- to Blankingvalue at analog output
5
5 0 5 attenuation [dB] 10 15 20 25 30
characteristic for SECAM (4.25 MHz)

4.25
characteristic for NTSC NTCHSEL=

3.58
NTCHSEL=
x01
x00
5 attenuation [dB]
100 000 001 010 011
x10
x11
10 15 20 25 30
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
frequency [MHz]
frequency [MHz]
Fig. 210: Filter characteristics for NTSC, PAL M and PAL N
Fig. 213: Filter characteristics for SECAM (SECNTCH=01, 4.25 MHz)
5 0 5 attenuation [dB] 10 15 20 25 30
characteristic for PAL

NTCHSEL= 000 010
attenuation [dB]
4.43
5 0 5
characteristic for Y/C

LPPOST=0 LPPOST=1
100
10 15 20
011 001
25 30
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
5.5
frequency [MHz]
frequency [MHz]
Fig. 211: Filter characteristics for PAL B/G, NTSC44 and PAL60
Fig. 214: Filter characteristics for Y/C mode
18
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

In order to obtain the best-suited picture quality, the user has the possibility to influence the behavior of the adaption algorithm going from moderate combing to strong combing. Therefore, the following three parameters may be adjusted: HDG (horizontal difference gain) VDG (vertical difference gain) DDR (diagonal dot reducer) HDG typically defines the comb strength on horizontal edges. It determines the amount of the remaining cross-luminance and the sharpness on edges respectively. As HDG increases, the comb strength, e. g. cross luminance reduction and sharpness, increases. VDG typically determines the comb filter behavior on vertical edges. As VDG increases, the comb strength, e. g. the amount of hanging dots, decreases. After selecting the comb-filter performance in horizontal and vertical direction, the diagonal picture performance may further be optimized by adjusting DDR. As DDR increases, the dot crawl on diagonal colored edges is reduced.
2.3.12. Adaptive Comb-filter As only one comb-filter is included, the selection whether master or slave color decoder uses the combfilter is done by SELCOMB. The comb-filter input can be selected by INCOMB. First or second CVBS ADC or green ADC can be used. DISCOMB disables the comb-filter without changing the vertical or horizontal delay. The benefit is, that on/off switching of comb-filter can be done without picture jumping. When setting YCTCOMB, a Y/C signal is fed through line delays without combing, allowing same vertical delay for Y/C signals also. The origin of C signal is given by INCOMBC (refer to Fig. 21 on page 12). The comb-filter incorporates a detection circuit, whether standard TV sources or unstable non-standard sources (e.g. VCR) are applied. Although the adaption logic does not allow combing for unstable signals, it is recommended to disable comb-filter by DISCOMB when TVMODE indicates a non-standard signal. The 4H adaptive comb-filter is used for high quality luminance/chrominance separation for PAL or NTSC composite video signals. The comb-filter improves the luminance resolution (bandwidth) and reduces interferences like cross-luminance and cross-color. The adaptive algorithm eliminates most of the mentioned errors without introducing new artifacts or noise. The filter uses four line delays to process the information of three video lines. To have a fixed phase relationship of the color subcarrier in the three channels, the digital data is fractionally locked to the color subcarrier. This allows the processing of all color standards and sub-standards using a single crystal frequency. The CVBS signal in the three channels is filtered at the subcarrier frequency by a set of bandpass/notch filters. The output of the three channels is used by the adaption logic to select the weighting that is used to reconstruct the luminance/chrominance signal from the 4 bandpass/notch filter signals. By using soft mixing of the 4 signals switching artifacts of the adaption algorithm are completely suppressed. The comb-filter uses the middle line as reference, therefore, the comb-filter delay is two lines. If the comb-filter is switched off, the delay lines are used to pass the luma/chroma signals from the A/D converters to the luma/chroma outputs. Thus, the processing delay is always two lines.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
19

2.3.13. Analog RGB/YUV Inputs 2.3.13.1. Source Select Two RGB/YUV inputs are available. The choice between the first or second input is made by RGBSEL. Additionally, RIN1 and RIN2 (or RIN1 and BIN1 or RIN2 and BIN2) can be used as two separate C inputs for Y/C operation.
Table 29: RGB input selection

RGBSEL BLUESEL R_ADC G_ADC B_ADC 0 0 RIN1 GIN1 BIN1 FIN1 RGB/ YUV input 1 or C 1 0 RIN2 GIN2 BIN2 FIN2 RGB/ YUV input 2 or C 0 1 RIN1 GIN1 RIN2 FIN1 C1 and C2 1 1 RIN1 GIN2 RIN2 FIN2 C1 and C2
0 0 -5 -10 Attenuation [dB] -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
F_ADC
Fsig [MHz]
Fig. 215: Default characteristic of analog RGB/FBL antialiasfilter
255 229
upper headroom
255 229
upper headroom
80 16 0
255 229
lower headroom
16 0
255 229
lower headroom
upper headroom
upper headroom
80 16 0
lower headroom
16 0
lower headroom
Fig. 216: Y/RGBF (w/ or w/o sync) and UV amplitude characteristics
20
CRY = 0.84 Vpp
CRY = 1.2 Vpp
SRY = 0.7 Vpp
SRY = 1 Vpp
CRY = 0.84 Vpp
CRY = 1.2 Vpp
SRY = 0.7 Vpp
SRY = 1 Vpp
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

2.3.13.3. Clamping When using the dynamic softmix-mode with fast-blank, clamping of fast-blank input must be disabled by DCLMPF. The analog clamping value of red and blue input (V and U resp.) can be adjusted by CLMPVRB. The analog clamping value of green input (Y resp.) can be adjusted by CLMPVG. Depending on the input signal format (YUV, RGB, sync signal or not) these bits must be set accordingly. On the digital side, a correction of the analog clamping value must be performed to reconstruct the blacklevel. This is achieved by RBOFST and GOFST.
2.3.13.2. Signal Magnitudes and Gain Control Each ADC can be gain adjusted by AGCADJR, AGCADJG, AGCADJB, AGCADJF.
1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 Conversion Range [V] 1.2 1.1 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0 8 16
Gain Control Characteristic
24
32
40
48
56
64
AGCADJR, AGCADJG ,AGCADJB, AGCADJB (IC)
Fig. 217: RGBF ADC characteristic

DC Gain Control Characteristic
1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
ADC output=255 conversion range
Conversion Range [V]
ADC output=0
0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64
AGCADJF (IC)
Fig. 218: Fast-blank ADC characteristic without clamping (DCLMPF=1)
Table 210: Configurations of input signals Mode YUV, sync on Y YUV, sync on H,V, or CVBS RGB, sync on G RGB, sync on RGB RGB, sync on H,V, or CVBS RGB with fast-blank, synchron to CVBS CLMPVG 80 16 80 80 16 16 CLMPVRB 128 128 16 80 16 16 GOFST 64 0 64 64 0 0 RBOFST 128 128 0 64 0 0 DCLMPF Dont care 0 Dont care Dont care 0 1
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
21

2.3.14. RGB-Frontend An analog RGB input port for an external RGB or YUV source is available. The incoming signal is clamped to the back porch by a clamping pulse. As the memory is only able to store a 4:2:2 picture, the YUV input signal is downconverted to 4:2:2 format. There are two operation modes available. The first one uses this input as an overlay input (soft mix). The RGB or YUV signal must then be synchronized to the main CVBS signal. The so called independent mode uses RGB / YUV including sync or H/V signals. This can be used, for
example, for a DVD player or set-top-box. When using H sync from a non CVBS input (e.g. separate H-sync) this must be indicated by HINP. The usage of separate V-sync must be set by VINP. With the readable information of number-of-lines (LPFLD), pixel-per-line (NRPIXEL), H and V polarity (DETHPOL, DETVPOL), the applied PC-signals can be distinguished. The delay of luminance and fastblank can be adjusted by YFDEL, and chrominance can be delay adjusted by UVDEL. If necessary, fastblank can be adjusted fine by FBLDEL.
Table 211: Possible input signals for RGB frontend Input Signal RGB / YUV RGB / YUV RGB RGB YUV
1)
FBLIN CVBS1) Ha FBL
VIN
Sync Separation Sync on CVBS
HINP 0 1 0 1 1
VINP 0 1 0 0 0
Sync on H Synchron to CVBS Sync on G Sync on Y
Instead of FBL input, CVBS input can be used
from VINP pin
from CVBS Source select
ADC2
AGCADJ2 Data 2 256 HINP AGCADJ1 AGCMD
0 1
from CVBS Source select
ADC1
CLMPV1 CLAMPSIGNALS 1 ADCSEL
Sync processing
VINP
from RGB Source select
ADCR
AGCADJR CLMPVRB
1
DATAR
R Processing
to soft-mix RBOFFSET
CLAMPSIGNALS2 AGCADJG DATAG CLMPVG
ADCG
G Processing
to soft-mix GOFFSET
ADCB
AGCADJB DATAB CLMPVRB
B Processing
to soft-mix RBOFFSET
ADCF
AGCADJF DATAF DCLMPF
F Processing
to soft-mix
Fig. 219: Signal and clamping organization
22
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

2.3.17. Component YCrCb Control The VSP 94xxB supports the following picture adjustment parameters on the component signal: 0 contrast 63/32 (CONADJ) 128 brightness 127 (BRTADJ) 0 saturation Cr 63/32 (VSAT) 0 saturation Cb 63/32 (USAT) -45 tint +45 (TINT) 2.3.18. Soft Mix
3
2.3.15. Digital Prefiltering A digital prefiltering can be enabled. This reduces the bandwidth of very steep input signals, such as a display of characters. A band limitation is required, because the succeeding de-skewing filter performs best below 14 MHz. The filtering is performed in all four channels and frequency characteristic can be selected by AASEL. It can be disabled by AABYP. For signal conversion to 4:2:2, an additional chrominance lowpass can be enabled by CHRSF.
10
RGB-prefiltering
0 attenuation [dB]
10
AASEL=0
AASEL=1
The softmixer circuit consists of a Fast Blank (FB) processing block supplying a mixing factor k (0... 128) to a high quality signal mixer achieving the output function:
20
30
40
10
12
14
16
18
20
Frequency [MHz]
YUV main ( 128 k ) + YUV inserted k YUVmix = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------128
Fig. 220: Digital prefiltering of RGB input 2.3.16. RGB/YPbPr to YCrCb Matrix RGB or YPbPr signals are converted to the YCrCb format by a matrix operation (YUVMAT). In case of YCrCb input the matrix is bypassed (YUVSEL). k="0" means that only the main signal is fed through to the output. k="128" means that only the inserted signal becomes visible. The mixing is done once for the luminance and once for the chrominance in the subsampled domain (4:2:2). The softmixer supports four modes that are selected by MIXOP and SMOP. Table 212: RGB operation modes
Y R 0,299 0,587 0,114 Cb = G 0,147 0,289 0,436 Cr B 0,615 0,515 0,100
MIXOP 00
SMOP 0 1 x x x
Softmix-mode Dynamic Soft-Mix (DECTWO must be set to "1") Static Soft-Mix (DECTWO must be set to "1") Only RGB/YUV path visible Only CVBS path visible (Reserved)
Fig. 221: RGB to YCrCb matrix (CCIR) 4RGB to YCrCb matrix 00 01

Y Pr 0,191 1 0,075 = Y 0,108 0 0,991 Cb Cr Pb 0,991 0 0,054
10 11
Fig. 222: YPbPr to YCrCb matrix (BTA) 2.3.18.1. Static Switch Mode In its simplest and most common application the softmixer is used as a static switch between YUVmain and YUVinsert. This is for instance, the adequate way to handle a DVD component signal. By using MIXOP, k is internally set to 0 or 128 respectively.
Y Pr 0,196 1 0,102 Cb = Y 0,111 0 0,991 Cr Pb 0,988 0 0,073
Fig. 223: YPbPr to YCrCb matrix (CCIR)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
23

2.3.18.2. Static Mixer Mode The signal YUVmain and the component signal YUVinsert may also be statically mixed. In this environment, k is manually controlled via FBLOFFSET and MIXGAIN.
For a detailed SCART signal ident analysis by the microcontroller, the fast blank monitor provides additional status information (see Fig. 224): FBSTAT: FB status at register read FBRISE: set by FB rising edge, reset by register read FBFALL: set by FB falling edge, reset by register read
k = MIXGAIN ( 31 FBLOFFST ) + 32
All necessary limitation and rounding operations are built-in to fit the range: 0 k 128. Considering MIXGAIN=3, k is obtained by:
analog fast blank input
FBLSTAT FBLRISE
0 0 0 0
1 1 0 1
1 0 0 1
0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0
k = 158 3 FBLOFFST
k limited to 0 and 128
FBLFALL FBLACTIVE
Fig. 224: Fast Blank Monitor The mixing is only controlled by FBLOFFST. In the static mixer mode as well as in the previously mentioned static switch mode, the softmixer operates independently of the analog fast blank input. 2.3.18.3. Dynamic Mixer Mode In the dynamic mixer mode, the mixer is controlled by the Fast Blank signal. The VSP 94xxB provides a linear mixing coefficient. PFBL, PG, PR, PB indicate an overflow of the corresponding ADC (upper limit: ADC=511) exceeding 5 clock cycles duration. 2.3.20. Digital 656-Input/-Output The IC decodes a digital 8bit@27 MHz data stream according to ITU.BT656 standard. Four modes are supported: Table 213: 656 modes
MIXGAIN ( FB FBLOFFST 2 ) k = ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 64 2
IMODE 00
656 Operation Full ITU mode (automatic). Information about active picture is taken from data-stream. Full ITU mode (manual). Information about active picture is taken from APPLIPI, NAPPLIPI, ALPFIPI, NALPFIPI. ITU656 only data, H/V-sync according PAL/NTSC. ITU656 only data, H/V-sync according ITU656.
The dynamic mode is used for mixing which is dependent on FB input. FB is the preprocessed digitized fastblank input in the range from 0...127. FBL manipulation is done both for luminance and chrominance FBL signal. Fast blank is delay adjustable by FBLDEL in the range of 2...4 clock cycles. 2.3.19. Fast Blank Activity and Overflow Detection It is important to know whether the FBL input is used or not. Therefore a detection circuit gives information via the IC bus to the microcontroller. The circuit uses the digitized FBL as input. If it is greater than a threshold for one or five clock cycles (FBLCONF), the IC bit FBLACTIVE is set. This bit is reset when it is read by the microcontroller.
01
10 11
24
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

2.3.22. Indication of New Data The sliced and possibly filtered data is available in DATA_USWSS1/DATA_USWSS2/DATAUS_WSS3 (closed-caption and WSS625) and DATA_CCWSS1/ DATACCWSS2 (WSS525). The corresponding status bits are DATAVUSWSS/DATAVCCWSS and SLFIELDUSWSS/SLFIELDCCWSS. When new data were received, DATAVxx becomes "1" and the controller must read DATA_xx1, DATA_xx2 (DATA_xx3) and the status information. After the data bytes were read DATAVxx becomes "0" until new data arrives. It must be ensured that the data polling is activated once per field (16.7 or 20 ms) or every second field (33.3 or 40 ms), depending on the slicer configuration and line standard. The data in DATA_xx is not deleted after reading. If the slicer does not get new data, the old data is still readable in DATA_xx, even if this is not valid any more. The field number of the data in DATAxxx can be found in SLFIELDxx. If one or more XDS-class filter are activated for closed caption, SLFIELDxx contains always "1". Additionally pin h50/irq may flag that new data is received. At default this pin outputs the 50 Hz separated h-sync. It can be configured by IRQCON to output a single short pulse when new data is available or behave equal to DATAV. In the last case the output remains active until the two data registers DATA1/ DATA2 are read. Both modes are useful to avoid continuos polling of the IC bus. The micro-controller then initiates IC transfers only when required. while (1){
i2c_read VSP94xxB_adr, status_reg_adr, status if (status & data_valid_mask) { i2c_read_inc VSP94xxB_adr, data_reg_adr, data1, data2, status process_data data1, data2, status } }
To adjust the input to sources, which deviate from the standard, the field information may be inverted (FPOL) and the chrominance format can be chosen between unsigned and 2s complement format (CFORMAT). The polarity of H an V can be inverted by HPOL and VPOL respectively. The port selection (pin 656ioX or i656iX) is done by ITUPRTSEL. 2.3.21. Data-Slicer Two slicer working in parallel are implemented. One can be selected to slice either CC or WSS625, the other is only capable of WSS525. Depending on SERVICE, Closed Caption data ("Line 21") or WSS (Widescreen signalling) is sliced. Sliced data can be read out from IC interface (DATA_CCWSS and DATAUSWSS). The line number of the sliced data is selectable with SLNCW (CC and WSS625) and SLNRUW (WSS525). Therefore WSS and CC can be processed in different regions (e.g. CC with PAL M). The Closed Caption data is assumed to conform with the ITU standards EIA-608 and EIA-744A. WSS data is assumed to conform with ETS 300 294 (2nd edition, May 1996) for 625 lines or IEC61880 for 525 lines standards. SLSRC selects between slicing of master or slave data. Table 214: Data slicer configuration IC Commands
Configuration each Data Service CC (NTSC) XDSCLS XDSTPE SERVICE SLNCW SLNRUW DATA_CCWSS DATA_USWSS As required As required 0 16 (=line 21) x Data (Not valid) WSS625 (PAL, SECAM) x 0 1 21 (=line 23) x Data (Not valid) WSS525 (NTSC) x 2 1 x 15 (=line 20) (Not valid) Data
Fig. 225: Example in pseudo-code for reading data
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
25

2.3.23. Closed Caption The closed caption data stream contains different data services. In field 1 (line 21) the captions CC1 and CC2 and the text pages T1 and T2 are transmitted whereas in field 2 (line 284) caption CC3, CC4, text T3, T4 and the XDS data are transmitted. For more information please refer to the above mentioned standards. Raw CC as well as prefiltered data is provided alternatively. With the built-in programmable XDS-Filter (XDSCLS), the program rating information (V-chip) as well as others can be filtered out. The XDS filter reduce traffic on the IC bus and save calculation power of the main controller. If no class filter is selected, all incoming data (both fields) is sliced and provided by the IC interface. If one or more class filters are chosen, only data in field 2 is sliced. Any combination of class filters is allowed. Each "CLASS" is divided into "TYPES" which can be sorted out by the XDS-secondary filter (XDSTPE). Any combination of type filter is allowed. Some type filter require an appropriate class filter.
2.3.24. Violence Protection The rating information is sent in the program rating packet of the current (sometimes future) class in the XDS data stream. If only this information is desired the corresponding XDS filter (class 01h, type 05h) should be used to suppress other data. The class/packet bytes (0105h) precede the 2 bytes rating information. Each sequence is closed by the end-of-packet byte (0fh) and a checksum. This checksum complements the byte truncated sum of all bytes to 00h. Except comparison of the received rating with the adjusted user rating threshold the micro-controller should check the parity of each byte and validate the checksum to avoid miss-interpretation of wrong received data. The IC offers some alternatives to blocking the master or slave channel completely by switching it off (see Fig. 226 on page 26). The Mosaic mode (FRCMMOD) hides details of the picture by reduced sharpness and increased aliasing. The picture looks scrambled and is less perceptible.
Warning Message
THIS PROGRAM CONTAINS VIOLENT SCENES
Blue Screen
Mosaic
Fig. 226: Possibilities of master or slave channel blocking ("warning message" from external OSD controller)
26
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
2.3.25. Widescreen Signalling (625 lines WSS) In WSS mode (SERVICE="1"), no content filtering is possible. All sliced data is passed to the output registers. In this case XDSTPE selects the field number of the data to be sliced (usually XDSTPE=0 for first field). In Europe WSS (ETS 300 294) carries for instance information about aspect ratio and film-mode.
Table 215: WSS-625 bit coding (according to ETS 300 294) IIC read
D0
Group
WSS bit
b0
Code
Meaning
[0001] = Full format 4:3 [1000] = Letterbox 14:9 centre
D1 Aspect ratio
b1 [b0 b1 b2 b3] b2
[0100] = Letterbox 14:9 top [1101] = Letterbox 16:9 centre [0010] = Letterbox 16:9 top [1011] = Letterbox > 16:9 centre
DATA_CCWSS1 (low byte)
D2
D3
b3
[0111] = Full format 4:3 (shoot and protect 14:9 centre) [1110] = Full format 16:9 (anamorphic)
D4
b4
0 1
Camera mode Film mode Standard PAL Motion adaptive coding No helper Modulated helper (Reserved)
D5 Enhanced services D6
b5
0 1
b6
0 1
D7 D0
b7 0 b8 1
No subtitles (Teletext) Subtitles (Teletext) [00] = No open subtitles
DATA_CCWSS1 (high byte)
D1
Subtitles
b9 [01] = Subtitles on active image area [b9 b10] [10] = Subtitles out of image area
D2
b10 [11] = (Reserved) 0 No surround sound information Surround sound mode (Reserved) (Reserved)
D3 Others D4 D5 D6 (Not defined) D7
b11 1 b12 b13
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
27

2.3.26. Widescreen Signalling (525 lines WSS) Processed data can be read out by DATAVUSWSS Table 216: WSS-525 bit coding (according to IEC61880)
IIC read D0 Word 0 Aspect Ratio D1 DATA_USWSS1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Word 1 Copy Control 2 [11] = (Reserved) 3 4 [b3 b4 b5 b6] 5 6 [1111] no copy control Group WSS bit 1 Code Meaning
[00] = 4:3 normal display format [01] = 16:3 normal display format [b1 b2] [10] = 16:9 letter box
[0000] copy control information in Word 2
[00] = Copying is permitted without restriction 7 [01] = No used [b7 b8] [10] = One generation of copies may be made D7 8 [11] = No copying is permitted [00] = PSP off D0 Word 2 D1 DATA_CCWSS2 Copy Control 10 [11] = PSP on, 4-line split burst on 0 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 CRCCC D1 DATA_CCWSS3 D2 D3 D4 D5 Not defined D6 D7 18 19 20 11 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 [b15 b16 b17 b18 b19 b20] CRCC error check (Reserved) Analogue pre-recorded packaged medium Not analogue pre-recorded packaged medium 9 [01] = PSP on, split burst off [b9 b10] [10] = PSP on, 2-line split burst on
28
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

The linelocked display PLL (LL-PLL) is connected to the color decoder input or color decoder output (parallel or serial operation) or to ITU656 input, see Table 2 17 and Table 247 on page 67). Automatic switching to freerun (AUTOFRRN) and automatic switching to colored background (NOSIGB) must be disabled for the channel, which uses ITU656 input.
2.3.27. Channel Mux Any input signal can be connected to master channel and slave channel independently. SELMASTER and SELSLAVE select whether CD1 (colordecoder 1), CD2, 656 decoder of soft-mixed signal is connected to master and slave. If the softmix output is used, SELSM selects between CD1 and CD2 for combination with the RGB input. Which color decoder is used as master can be found in the Table 217.
Table 217: Master input and reference for LL_PLL and automatic freerun
ARTSYNC ITUSYNC SELMASTER SELSM Signal on Master Reference for AUTOFRRN and NOSIGBM (LL_PLL operation)
0/1 0/1 0/1
0 0 0
00 01 10
x x 0 1
CD1 CD2 Softmix RGB/CD1 Softmix RGB/CD2 ITU656
CD1 (parallel / serial) CD2 (parallel / serial) CD1 (parallel / serial) CD2 (parallel / serial) set AUTOFRRN=NOSIGBM=0 (ITU656)
11
SELMASTER
CD1in CD2in
1 0
delay delay
00 01 10 11
MUX
Master out
SELSM
Y
Y2RGB
RGBin
Soft Mix
Y C
00 01 10
MUX
Slave out
656in
11
SELSLAVE
Fig. 227: Channelmux
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
29

2.4. Input Processing
2.4.2. Horizontal Prescaler The main application is the conversion of the data coming from the 40.5/20.25 MHz pixel clock domain down to the number of pixels stored in the memory (factor 2/3). Generally the number of incoming pixels can be decimated by a factor between 1 and 64 in a granularity of 2 output pixels. The horizontal scaler reduces the number of incoming pixels by subsampling. To prevent the introduction of alias distortion low pass filters are used for luminance and chrominance processing controlled by HAAPRESC (bypass, weak, strong and automatic). Fig. 230 shows the luminance characteristic. In case of automatic the filter characteristic is calculated in relation to HSCPRESC and HDCPRESC. The horizontal prescaler is controlled by HSCPRESC (fine steps from 1 to 2) and HDCPRESC (integer decimation factors 1, 2, 3, ...). For full-screen display of digital 656 input, the scaler must be bypassed (HSCPRESC=0 and HDCPRESC=0). The start of the horizontal prescaler is defined by the NAPPLIP (Not Active Pixel Per Line Input) register, the amount of pixels is defined by the APPLIP (Active Pixel Per Line Input) register.
HSYNC NALPFIP (not active lines input)
Complete picture area
VSYNC
Active picture
APPLIP (active pixel per line input)
Fig. 228: Image format before memory 2.4.1. Mosaic Mode Generator The mosaicmode generator scrambles the displayed picture. The main application is the conversion of the fine input resolution to a very crude output resolution. This may be used in combination with violence protection systems (V-chip) or conditional access systems (pay-per-view). The segmentation of the picture suppresses fine details and thus makes the recognition of the picture content very vague. The input picture is divided into very few segments compared to the large amount of input pixels. The mosaicmode generator is enabled by FRCMMOD.
5 0 5 Attenuation [dB] 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 1.25 2.5
Y-decimation filter
3.75
5 Frequency [MHz]
6.25
7.5
8.75
10
Original
Mosaic Mode
Attenuation (dB)
10 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
UV decimation filter
Fig. 229: Example of scrambled picture
35 40 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
Frequency (MHz)
Fig. 230: Y and C decimation filter characteristic for standard operation (1.5)
30
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

The detected FILMMODE information is a four bit signal. The 4th bit gives a security information about the detected filmmode (means whether the FILMMODE is generated synthetically or is really detected). If it is set to 1, the FILMMODE value is insecure. That means the film mode detector can not recognize a stable mode and the integrated mode generator is switched on. If it is set to 0, the FILMMODE value is secure. That means the film mode detector can find a defined mode. The 3 LSB of the FILMMODE value define the detected mode (see Table 218). This FILMMODE value will be used in the frame rate conversion block to switch between different algorithms. Furthermore this value can be read by the IC bus. FMSTATUS indicates new data for FILMMODE. When one of the film mode read registers contains updated data which was not read so far, FMSTATUS is set. FMSTATUS is reset when read. Table 218: Filmmode detection results FILMMODE 0000 0001 Description Video mode Film mode PAL, Phase 0 Film mode PAL, Phase 1 Film mode NTSC, Phase 0 Film mode NTSC, Phase 1 Film mode NTSC, Phase 2 Film mode NTSC, Phase 3 Film mode NTSC, Phase 4 Insecure, (3 LSB still show the current detected mode)
2.4.3. Vertical Prescaler The vertical prescaler is controlled by VSCPRESC (fine steps from 1 to 2) and VDCPRESC (integer decimation factors 1, 2, 3, ...). The number of output lines after the scaling process can be controlled with the use of the ALPFIP (active lines per field input) signal. The vertical scaler allows to shift the picture content in vertical direction. The IC register NALPFIP (not active lines per field input) controls the shift in vertical direction. The delay elements needed for integer decimation are shared with the motion detector. In case of active motion detection (MOTON=1), only weak filtering or line-dropping for master channel is possible. An optional prefiltering can be disabled by VAAPRESC. (VAAPRESC enables or disables an anti alias filter by adding a zero in the Y channel). VPKPRESC allows to adjust the amount of vertical peaking. The chrominance may be shifted one line upwards by VCRPRESC. This may give a better picture for VCR sources. Prescaler can be bypassed by VPREBYP to overcome limited capacity of line delays in slave channel (usable for stockticker mode). 2.4.4. Filmmode Detection Image sequences occur at various picture rates. Source material exists in 24p, 25p, 30p, 50i and 60i Hz formats, whereas video is broadcasted at 50 and 60 Hz, respectively. If the content is shot and broadcasted at 50i Hz or 60i Hz, it is called video mode. If the video is shot at 24p, 25p or 30p Hz and broadcasted as 50i or 60i Hz, it is called film mode. For video mode and film mode different scan rate conversion algorithms are required. Therefore the information about video mode or film mode is necessary to adapt the processing. The information is provided by the FILMMODE signal. Film mode means, that the signal source was progressive e.g. 25p Hz, which was translated into a e.g. 50i Hz interlaced signal (2-2 pull down). Therefore two consecutive fields called A and B have the same motion phase. Normally field An and field Bn belong to the same phase. But it is also possible, depending on the translation process, that field Bn-1 and field An belong to the same motion phase (FILMMODE=1 or 2). The translation process is different for 50i or 60i Hz output signals. For 60i Hz the signal looks like: An Bn An Bn+1 An+1 Bn+2 An+2 Bn+2 An+3 Bn+3 etc. This is also called 3-2 pull down. So always three and two fields belong to the same motion phase (FILMMODE=3, 4, 5, 6 or 7). For video mode FILMMODE = 0. Fig. 231 and Figure 232 on page 32 show the film scanning process for the 2-2 (3-2) pulldown.
0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1xxx
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
31
Original Film Frames 25p
Scanned film frames 25p
Interlaced video fields 50i
Original Film Frames 24p
Scanned film frames 24p
Interlaced video fields 60i
Fa
Pa
A0a
odd lines
Fa
Pa
A0a
odd lines
odd+even lines
B0a
even lines
odd+even lines
B0a
even lines
Fb
Pb
A1b
odd lines
A1a Fb Pb
odd lines
odd+even lines
B1b
even lines
B1b
odd+even lines even lines
Fc
Pc
A2c
odd lines
A2b
odd lines
odd+even lines
B2c
even lines
Fc
Pc
B2c
even lines
Fd
Pd
A3d
odd lines
odd+even lines
A3c
odd lines
odd+even lines
B3d
even lines
B3c Fd Pd
even lines
Fig. 231: Scan process from 25p to 50i (2-2 pulldown)
A4d
odd+even lines odd lines
B4d
even lines
Fig. 232: Scan process from 24p to 60i (3-2 pulldown) 2.4.5. Motion Detection for Scan-Rate Conversion The motion detection calculates a motion value for each pixel. The motion values are stored in the main memory block and used for the scan rate conversion. The motion detection works by comparing different fields of the input signal. 2.4.6. Global Motion and Global Still Detection The result of the global motion detection block are IC readable signals GMOTION and GSTILL. GMOTION (GSTILL) equal zero means, the complete picture is not moving (not still), GMOTION (GSTILL) equal one means, there is motion in the picture or the complete picture is moving (there is a still picture). These values are used internally to switch between different scan rate conversion algorithms. They may additionally be used, to control parameters adaptively per software, e.g. noisereduction. When one of the global motion and still read registers contains updated data which was not read so far, GMDSTATUS is set. GMDSTATUS is reset when read.
32
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

The letter box detection block works only at a data rate of 13.5 MHz. Due to the fact, that the input data rate at channelmux output can be 13.5 MHz, 20.25 MHz or 40.5 MHz, the input signal has to be downsampled. Depending on the IC bus register LBSUB different modes are possible (Downsample 1, 1.5, 3).
2.4.7. Letterbox Detection A drawback of wide screen 16:9 TV sets are the black bars at the left and the right side on the screen, if displaying a 4:3 source on a 16:9 screen with correct aspect ratio. In case of letter box source material, black bars at the top and bottom also exist. With the help of an expansion algorithm it is possible to expand the letter box picture vertically and horizontally in such a way, that the letter box picture will fill the complete screen without loosing information. To do so, the information about the active part of the letter box picture is necessary. Active part means the information about the first active line and the last active line of the letter box picture. The figure below shows the principle of this idea.
Hardware (940x) LBSLAA measurement part LBELAA LBFORMAT LBSUBTITLE LBTOPTITLE zooming parameters horizontal and/or vertical Resizing
Software
controller part
YUVin
YUVout
Fig. 234: HW/SW partitioning of letterbox detection
4:3 Letterbox Picture
HSYNC 2*LBVWSTUP VSYNC 2* LBVWENDUP
2*LBVWSTLO
2* LBVWENDLO
4*LBHWST 4* LBHWEND
Expanded Letterbox Picture
Fig. 235: Measurement windows Fig. 233: Handling of letterbox pictures on 16:9 tubes As digital 656input data is already in 13.5 MHz format, no downsampling should be used (LBSUB=0). For CVBS, YUV and RGB signals (if DEC2=1) a downsampling of 1.5 (LBSUB=2) is required. In principle the input picture is separated in one upper and one lower part. The measurement windows are defined by the parameters LBVWSTUP, LBVWENDUP (upper vertical measurement window), LBVWSTLO, LBVWENDLO (lower measurement window) and LBHWST, LBHWEND (horizontal measurement window). Note: A controller software and its description is available upon request.
The WSS (Wide Screen Signal) signal contains some information about the picture format (4:3 or 14:9 or 16:9), but not all existing formats are covered and not all signals contain WSS. Therefore, it is necessary a separate algorithm, which delivers the necessary information. The Fig. 234 on page 33 shows the concept of the letter box detection algorithm. One part of the algorithm is dedicated hardware and located in the VSP 94x5B, another part is software and located in the RAM of the TV microcontroller. The part located in VSP 94x5B is called measurement part. The measurement part delivers 5 signals to the controller part. Based on the delivered information the controller part calculates an expansion and a vertical pan factor and sends these values back to the VSP 94x5B for manipulation of the video signal. The IC bus parameter LBMASLA can be used to switch between the master and slave channel for the letter box analysis.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
33

2.4.7.1. Visualization of Letterbox Results For optimizing of the parameters, it is advantageous to make the decision of the algorithm visible. The figure below shows different possibilities. The visibility can be switched on or off with the IC bus parameter LBVISUON.
2.4.8. Preframe Generator The preframe generators task is to fill the memory with a colored background before storing of decimated pictures into the memory. The parameter FRC_BGND enables the preframe generator. The color is given by the parameters YBORDER, UBORDER and VBORDER. The preframe generator is able to add up to 30 active pixels with background color at the end of every picture line. The number of pixels to be added is calculated with the use of a modulo 16 operation applied to the number of input pixels APPL. Additionally with the parameter MPFBPR (multi picture force background pixels right) up to 3 blocks of 16 colored pixels can be appended to the input picture (or 32 colored pixels if DISPMODEM is "0", "1", "6" or "7". 16 is always valid for slave channel). The parameter MPFBPL (multi picture force background pixels left) with a resolution of 2 pixels allows to overwrite 0...62 pixels of the active picture content from the left of the picture. In vertical direction up to 15 lines can be appended to the active area of the input picture colored with background color. This is controlled via MPFBLB (multi picture force background lines bottom). In vertical direction up to 15 lines of the active area of the input picture can be overwritten with background color. This is controlled via MPFBLT (multi picture force background lines top). Where 0 means that no lines are appended and 15 means that 15 lines are appended with background color. Fig. 237 on page 34 gives an overview of the possible adjustments.
PANATV
PANATV
LBSLAA=0 LBFORMAT=0
this is a letter box
LBSLAA LBFORMAT=1
LBELAA=0
LBELAA
PANATV
PANATV
LBSLAA TOPTITLE=1 LBFORMAT=1

this is a letter box letter box
LBSLAA LBFORMAT=1
LBELAA
LBELAA SUBTITLE=1
Fig. 236: Visibility of LBX detection parameters
APPL MPFBPL
MPFBPR=0 MPFBPR=1 MPFBPR=2 MPFBPR=3
MPFBLT
ALPF YBORDER UBORDER VBORDER
MPFBLB
Fig. 237: Overview of background settings
34
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Start Condition: Input Data Stream

frame in memory
APPL
mod(APPL,16)
Third Step: Overwrite old picture position with Background

frame in memory write position APPL
Memory Row mod(APPL,16) mod(APPL,32)
(decimated)
2*ALPF (decimated) 2*ALPF

YBORDER UBORDER VBORDER
Memory Column
YBORDER UBORDER VBORDER Background Generator
YBORDER UBORDER VBORDER Right Border Generator
Right Border Generator
First Step: Write 1 Frame of Background color

frame in memory
APPL
mod(APPL,16)
Fourth Step: Write New Decimated Picture

frame in memory write APPL (decimated) position
Memory Row Memory Column
mod(APPL,16) mod(APPL,32)
2*ALPF (decimated) 2*ALPF

YBORDER UBORDER VBORDER YBORDER UBORDER VBORDER
Background Generator
Second Step: Write 4 (6/9/12/16 ...) Decimated Pictures

write position
Memory Row
Fifth Step: Repitition of Step Three and Four

write position frame in memory
APPL (decimated)
mod(APPL,16) mod(APPL,32)
frame in memory
APPL (decimated)
mod(APPL,16)
Memory Row
2*ALPF (decimated)
Memory Column
2*ALPF (decimated)
Memory Column
Fig. 238: Multipicture generation with colored background/frame
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
35

2.4.9. Noise Measurement As noise reduction algorithms usually decrease the quality of pictures with little noise, it is highly desirable to apply a noise adaptive mechanism, which makes strong corrections in pictures with poor quality, and little corrections in pictures with good quality. To control this mechanism, it is necessary to measure the extent of noise. The noise measurement algorithm can be used to change the parameters of the temporal noise reduction processing depending on the actual noise level of the input signal. This is done by the TV- microcontroller which reads the noise level (NOISEME) and sends different parameter sets to the temporal noise reduction registers of the VSP 94x2A depending on this value (0=no noise, 126=strong noise). Value 127 indicates an overflow status which means that the measurement failed. The value is determined by averaging several fields. The line taken for noise measurement is selected by NMLINE. If NOISEME contains updated data which was not read so far, NMSTATUS is set. NMSTATUS is reset when read. The NMLINE parameter determines the line, which is used in the VSP 94x5B for the measurement. In case NMLINE=0, line 2 of the field A and line 315 of the field B is chosen. In case of NMLINE=3, line 5 of the field A and line 318 of the field B is chosen. The measurement position can be adjusted (NMPOS) as well as the sensitivity (NMSENSE).
2.4.10. Noise Reduction The Fig. 239 shows a block diagram of the motion adaptive temporal noise reduction. The structure of the temporal motion adaptive noise reduction is the same for luminance as for chrominance signal. Noise reduction is enabled by NRON.
Ydelay_field Ydelay_frame Yin Ydelay_field Ydelay_frame TNRMD4Y TNRABS TNRCLC UVin UVdelay_field UVdelay_frame TNRNR4C TNRSxC TNRSEL
Motion Detection C
6
TNRNR4Y
Motion Detection Y
6
LUT Y
Yin
Ky
Noise Reduction Y
Yout
TNRCLY
TNRSxY NRON
LUT C
UVin Kuv
Kc
Noise Reduction C
UVout
Fig. 239: Temporal noise reduction
Depending on the motion in the input signal, the K-factor Ky (Kuv) is adjustable between 0 (no motion) and 15 (motion) by the motion detector. The K-factor for the chrominance filter can be either Ky (output of the luminance motion detector, TNRSEL=0) or Kuv (output of the chrominance motion detector, TNRSEL=1). The delay of the feedback path is a field or frame delay (TNRNR4YM, TNRNR4CM). The motion detector for master channel of luminance and chrominance can be field or frame based (TNRMD4YM). The recursive filtering should be set to the same algorithm (TNRNR4YM, field- or framebased filtering). The chrominance motion detection uses always the delay of the noise reduction (TNRNR4CM). For slave channel, delay of motion detection and noise reduction can not be selected separately for luminance and chrominance. TNRNR4YS selects whether field or frame delay is used.
Table 219: Allowed combinations for Master NR Y Noise Reduction Field based Field based Frame based Frame based C Noise Reduction Field based TNRMD4YM=1 Frame based Field based TNRMD4YM=0 Frame based TNRNR4YM=0 TNRNR4YM=1 Settings Y C uses C Motion Detection TNRNR4CM=1 / TNRSELM=1 TNRNR4CM=0 / TNRSELM=1 Not available TNRNR4CM=1 / TNRSELM=1 TNRNR4CM=0 / TNRSELM=1 TNRNR4CM=0 / TNRSELM=0 C uses Y Motion Detection TNRNR4CM=1 / TNRSELM=0
36
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Table 220: Allowed combinations for Slave NR Y Noise Reduction Field based Field based Frame based Frame based C Noise Reduction Field based Frame based Not allowed Field based Frame based TNRNR4YS=0 TNRSELS=1 TNRSELS=0 Settings Y TNRNR4YS=1 C uses C Motion Detection TNRSELS=1 C uses Y Motion Detection TNRSELS=0
The output of the motion detector is weighted using the parameters TNRCLC and TNRCLY. The look-up table input value range is separated into 8 segments. It is possible to define a predefined curve characteristic for each segment. The curve characteristics can be programmed by the parameters TNRYSx for luminance and TNRCSx for chrominance. The curve-start is defined by TNRYSS (TNRCSS) at the end of the last segment. The overall curve is now constructed by connecting the end of segment 6 to the beginning of segment 7 and so on. Negative values of Ky (Kuv) are not possible and clipped to zero. A continuous mapping of 64 motion values to 16 Ky (Kuv) values is the result.
TNRSx=0000
TNRSx=0001
TNRSx=0010
TNRSx=0011
TNRSx=0100
TNRSx=0101
TNRSx=0110
TNRSx=0111
TNRSx=1000
segment 4 segment 5 segment 6 segment 7 Ky/Kc segment 0 segment 1 segment 2 segment 3 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 0001 1111 1111 0100 0100 0100 0000 0000 1 0 0 4 8 12 20 28 36 48
TNRSx=1001
TNRSx=1010
TNRSx=1011
TNRSSY, TNRSSC
TNRSx=1100
TNRSY , TNRSC 64 motion
TNRSx=1101
TNRSx=1110
TNRSx=1111
Fig. 240: Predefined curve characteristics for LUT
Fig. 241: Segments of LUT
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
37

2.5. Output Processing 2.5.1. Vertical Postscaler The main task of the vertical postscaler is the expansion or decimation of the master channel in vertical direction. That means rational subsampling and upsampling factors. The vertical post scaler is able to operate in progressive scan or interlace mode. The range of the vertical distortion is from 0.5 to 32 in relation to the original vertical picture size. The scaling of the picture is controlled via the value of VSCPOSC. When displaying a progressive picture in interlace format (e.g. 480p 960i) it might be necessary to adjust VOFPOSC to prevent interlace flickering. In case of interlace output, VDOUBLE should be set to 0. VDOUBLE=1 should be used in case of progressive output. Dependent on the operation mode, some restrictions are given for vertical postscaling (picture distortions will occur outside these ranges). Table 221: Allowed vertical expansion factors VSCPOSC Vertical Filter Expansion 32
2.5.1.1. Vertical Panorama Mode For the adjustment of the expansion process, the picture is divided into 5 segments. For each of these segments the increment value for the expansion factor can be defined separately. Each end of a segment can be defined individually. For every segment an increment value can be defined (VINC0...VINC4) which indicates the amount of decimation/expansion. One LSB is equivalent to an offset of 0.125 to VSCPRESC per lines. This means that with VINC, VSCPRESC is altered in the range from -32...31.875 per line. The segments (equal or unequal sizes) are distributed among the number of lines available. The first four segments are defined by (VSEG1...VSEG4). The last one goes from VSEG4 until the end of the picture.
31.875 VINC0 VINC1 VINV2 0 VINC3 VINC4 -32 0 VSEG1 VSEG2 VSEG3 VSEG4 max. output lines
Fig. 242: Visualization of vertical panorama segments
256 Interlace output (FMODE=0) 8192 8900 256 Progressive output (FMODE=1) Field-jam mode 8192 16383 8192
Table 222: Examples of vertical panorama modes 1 0.92 32 1 0.5 1

VSCPOSC VSEG1 VSEG2 VSEG3 VSEG4 VINC0 VINC1 VINC2 VINC3 VINC4 Input Output 288 576i/576p
Panorama Lens
240 i 480i/480p
Panorama Lens
5200 58 115 173 230 -128 -64 0 64 128
7050 58 115 173 230 128 64 0 -64 -128 48 96 144 192 -128 -64 0 64 128 48 96 144 192 128 64 0 -64 -128
38
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

2.5.2.1. Horizontal Panorama Mode For an improved impression in the case of expansions of 4:3 pictures to a 16:9 ratio tube, the picture can be geometrically distorted in horizontal direction. It is enabled by HPANON. The idea behind this panorama mode is to keep the middle part of the picture in a 4:3 ratio and to stretch the left and the right to fill the entire width of the 16:9 screen. The picture is divided into 5 segments of selectable size, in order to adjust the expansion process. The increment value for the expansion factor can be defined separately for each of these segments. Each end of a segment can be defined individually in a granularity of two output pixels. For every segment an increment value can be defined (HINC0...HINC4) which indicates the amount of decimation/expansion. One LSB is equivalent to an offset of 0.125 to HSCPRESC per double pixel. This means that with HINC, HSCPRESC is altered in the range from 32...31.875 per double pixel. The first four segments are defined by (HSEG1...HSEG4). The last one goes from HSEG4 to HORWIDTH. Examples are given in Table 224 on page 40.
2.5.2. Horizontal Postscaler After the main memory, the display processing is performed using a different clock.The conversion to the display clock is done by an interpolation filter. This can be used for horizontal expansion in the range of 1...4 in steps of 2 pixels (HSCPOSC). Due to increased clock frequency in the backend part, the realized horizontal scaling factor depends on backend clock frequency.
4095 - 27MHzHSCALE = ----------------------- --------------------HSPOSC CLKB36
Usually (36 MHz operation), the horizontal expansion factors result as 0.75...16. This ensures that the factor 0.75 gives no loss of resolution (to show a 4:3 picture on a 16:9 tube). When using DS656 output, neither horizontal compression nor horizontal panorama is possible due to 27 MHz clock. Because of the nonlinear characteristic and integer number of pixel, sometimes different HSCPOSC values result in the same decimation factors. Table 223: Horizontal expansion factors
INC_VAL
HSCPOSC
Horizontal Filter Expansion
Overall Expansion CLKB36= 27 MHz CLKB36= 36 MHz
31.875 HINC0 HINC1 HINC2 0 HINC3 HINC4 -32 output pixels
256 (minimum) 3072 4095 (maximum)
16 1.33 1
16 1.33 1
12 1 0.75
HSEG1
HSEG2
HSEG3
HSEG4
max.
Fig. 244: Visualization of horizontal panorama segments
3.5 1024 3 Overall Expansion 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5
Horizontal Postscaler
4095 3
0.75
1000
2000 HSCPOSC(IC)
3000
4000
Fig. 243: Expansion factor of horizontal postscaler dependent on HSCPOSC
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
39
Table 224: Examples of horizontal panorama modes

Function Panorama Extreme Panorama Lens
HSCPOSC HSEG1 HSEG2 HSEG3 HSEG4 HINC0 HINC1 HINC2 HINC3 HINC4 HORWIDTH
2099 96 192 288 384 40 20 0 492 472 960
1023 96 192 288 384 85 43 0 469 427 960
3999 96 192 288 384 472 492 0 20 40 960 Fig. 246: Stock-ticker application in FSM mode 2. SSC1 mode (Split-Screen): In split-screen mode, two pictures can be shown side by side. Alternatively, a multi-PiP display with two live sources is possible. Both channels are displayed with field based upconversion algorithms. 3. SSC2 mode (Split-Screen): Same functionality like SSC1 mode. In this case only the memory configuration is different. This enables Joint Line Free Display of 50i and 60i input sources at 50/60p output display frequency.
2.5.3. Application Modes A still field can be displayed using FREEZE command. Dependent on the desired picture arrangement, an appropriate display (or application) mode has to be chosen. One of 9 display modes can be chosen by DISPMODE: 1. FSM mode (Full-Screen-Mode): In Full-screenmode, two independent asynchronous input channels (master and slave channel) are processed. The master channel is displayed with a frame-based upconversion algorithm. The slave channel shows a high resolution PiP.
Fig. 247: SSC1 mode 4. SPS mode (SnaP-Shot): In snap-shot-mode, a still field can be hidden in the memory. A switch between running picture and still field can be done. This may be used to store a picture (e.g. displayed phone number). This picture can then be shown at any time later. Before snapshot, a frame-based display is possible, after snapshot a field-based display is possible only. The slave channel shows a high resolution PiP.
Fig. 245: FSM mode
By means of PIXPLINS, the slave picture size can be modified to enable stock-ticker mode. In this case, a stock-ticker from one channel is displayed in another channel
5. PCE mode (PC extern mode): In PC extern mode, a PiP is generated, which is synchronized to an external signal. E.g. when a PC or HDTV signal is directly connected to the backend IC, the PiP can be overlaid to this.
40
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
6. PCF mode (PC Full Screen mode): In PC fullscreen mode, a PC signal is shown as master channel. No PiP is available. The display raster is locked to the PC signal or is freerunning to achieve a decoupling between input and display (e.g. to display a XGA signal on a VGA screen). 7. PCP mode (PC + PIP mode): The PC PiP mode is equal to the PCF mode, but the displayed picture size for master is smaller in order to have memory capacity for the slave channel.
ML a)
SL
MS MS
MS MS MS
MS SL MS
ML MS MS f)
MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS MS SS SS b) SS SS SS SS SL SS SS SS
ML SL MS
MS g) MS
ML SS SS
MS MS MS ML MS c) MS SL MS MS
ML
SL h)
MS MS MS MS SL d) ML SS SS
SS
SS
SILICON FOR THE SENSES
www.micronas.com
SS ML SS SS SS
SL SS SS SS i)
Fig. 248: PCE mode 8. MUP1 mode (Multipicture mode 1): MUP1 is the recommended multi-picture mode for most applications. It is possible to show up to 2 live pictures. If interlace output, the master live picture should not be decimated in vertical direction to avoid joint-lines. The slave picture size is limited to 256 pixels x 106 lines and is jointline-free. The display is framebased in master and slave with high resolution. 9. MUP2 mode (Multipicture mode 2): Multi-picture display with up to two live and manifold still pictures. The display is field-based without restriction in picture size. Jointlines in live-pictures are not rejected. The display is only field-based.
e)
ML
SL
ML SL SS SS SS SS
k)
ML= master live // MS= master still // SL= slave live // SS= slave still
Fig. 249: Some multipicture examples
Similar arrangements for 16:9 tubes are possible.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
41

Table 225: Preferred modes for multi-picture examples
Picture a b c d e f g h i k Preferred Mode MUP1 SSC1 MUP2 SSC1 SSC1 MUP1 MUP1 MUP1 SSC1 FSM Remark
This configuration can be achieved by horizontal expansion of slave picture over whole screen by postscaler. A slightly reduced horizontal resolution in slave channel occurs. Master jointlinefree for progressive output. Jointline visible in master channel, when interlace output
Stock-ticker-application with still pictures. INTPROGS must be set to "1"
Table 226: Display modes: Picture sizes

Display Mode Master Channel Stored Fields YC 2 Supplied Fields YC 2 Max. Picture Size [Pixels x Lines] 704 x 288 (PIXPLINM=0) 832 x 240 (PIXPLINM=1) 768 x 288 448 x 292 768 x 288 768 x 288 Not available 2 2 1 2 2 1 768 x 340 (PIXPLINM=2) 864 x 292 (PIXPLINM=0) 768 x 288 448 x 292 3 3 2 2 Stored Fields YC 3 Slave Channel Supplied Fields YC 2 Max.Picture Size [Pixels x Lines] 256 x 106 (PIXPLINS=0) 432 x 60 (PIXPLINS=1) 768 x 34 (PIXPLINS=2) 256 x 106 (PIXPLINS=0) 432 x 60 (PIXPLINS=1) 432 X 292 256 x 106 (PIXPLINS=0) 432 x 60 (PIXPLINS=1) 768 x 288 (PIXPLINS=0) 432 x 60 (PIXPLINS=1) 256 x 106 (PIXPLINS=0) 432 x 60 (PIXPLINS=1) Not available 256 x 106 (PIXPLINS=0) 432 x 60 (PIXPLINS=1) 432 x 292
FSM (0)
SPS (1) SSC1 (2) MUP1 (3) MUP2 (4) PCE (5) PCF (6) PCP (7) SSC2 (8)
1 live / 1 shot 2 2 1
1 1 2 1
3 2 3 1 3
2 1 2 1 2
42
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Table 227: Capabilities of display modes Mode Input Master1) 50i Input Slave 50i 60i PC signal 60i 50i 60i PC signal SSC1 50i 50i 60i PC signal 60i 50i 60i PC signal SSC2 50i 50i 60i PC signal 50i 60i PC signal 60i 50i 60i PC signal 50i 60i PC signal 120i 60p, (60i) 100i 50p, (50i) 120i, 60p, (60i) 100i, 50p, (50i) 120i, 60p, (60i) Output Display2)3)4) 100i, 50p, (50i) MC Jointline Free Strong flickering in slave Master channel is joinlinefree only, if NOT decimated or expanded vertically. Strong flickering in slave SC Jointline Free Comment
FSM/SPS/ MUP1
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
43

Table 227: Capabilities of display modes, continued Mode Input Master1) 50i Input Slave 50i 60i PC signal 50i 60i PC signal 60i 50i 60i PC signal 50i 60i PC signal FSM/PCP/ SPS/MUP1/ SSC1 PCF PCE
1)
Output Display2)3)4) 50p, (50i)
MC Jointline Free
SC Jointline Free
Comment
MUP2
Master channel is joinlinefree only, if NOT decimated or expanded vertically.
100i
60p, (60i)
120i
PC signal
50i, 60i
Allowed PC standards Allowed PC standards Allowed PC standards
PC signal PC signal (not visible)
50i, 60i
Slave channel not available Master channel not visible
50i=625 lines / 50 Hz interlaced (normal PAL), 60i=525 lines / 60 Hz interlaced (normal NTSC) 50p=625 lines / 50 Hz progressive, 60p=525 lines / 60 Hz progressive (e.g. progressive YPbPr from DVD) in brackets belong to single-scan version,
2) Values 3) 4)
No single-scan output possible with double-scan input // Please refer to Table 233 on page 53 for upconversion details
44
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Table 228: Application mode capabilities FSM

MC SC
SPS
MC SC
SSC
MC SC
MUP1
MC SC
MUP2
MC SC
PCE
MC SC
PCF
MC SC
PCP
MC SC
Frame rate conversion Motion adaptive Simple frame based Simple field based Image analysis Motion adaptive temporal noise reduction Field Frame
Film mode detector Global motion detector Motion detector Image Scaler DCI V pre-scaler (linear) V post-scaler (nonlinear)
1)

1)
Not usable in Inverse 3-2 pull down mode
2.5.4. Write/Read Positioning The picture position, where the picture is written into the memory is given by WRPOSX for horizontal and WRPOSY for vertical direction. The accuracy of positioning is one line in vertical direction. The slave can be positioned horizontally in 16 pixel, whereas the master is positioned only in MUP-modes with 16 pixel resolution. All other modes allow only bigger steps. The picture position, where the picture is read out of the memory is given by RDPOSX for horizontal and RDPOSY for vertical direction. The accuracy of reading is one line in vertical direction, whereas in horizontal direction the accuracy is 2 pixel (master) or 32 pixel (slave)
2.5.5. Multi-Picture Display For the programming of a multi picture display it must be considered that the addressing of horizontal positions is restricted to a raster of 16 pixels. Therefore only a few configurations have an exact symmetrical structure. The following figures Fig. 250 and Fig. 2 51 on page 46 show two alternative configurations for 9 x 1/9 and 16 x 1/16 multi picture displays, respectively. The Fig. 252 on page 46 deals with the configurations for 24 x 1/24 and 36 x 1/36 multi picture displays. Configurations with other picture sizes or combinations of different picture sizes are also possible, when the mentioned addressing restrictions are considered. Corresponding considerations must be done for 16:9 picture tubes. In Fig. 250 on page 46 symmetrical borders on the left and right side are achieved for a border width of 32 pixels when the active line length is enlarged to 720 pixels.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
45
0 3 6
48 208
1 4 7
208 720
2 5 8
208 48
0 6 12 18 24 30
32 96
1 7 13 19 25 31
96
2 8 14 20 26 32
96
3 9 15 21 27 33
96
4 10 16 22 28 34
96
5 11 17 23 29 35
96 64
704
0 3 6
64 192
1 4 7
192 704
2 5 8
192 64
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
32 128 128 128 704 128
128
32
Fig. 250: Examples of 9 x 1/9 multi picture
Fig. 252: Example of 25 x 1/25 and 36 x 1/36 multi picture
Using 704 active pixels the border width becomes 64 pixels when symmetry is desired.
0 4 8 12
32
160
1 5 9 13
160 704
2 6 10 14
160
3 7 11 15
160 32
0 4 8 12
64 144
1 5 9 13
144 704
2 6 10 14
144
3 7 11 15
144 64
Fig. 251: Examples of 16 x 1/16 multi picture
46
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
2.5.6. PiP Processing The PIP engine performs the upconversion of the slave data path. For a multitude of modes joint line free display is possible. In Table 229 and Table 230 on page 48) all supported display modes are listed. Table 229: Supported interlaced display modes DISPMODE FSM (0) SPS (1) MUP1 (3) PCE (5) PCP (7) SSC2 (8) 100 101 110 111 SSC1 (2) 000/001/010 011 100 101 110 111 MUP2 (4) 000/001/011/101/111 010/100/110 STOPMOS 001 010 011 Display Raster AA*B*B, intra field interpolation AABB, field repetition () AABB, field repetition () X BBBB, field repetition AA*B*B, intra field interpolation AABB, field repetition AAAA, field repetition BBBB, field repetition Displayed Fields ABAB, frame repetition AABB, field repetition AAAA, field repetition Joint Line Free X
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
47

Table 230: Supported progressive display modes DISPMODE FSM (0) SPS (1) MUP1 (3) PCE (5) PCP (7) SSC2 (8) 101 110 100 STOPMOS 001 010 011 Display Raster a+b Displayed Fields
Joint Line Free X
A+B, A+B, frame repetition A+A, B+B, line doubling A+A, A+A, line doubling, field repetition A+A*, A+A*, intra field interpolation, field repetition B+B, B+B, line doubling, field repetition B+B*, B+B*, intra field interpolation, field repetition
111 SSC1 (2) 000/001/010 011 100
A+A*, B*+B, intra field interpolation A+A, B+B, line doubling A+A, A+A, line doubling, field repetition A+A*, A+A*, intra field interpolation, field repetition
101 110
B+B, B+B, line doubling, field repetition B+B*, B+B*, intra field interpolation, field repetition
111 MUP2 (4) X
A+A*, B*+B, intra field interpolation A+A B+B, line doubling
48
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

video mode (two consecutive fields belong not to the same motion phase) or film mode (means two consecutive fields belong to the same motion phase for 2-2 pull down mode or two and three consecutive fields belong to the same motion phase for 3-2 pull down mode. Please refer to "Filmmode Detection" on page 31. The video mode material can be further separated. The separation is based on the motion range of the picture content, which is displayed. For the different source materials optimized scan rate conversion methods exists. Film mode material created by 2-2 pulldown (25p to 50i) is converted to 100i should be displayed in ABAB or BABA mode depending on the film mode phase. 60i film mode sources (3-2 pulldown) normally are converted to 60p whereas the "inverse 32 pulldown" is the best way for creating the progressive output. For the video mode material the optimized scan rate conversion method depends on the picture content.
2.5.7. Basic Upconversion Concept The upconversion creates a temporary progressive output image. This progressive output is used afterwards for vertical scaling. The scaled image now can be interlaced again or remains progressive. The upconversion itself can be divided into three steps. In the first step the decision is made which of the two available motion phases (motion phase from field A or from field B) should be displayed. This process is called motion phase selection. The original lines from the selected field are copied into the progressive output. In a second step the missing lines for the progressive output are created. Several interpolation methods are available. Now, the progressive image is ready to be scaled vertically. After the scaling the decision about the line scan pattern is made. Interlaced outputs or progressive outputs are possible. The scan rate conversion algorithm concept is based on the assumption that the video input signal can be in
Local Motion Method
Inverse 3-2 pull down Inverse 2-2 pull down

Local Motion Method
(ABAB/) or (BABA/) pixel based switch by motion detector
NTSC Film Mode Local Still Method

(ABAB/)
PAL Film Mode Local Still Method

(ABAB/)
Video Mode Local Still Method

(ABAB/) field based switch by global still detector IC: GSTILLENA switch by film mode detector IC: FMFORCE
Local Motion Method

(programmable, e.g. AA*B*B/)
IC: DYNOPSMXX
field based switch by global motion detector IC: GFBON
Global Motion Method

(programmable, e.g. AABB/)
Global Still Method

(programmable, e.g. ABAB/)
XX = GM = Global Motion XX = GS = GLOBAL STILL XX = V = VIDEO XX = P0-1 = FILM PAL PHASE 0-1 XX = N0-4 = FILM NTSC PHASE0-4
Fig. 253: Upconversion concept
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
49

2.5.8. General Upconversion Parameters Fig. 254 explains the used wording for the following explanations.
FRAME/FIELD
FRAME FIELD A odd lines
The figure below describes the data flow in the VSP 94x5B. The input fields are stored in the internal memory. Maximum two fields (three fields in case of inverse 3-2 pull down) are available for upconversion. The generated output fields belong to four different phases in case of interlaced output or two different phases in case of progressive output, respectively. The delay between the input field and the corresponding output fields depends on the OPDEL parameter. If OPDEL is not set correctly, a static jointline may occur in the picture. Two input fields are used to generate one output field or frame. Therefore first an internal progressive frame is generated. The motion phase of this internal progressive frame is programmed by the parameter DYNOPMSXX (MS - Motion Sequence value, XX is the abbreviation as defined in Fig. 252 on page 46).
FIELD B even lines
Content of picture
DISPLAY LINE-SCANNING PATTERN

TV odd lines Display linescanning pattern Display linescanning pattern
Display linescanning pattern

Input fields
An
Bn
Input fields
Tube, Display linescanning pattern
IpolType Interpolation Type values (DYNOPITXX) SoftMixEnable (DYNOPSMXX) Output field
MotSeq Motion Sequence values (DYNOPMSXX) motion phase
IpolType Interpolation Type values (DYNOPITXX) SoftMixEnable (DYNOPSMXX)
Fig. 254: Explanation of field and display linescanning pattern
Phase i
Phase i
Output field
B B
The interlaced input signal (e.g. 50 Hz PAL/SECAM or 60 Hz NTSC) is composed of a field A (odd lines) and a field B (even lines). An - Input signal, field A at time n, Bn - Input signal, field B at time n The field information describes the picture content. The output signal, which could contain different picture contents (e.g. field A, field B), can be displayed with the display line-scanning pattern or . Examples: (An, ) - Output signal, field A at time n, displayed as line-scanning pattern , (An, ) - Output signal, field A at time n, displayed as line-scanning pattern , ((A*)n, ) - Output signal, field A raster interpolated into field B at time n, displayed as linescanning pattern (An Bn-1, +) Output signal, frame AB at time n, displayed as progressive line-scanning pattern +
LspSeq Line Scan Pattern values (DYNOPLSXX)
Fig. 255: Explanation of output field generation
The interpolation of the missing lines for the internal frame can be programmed by the parameters DYNOPITXX and DYNOPSMXX. The first parameter defines the Interpolation Type (e.g. linear filter) and the second enables the Soft Mix method. Soft Mix means using the motion values from the Motion Detector to switch soft between the programmed Interpolation Type mode and the local fall back Interpolation Type Frame display. The Line Scan Pattern of the generated output fields are programmed using the parameter DYNOPLSXX.
50
mau03
even lines
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

100i output: Four motion phases must be generated from two consecutive input field motion phases A and B. For each output field it has to be decided which motion phase (A or B) should be generated. i.e. for a still input the sequence ABAB is a good 100i output. The VSP 94x7B has a full frame memory for the chrominance. It is possible to define a static Motion sequence for chrominance by the parameter StatOpMsC.
2.5.8.1. Motion Phase (MotPh) and Motion Sequence (MotSeq) The input signal usually contains two different fields, an A field with a line scan pattern (Aa) and a B field with b line scan pattern (Bb). The field content (A or B) called motion phase (called MotPh) and the line scan pattern (a or b) are separately handled. E.g. the content of an input Aa field can be displayed as Aa or can be displayed in a b line scan pattern Ab. The formerly coupling of A/a and B/b is now broken. The continuous output signal can be defined as a sequence of motion phases. The worst case is the
Table 231: MotSeq and LspSeq description (xx is placeholder for the specific dynamic operation case) 100/120 Hz Interlaced 2V/2H Output Phase 0123 Motion Sequence (MotSeq) DYNOPMSxx 0 - MotSeqAAAA 1 - MotSeqBBBB 2 - MotSeqAABB 3 - MotSeqABBA 4 - MotSeqBBAA 5 - MotSeqBAAB 6 - MotSeqABAB 7 - MotSeqBABA Line scan pattern sequence (LspSeq) DYNOPLSxx 0 - LspSeqAAAA 1 - LspSeqBBBB 2 - LspSeqAABB 3 - LspSeqABBA 4 - LspSeqBBAA 5 - LspSeqBAAB 6 - LspSeqABAB 7 - LspSeqBABA AAAA BBBB AABB ABBA BBAA BAAB ABAB BABA 50/60 Hz Progressive 1V/2H 50/60 Hz Interlaced 1V/2H 50/60 Hz Interlaced 1V/1H Phase 02 AA BB AB AB BA BA AA BB (progressive) (progressive)
(interlaced) (interlaced) (interlaced) (interlaced) (progressive) (progressive)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
51

2.5.8.2. Line Scan Pattern (Lsp) and Line Scan Pattern Sequence (LspSeq) According to the motion phase each output image will be assigned an line scan pattern (Lsp). The combination of 4 line scan patterns is called Line Scan Pattern Sequence (LspSeq). The line scan pattern sequence can be adjusted by a list of parameters including the key word DYNOPLS followed by the sequence. The combination of four motion phases is called Motion Sequence (in the following marked as MotSeq). The motion sequence can be adjusted by a list of parameters including the key word DYNOPMS followed by the indicator of the dynamic operation case (e.g. DYNOPMSGM for the motion sequence for the global motion case). 8 (progressive: 4) different motion sequences are allowed which represent all necessary combinations. 2.5.8.3. Interpolation Type Values (IpolType) If the picture content does not fit to the line scan pattern or in case of de-interlacing (creation of missing lines in the progressive output frame), these picture content or missing lines must be created by interpolation. Four different techniques can be selected by setting the interpolation type value IpolType. The interpolation type can be adjusted by a list of parameters including the key word DYNOPIT followed by the indicator of the dynamic operation case (e.g. DYNOPITP0 for the IpolType for the first 2-2 pulldown case). The different values are described in the following table. Table 232: IpolType description DynOpIt 0 - IpolTypeAB Description Frame based de-interlacing using original A and B lines for displaying still sequences Field based de-interlacing using line doubling Field based de-interlacing using linear interpolation Field based de-interlacing using modified line doubling
2.5.8.4. SoftBlend Enable Switch (SoftBlendEna) In still areas of the input fields the upconversion uses the SoftBlend functionality to switch soft and pixelwise the interpolation type from the adjusted IpolType to the IpolTypeAB. The SoftBlend feature can be enabled by the SoftBlendEna switch. If disabled, the selected IpolType is used for the whole picture. The soft blend switch can be adjusted by a list of parameters including the key word DYNOPSM followed by the indicator of the dynamic operation case (e.g. DYNOPSMGS for the SoftBlendEna for the global still case). 2.5.8.5. Filmmode Handling The IC bus read register FILMMODE consists of 4 bits. The 3 LSBs indicate the current film type and phase, the MSB indicates whether the 3 LSBs were generated synthetically inside the film mode detector (phase flywheel mode on unsecure input sources) or if the film mode detection result was securely detected (see chapter 2.4.4. "Filmmode Detection" on page 31 for details). This signal is used as input for the Upconversion-Modified Filmmode Generator (UMF). The generator is controlled by the IC bus FmForce and FmForceTrig signals and has as output a modified filmmode signal. Three general possibilities exist to modify the incoming FILMMODE signal. Please refer to Table 233 on page 53). FmForce = 15 disables the UMF and uses the original unmodified FILMMODE signal for further processing. It is also possible to discard the original information and to generate (force) an artificial filmmode signal. This is helpful for test purposes or when having film type and phase information available from external. Three different film types can be forced: Video mode (formerly called Camera mode), 2-2 pulldown mode (FM PAL) or 3-2 pulldown mode (FM NTSC). Adjusting 2-2 pulldown mode the two film phases AnBn (FmForce = 1) or BnAn+1 (FmForce = 2) can be adjusted. Forcing a mode requires to set FmForceTrig. Switching to FmForce = 37, the film phases 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 are generated cyclically starting with the adjusted FmForce. To change the 3-2 pulldown mode film phase again, FmForce must be changed and at the same time FmForceTrig must be set (and released). A usually used modification restricts the FILMMODE signal to selected film types. It is possible to limit the allowed film types only to Video mode, to 2-2 pulldown mode, or only to 3-2 pulldown mode. A combination of two modes can also be selected.
1 - IpolTypeLineDb1 2 - IpolTypeLin2 4 - IpolTypeLin4
52
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Table 233: Upconversion modified film mode generator Fm Force 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Allow all modes 15 Use unmodified film mode detector result Allow VIDEO only Allow FM PAL only Allow FM NTSC only Allow VIDEO and FM PAL only Allow VIDEO and FM NTSC only Allow FM PAL and FM NTSC only If secure detection result, synchronize phase, otherwise use internal phase generator Force FM NTSC UMF Output Mode Force VIDEO mode Force FM PAL With phase AnBn With phase BnAn+1 Starting with phase 0 Starting with phase 1 Starting with phase 2 Starting with phase 3 Starting with phase 4 Phase
For all modes FmForce = 814 the following rules are valid: Once one of the allowed film types is detected, all excluded film types cannot be reached anymore (until switching to other FmForce values). If the FILMMODE signal indicates an allowed film type and the detection result is secure, the original film phase is used. If the FILMMODE signal indicates any excluded film type, the last detected and allowed film type is hold. If the FILMMODE signal indicates unsecure in any film type, the last detected and allowed film type is hold.
Directly after activating one of the modes FmForce = 814 described above, one of the two scenarios can occur: The current UMF output film type already is one of the allowed film types. In this case the UMF output is transfered seamless to the actual mode. The current UMF output is one of the film types which are not allowed. Now the original FILMMODE signal is used unmodified, as long as the FILMMODE signal does not indicate one of the allowed film types. To avoid undetermined behavior after switching, it is recommended to use a two step switching approach. First switch to FmForce = 0 to force Video mode (to establish a stable state), then switch to your desired mode (e.g. FmForce = 11).
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
53

2.5.8.6. Dynamic Operation Table (DynOpTable) The DynOpTable transforms the programmed IC bus parameter into internal signals which determine the current output sequence behavior. The global motion signal GMotion, the global still signal GStill and the modified film mode signal UMF are generated inside the IC. Depending on these input signals the programmed motion sequence MotSeq, the line scan pattern LspSeq, the interpolation type IpolType the soft blend enable switch SBlendEna and the inverse 3-2 pull down position FJPos are selected. The parameter are coded as follows: DYNOPYYXX The description for YY and XX is described in Table 2 34. For example: DYNOPMSGM means Motion Sequence value for the Global Motion Fall Back Mode.
Table 234: DYNOPYYXX description YY MS IT SM LS GM GS V P0 P1 N0 N1 N2 N3 N4 XX Description Motion Sequence value Interpolation Type value Soft Blend Enable value Line Scan Pattern value Global Motion Fall Back mode Global Still Fall Back mode Video mode 2-2 pulldown mode (FM PAL) (phase 0) 2-2 pulldown mode (FM PAL) (phase 1) 3-2 pulldown mode (FM NTSC) (phase 0) 3-2 pulldown mode (FM NTSC) (phase 1) 3-2 pulldown mode (FM NTSC) (phase 2) 3-2 pulldown mode (FM NTSC) (phase 3) 3-2 pulldown mode (FM NTSC) (phase 4)
54
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Table 235: Dynamic operation table

GMotFlag 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GStillFlag x 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 UMF x x 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 MotSeq DynOpMsGm DynOpMsGs DynOpMsV DynOpMsP0 DynOpMsP1 DynOpMsN0 DynOpMsN1 DynOpMsN2 DynOpMsN3 DynOpMsN4 IpolType DynOpItGm DynOpItGs DynOpItV DynOpItP0 DynOpItP1 DynOpItN0 DynOpItN1 DynOpItN2 DynOpItN3 DynOpItN4 SBlendEna DynOpSmGm DynOpSmGs DynOpSmV DynOpSmP0 DynOpSmP1 DynOpSmN0 DynOpSmN1 DynOpSmN2 DynOpSmN3 DynOpSmN4 FJPos DynOpFjGm DynOpFjGs DynOpFjV DynOpFjP0 DynOpFjP1 DynOpFjN0 DynOpFjN1 DynOpFjN2 DynOpFjN3 DynOpFjN4 LspSeq DynOpLsGm DynOpLsGs DynOpLsV DynOpLsP0 DynOpLsP1 DynOpLsN DynOpLsN DynOpLsN DynOpLsN DynOpLsN
The GMotFlag indicator is the combination of the parameters GFBON and GmFmFbEna and the global motion indicator bit GMOTION (Table 236). Table 236: GMotFlag combination GMOTION 0 1 1 1 1 GFBON x 0 1 1 1 GmFmFbEna x x 0 0 1 UMF x x 0 1...15 x GMotFlag 0 0 1 0 1
In the same way the GStillFlag is combined. See Table 237 for details. Table 237: GStillFlag combination GSTILL 0 1 1 1 1 GStillEna x 0 1 1 1 GsFmFbEna x x 0 0 1 UMF x x 0 1...15 x GStillFlag 0 0 1 0 1
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
55

The parameter GFBON activates the global fall back switch. When activated, the setting for "global motion" is used, if the readable bit GMOTION is set. This is used to switch for example in case of 100 Hz interlaced to AABB in case of big motion in the picture. If activated the GMOTION flag has the highest priority. The second priority has the GSTILL flag, which can be activated with GSTILLENA. This can be used for example in case of 100 Hz interlaced to switch to ABAB mode in case of a complete still picture. The last priority has the UMF flag, which selects between the detected mode camera or the different film phases. By using GmFmFbEna and GsFmFbEna, the decision for film-mode can be priorized. In this case, the fall back processing is disabled.
2.5.8.7. Inverse 3-2 Pull Down For progressive output sequence with single V frequency a special mode for displaying film mode sources without interpolation and in frame resolution can be used. This mode is called inverse 3-2 pull down mode. To enable this feature some restrictions are valid. Vertical expansion or decimation can not be used. For special exceptions, please refer to applicationnote. Vertical locked mode must be used. Horizontal locked mode must be used and LL-PLL must be in locked condition (STABLL=1). The inverse 3-2 pull down mode can be activated by the IC bus register FJMode. The motion sequence (MotSeq), the line scan pattern (LspSeq), the interpolation type value (IpolType), the softmix enable switch (SoftMixEna), and the inverse 32 pull down position switch (FJPos) must be programmed by IC bus in the dynamic operation table (DynOpTable). 2.6. Display Processing The display processing part contains an integrated triple 9-bit DAC and performs digital enhancements and manipulations of the digital video component signal. Fig. 256 shows the block diagram of the display processing part. 2.6.1. Digital Contrast Improvement (DCI) There is a strong demand on picture contrast, but each video display has a limited dynamic range. Especially the flat display panels like LCD and PDP (plasma display panel) have a lower dynamic range compared to CRT. The picture contrast can't be increased by simply increasing the video signal amplitude, because exceeding the display dynamic range causes unwanted effects. An efficient use of display dynamic range depending on the picture contents increases picture contrast and quality. The basic function of DCI is to analyze the picture framewise and adjust the parameters of a dual segment transfer function depending on the analysis results for the best subjective picture quality. Therefore, each image frame is analyzed for three different characteristics. The image average brightness, the dark sample distribution, and the frame peak value. These parameters control the transfer function. The dual segment transfer function consists of two segments with an adaptive pivot point. A lower segment for dark samples and an upper segment for light
56
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

imum value in order to avoid unnatural effects. DCION enables or disables DCI function. When modifying the contrast of the picture (luminance), a chrominance compensation is also performed, in order to avoid wrong color saturation. This feature may be disabled by CSCON. Independent from the actual display region, image analysis is done within a user-defined window. It is defined by start pixel (SPIXEL), end pixel (EPIXEL), start line (SLINE) and end line (ELINE).
samples. The gain of the lower segment is adaptive to the dark sample distribution. A higher gain results from fewer dark samples and a lower gain from a higher number of dark samples. The gain is limited in the range as given below. The gain of the upper segment is adaptive to the frame peak value. It is computed in the way that the detected peak value lower than the nominal, will be moved to nominal peak value. If the detected peak value is equal or higher than the nominal peak value then, a gain of 1.0 is used (no change). The computed theoretical gain is limited then to a max-
Master/Slave Frame Generator
Curtain Generator
Pattern Generator
LTI
Adaptive Peaking Delay
Pixel Mixer MUX YUV RGB
Coarse Delay
Master
DCI CTI
8:8:8 Fine Delay
3x DAC
ayout auout avout 656out
ITU656 Encoder
LTI
Adaptive Peaking Delay
MQFP144 package only

9 Formatter 444 422 9 8 bit 9 9
Slave
CTI
dgout dbout drout
Fig. 256: Block diagram of display processing Fig. 257: DCI basic function
Y_OUT [IRE] 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 Minimum pivot point Y_IN [IRE] 100 Maximum pivot point 40 IRE Pivot point is adaptive to average brightness Segment_2 gain is adaptive to frame peak value Segment_1 gain is adaptive to dark sample distribution
Each image frame is analyzed for three different characteristics like average brightness, dark sample distribution and peak value. The sensitivity of the average brightness analysis is determined by the setting of SENSWS. A higher value reduces and a lower value increases the sensitivity. The sensitivity is also a function of the analyzed picture size which is defined by analysis window settings. If a desired sensitivity is adjusted and after that the analyzed picture size is changed, then the sensitivity will also be changed. If it is desired to keep the same sensitivity for different analysis window settings, then the SENSWS value has to be matched by linear interpolation to the new size (see the example given below).
7 00 7 20 30 40 50
7 IRE
60 70 80 90
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
57
Pixelperline analyzed Linesperframe analyzed SENSWS = -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------9112
ERRORCOMP = 32 SENSES ------------------------------DYTC

(integer part only)
680 536 SENSWS = --------------------- = 40 9112
The contribution of peaks with small size to the total frame peak value is controlled by PEAK_SIZE. A lower value for PEAK_SIZE increases, and a higher value reduces the contribution of peaks in the image.
The sensitivity of the dark sample distribution analysis is determined by the setting of SENSBS. A higher value reduces and a lower value increases the sensitivity. The sensitivity is also a function of the analyzed picture size which is defined by analysis window settings. If a desired sensitivity is adjusted and after that the analyzed picture size is changed, then the sensitivity will also be changed. If it is desired to keep the same sensitivity for different analysis window settings then the SENSBS value has to be matched by linear interpolation to the new size as described for SENSWS. Dark sample distribution analysis considers for the measurement the size of dark areas related to the total size of analysis window so that small dark parts in the image do not influence the measurement too much. The sensitivity to small dark areas is adjustable by DYTC. Lower value for DYTC means high sensitivity and higher value low sensitivity. The basic function of average brightness analysis is the measurement of light sample and dark sample contribution difference. The contribution of light sample is weighted by LSWF value. The LSWF setting determines which picture will be considered as light and which as dark. A lower value for LSWF reduces and a higher value increases the measured result of average brightness. LSWF=0 turns the contribution of light samples off and every picture will be considered as dark. SCANID gives information about interlace/progressive input and should be set equal to FMODE. Image analysis is done frame by frame. Depending on the analysis results a suitable transfer function is used for video processing. The analysis results are filtered with a time constant determined by the settings ABFTC for average brightness, DSFTC for dark sample distribution and PK_FTC for peak analysis. A shorter time constant results from a higher setting and a longer time constant from a lower setting for XX_FTC. ERRORCOMP is used to increase the analysis precision in dark sample distribution part by taking the remainder value in temporal register at the end of analysis into consideration. The value of ERRORCOMP is determined by the settings of SENSBS and DYTC. The equation below should be used to determine the proper value.
58
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Additional to adaptive peaking, a luminance transition improvement (LTI) circuit may be enabled by LTI.
2.6.2. Adaptive Peaking The luminance peaking filter improves the overall frequency response of the luminance channel. It consists of two filters working in parallel. They have high pass (HP) and band pass (BP) characteristics. The peaking filter clock frequency is CLKB36 (usually 36 MHz). The maximum signal frequency of the picture stored in the memory is 6.75 MHz. Due to a peaking after postscaler, the frequency range of the peaking filter varies with the expansion factor of the postscaler.
Amount of bandpass peaking
APK2BP
Peaking
APK1BP
Table 238: Peaking filter frequencies Expansion Factor of Postscaler Corresponding Frequency of Input Signal for Center Frequency Bandpass (BP) 0.75 ... 1 ... 3 2.66 MHz ... 3.55 MHz ... 10.65 MHz Highpass (HP) 6.75 MHz ... 9 MHz ... 27 MHz
Amount of highpass peaking Denoising
Damping
Max.
Bandpass-filtered input signal
ATH1BP ATH1BP + ATH2BP
APK2HP
Peaking
The peaking is picture-content adaptive.
APK1HP
Damping
15
Peaking filter characteristic
Denoising Max. Highpass-filtered input signal
10
gain[dB]
ATH1HP ATH1HP + ATH2HP

Fig. 259: Adaptive peaking segments (BP and HP)
frequency [MHz]
Fig. 258: Bandpass/highpass filter characteristic
In a first region, adjustable by ATH1BP and ATH1HP for bandpass and highpass, respectively, the signal is damped for to reduce noise (denoising). The second region is adjusted by ATH2BP (ATH2HP). For this region, the amount of peaking is given by APK1BP (APK1HP). The peaking value for the last part is given by APK2BP (APK2HP).
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
59

2.6.3. Color Transition Improvement (CTI) A digital algorithm is implemented to improve horizontal transitions of the chrominance signals resulting in a better picture sharpness. A highpass/bandpass frequency peaking of the signal usually produces broad overshoots. To eliminate wrong colors, which are caused by over and undershoots at the chroma transition, the sharpened chroma signals are limited to a proper value automatically. The amount of peaking for the bandpass is adjusted by PKCTIBPM, for the highpass by PKCTIHPM.
Table 239: Pixelmixer layer naming conventions Layer Master channel Slave channel Master frame Slave frame Curtain Background and testpattern Suffix M S G F C P
a) CrCb input
The size of the background layer determines the size of the picture. This means, that the background must have at least the size of the picture to be displayed. Every layer is determined by the position of the upper left edge (HORPOSx, VERPOSx) and a stretch in horizontal and vertical direction (HORWIDTHx, VERWIDTHx). Additionally, the frame-size is defined by HORFRAMEx and VERFRAMEx. While in the default case of interlace (FMODE=0), the parameters VERPOSx and VERWIDTHx are directly used, in the case of progressive (FMODE=1) the parameters VERPOSx and VERWIDTHx are multiplied by 2. This is necessary for avoiding additional changes after switching from interlace to progressive or vice versa in order to display all picture elements at the same position.
b) Ampl.
t c) Cr out Cb out
H-SYNC
HORPOSP
HORWIDTHP HORWIDTHC HORFRAMEG
VERPOSC
V-SYNC
VERPOSP
VERFRAMEG
Fig. 260: Principles of CTI 2.6.4. Pixel Mixer The aim of the pixel mixer is the combination of the different paths of video sequences to one final video stream being shown by the display unit. Thereby 6 different sources (layer) are possible which are listed in the following table:
VERWIDTHP
VERPOSG
a) CrCb input of CTI b) CrCb input + correction signal c) sharpened and limited CrCb
HORPOSC
HORPOSG/M
HORWIDTHG/M HORPOSF/S
HORFRAMEF HORWIDTHF/S
VERPOSF
VERWIDTHG
VERWIDTHC
G
VERWIDTHF
Master M
VERFRAMEF
master frame
S
slave
Frame
Background Curtain
Fig. 261: Example of pixel mixer output
60
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

The components of this virtual overblending channel can be the master and the slave without frame
((PRIOF<PRIOS)&(PRIOG<PRIOM)&(PRIOM=PRIOS2)).
2.6.4.1. Priority Decoder For every layer a priority can be chosen (PRIOC, PRIOS, PRIOM, PRIOG, PRIOP, PRIOF). 0 is lowest priority, 15 is highest priority. It is not allowed to give two or more layers same priority. The selectable range is 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14. The values between can not be selected but result from the virtual overblending channel.
The master frame and the slave frame can additionally be taken into consideration
(PRIOG=PRIOM+2=PRIOF+4=PRIOS+6 or PRIOF=PRIOS +2=PRIOG+4=PRIOM+6).
Table 241: Suggested priorities for pixel mixer Show PiP PRIOF PRIOS PRIOG PRIOM Fig. 262: Overblending PRIOC PRIOP The blending can be enabled by OBSOFT. The temporal dynamic version is enabled by OBTEMP. In this temporal overblending mode TBLEND specifies how long the soft switching from master components to slave components or vice versa will take. In the static mode (OBTEMP=0), TBLEND gives the proportion of master and slave channel. Table 240: Static and dynamic blending OBTEMP 0 TBLEND 00 01 10 11 1 00 01 10 11 Ratio of Lower/Higher Priority 25/75 50/50 62.5/37.5 75/25 100/0...fast...0/100 100/0...medium...0/100 100/0...slow...0/100 100/0...very slow...0/100
Y U V
Hide PiP 8 6 12 10 2 0
Use Curtain 8 6 12 10 2 14
12 10 8 6 2 0
2.6.4.2. Background and Testpattern Component Displaying the background trivially uses constant values for the Y, U, and V components. However, also nontrivial background images can be generated. How they look like can be seen in the following figure. The used pattern is defined by the IIC-bus parameter PATTERN_MODE having 3 bits. For the trivial background 000 is used.
Fig. 263: Possible testpattern
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
61

All patterns have a length of 288 lines. The chroma is always in 4:4:4 format. In horizontal direction 960 pixels are generated. If the displayed picture size differs from (288/960), blank picture is added or picture content is cut. The trivial background pattern takes for Y the constant luminance YBAGR, for U and V the constant chrominance UBAGR and VBAGR. The Yramp gives only a ramp to the luminance channel. The U and V channel are "0". The ramp starts at 0 and with every clock cycle the output increases. After 255 the output starts at 0 again. So nearly four ramps will be seen with 960 pixel resolution. The Yrampsoft is only one ramp over the whole screen. It starts at black and is increases every forth pixel. Maximum amplitude is reached after 960 pixel. The YUVrampsoft equals the Yrampsoft having a ramp on U and V additionally. The colorbar equals an ITU100/75/75 color bar. The crosshatch is used to adjust the geometry of the picture. Some vertical and horizontal lines with white and are inserted into a black picture. The chroma is always 0. 2.6.4.3. Window Generator
close window
open window
Fig. 265: Vertical windowing
All settings are also available in vertical direction. All IC parameters exist for both directions (e.g. WINDHON and WINDVON for horizontal and vertical window enabling). Combinations of both window functions (horizontal and vertical) are also possible.
close window
open window
Fig. 266: Horizontal and vertical windowing 2.6.5. Coarse and Fine Delay This generator is able to realize an automatic closing and opening of the displayed picture. This means that with every picture the displayed curtain, defined by UCUR, VCUR and YCUR will get bigger or smaller. The original picture data will be replaced by the curtain values and vice versa. 4096 different colors are available. The Fig. 264 shows the functionality of the horizontal window function. The window can be closed or opened. Before digital-to-analog conversion an adjustment of the phase of the luminance is performed. A coarse delay from -8 to +7 in steps of 1 pixel CLKB36 (~28 ns) are possible (COARSEDEL). FINEDEL shifts the luminance one CLKB72 (~14 ns) pixel. This can be used to compensate delays, when Y and UV are externally processed differently (e.g. lowpass filtered). 2.6.6. YCrCb Control for Digital Output The VSP 94xxB supports the following picture adjustment parameters on the master and slave signal: 0 contrast 63/32 (DPCON) 15 brightness 48(DPBRT)
open window
close window
0 saturation Cr 63/32 (DPVSAT) 0 saturation Cb 63/32 (DPUSAT) These adjustments should only be used, if there is no other adjustment possible in the system (e.g. flat-panel application). In case of analog display (tube), these adjustments should be done in backend device.
Fig. 264: Horizontal windowing
The windowing feature can be enabled by the WINDHON parameter. The WINDHST and the WINDHDR parameter determine, what status (opened or closed) the window has, and what can be done with the window (open or close). With each enabling of the window function by the WINDHON parameter, the status of the window will be as defined by WINDHST and WINDHDR. To change from close to open or vice versa only the WINDHDR parameter has to be toggled. The speed of the window can be defined by the WINDHSP parameter. The Figure 265 shows the functionality of the vertical window function.
62
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

2.6.8. Oversampling and DAC After conversion into 8:8:8 format (CLKB72=72 MHz), three 9-bit digital-to-analog converters are used for analog YUV output. This twofold-oversampling generates 1920 active pixels per line (when using recommended settings) and simplifies the external postfiltering. Output voltage is determined by PKLY, PKLU and PKLV in a range of 0.4 ...1.9 V (fullscale). The maximum output amplitude calculates as follows:
2.6.7. RGB Matrix The yuv_rgb block converts video data from yuv-format to rgb-format by means of a free programmable matrix. This RGB signal is intended to be used as digital 3*9bit RGB signal, but may also be used on analog outputs. C1...C6 are signed integer values in the range from -511...511. The color saturation may be influenced by "S" in the range about 0.5<S<1.5. The Tint can be adjusted by "" in the range of -0.14<<0.14 (resulting in a range of +/- 8).
1 K rb K rr Y R 1 0 0 = 1 K gb K gr 0 S Sa C b G B 0 Sa S Cy 1 K bb K br
RGB-matrix Tint, Saturation
Voltage = 1, 56V PKLx + 0, 36V signal ------------ 256
1 ( SK rb + SaK rr ) ( SaK rb + SK rr ) Y R = 1 ( SK gb + SaK gr ) ( SaK gb + SK gr ) C b G B Cr 1 ( SK bb + SaK br ) ( SaK bb + SK br )
max. 1.9 V
max. 0.95 V
max. 1.9 V
CHROMAAMP =0 'no color'
The following matrix is obtained by default parameters.
Y R 1 0 1, 4 G = 1 0, 34 0, 71 C b B 1 1, 77 0 Cy
;;;;;;;
OFFSTDUV 0V
Fig. 267: DAC output signals
8 bits of the luminance D/A converter are used for the entire signal. The 9th bit is used for over- and undershoots caused by the peaking to prevent or reduce clipping artifacts. As the CTI block seldomly produces such overshoots, a full-scale operation can be activated by CHROMAMP. For luminance, full-scale operation can be activated by LUMAMP.
Micronas
9 bit conversion range
C11 -------128 R C3G = 1 -------128 B C51 -------128
C2-------128 Y C4 -------- C b 128 Cy C6-------128
;;;;;; ;;;;;; ;;;;;; ;;;;;;

16 LSB 'black' 128 LSB lower headroom for peaking OFFSETDY
240 LSB normal signal range
9 bit conversion range

0V
max. 0.8 V
;;;;;; ;;;;;;
128 LSB upper headroom for peaking
PKLY
CHROMAAMP =1
PKLU PLLV
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
63

2.6.9. Output-Data Controller The output data controller generates horizontal and vertical syncs. Both sync-generators have a so called locked-mode and freerunning-mode. The Table 2 42 shows all configurations. Table 242: HOUT and VOUT generator configurations Mode "H-and-V-locked" mode "H-freerunning/ V-locked" mode "H-locked/ V-freerunning" mode "H- and V-freerunning" mode HOUTFR 0 1 0 1 VOUTFR 0 0 1
2.6.9.2. VOUT Generator The VOUT generator has two operation modes, which can be selected by the parameter VOUTFR. In the freerunning-mode (VOUTFR=1) the VOUT signal is generated depending on the LPFOP parameter. In the locked-mode the VOUT signal is synchronized by the incoming V-Sync signal derived from CVBS, delayed by some lines (OPDEL). OPDEL must be adjusted for different input signals and different IC adjustments. During one incoming V-Sync signal, two VOUT pulses have to be generated. The polarity of the VOUT signal is programmable by the parameter VOUTPOL. The VOUT signal is active high for two output lines Table 243: Display line scanning pattern sequence 1
Display sequence 1. to 2. (lines) 312 313 312 312.5 313 312.5 312.5 312.5 625 625.5 2. to 3. (lines) 313 312 312.5 313 312.5 312 312.5 312.5 625 624.5 3. to 4. (lines) 312 313 313 312.5 312 312.5 312.5 312.5 625 625.5 4. to 5.(1.) (lines) 313 312 312.5 312 312.5 313 312.5 312.5 625 624.5
For freerun mode the backend part works stand alone without analyzing the input signal. The clock domains, input data part and output data part of the IC, are not related to each other. If the output processing works in the freerun mode, the output signals of the ODC are generated depending on IC-bus settings. For locked mode the backend part works with a line locked clock. This means that the frontend and the backend of the IC depend on each other. The generation of the controlling signals depends on output signals from the frontend. This mode will be the default and the most used mode for standard TV applications. When no or very weak signal is connected to the CVBS input, the IC can be configured to automatically switch into freerunning mode. This stabilizes the display which may contain OSD information, e.g. during channel-tune. The configuration, whether the IC switches to H-freerun, V-freerun or both can be configured by AUTOFRRN. 2.6.9.1. HOUT Generator The HOUT generator has two operation modes, which can be selected by the parameter HOUTFR. The HOUT signal is active high for 64 clock cycles (CLKB36). In the freerunning-mode the HOUT signal is generated depending on the PPLOP parameter. In the locked-mode the HOUT signal is locked on the incoming H-Sync signal derived from CVBS. The polarity of the HOUT signal is programmable by the parameter HOUTPOL.
2.6.9.3. BLANK Generator The BLANK signal is used to horizontally and vertically mark active picture area. It is enabled by BLANEN and its polarity can be chosen by BLANPOL and VBLANPOL. Referred to hsync, the start is given by BLANDEL and its length is given by BLANLEN, both adjustable in 4 pixel resolution. Referred to vsync, the start is given by VBLANDEL and its length is given by VBLANLEN, both adjustable in 1 lines resolution.The blank information can be supplied to pin "656vio/blank" (656BLANK) or pin "vout50/blank" (V50BLANK).
64
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

2.6.13. Digital YUV/RGB Output 4:4:4 RGB as well as 4:4:4 and 4:2:2 YUV signals with either 8 or 9 bits are supported.
2.6.10. Static Pin Switching It is possible to set the pin "h50/irq" to static 0 or 1 by GPH50. It is possible to set the pin "vin" to static 0 or 1 by CPUIRQ2V. In 144 package only, three pins (GP0...2) can be controlled individually by IC commands (GP0, GP1, GP2).
dgout8 dgout7 dgout6 dgout5
dbout8 dbout7 dbout6 dbout5 dbout4 dbout3 dbout2 dbout1 dbout0
drout8 drout7 drout6 drout5 drout4 drout3 drout2 drout1 drout0
MSB MSB
C800 1 0 CD1 1 VIN/INTR

static '0' static '1'
dgout4
VOUT
dgout3 dgout2 dgout1 dgout0
V100IN
9 bit output
LSB
0 1 2 3
V100IN
CPUIRQ output
CD2
DP
RGB 4:4:4
G B R
YUV 4:4:4
Y U V
CPUIRQ2V
YUV 4:2:2
Fig. 268: VIN/INTR and VOUT switching 2.6.11. VSP 94xxB in PiP Operation Only
U/V
656
ITU656output (8 bit only)
Fig. 269: Possibilities of digital output connections The IC can be used to produce a PiP only (PCE mode), which is synchronized to external H/V signals. This can be used i.e. to insert a PiP into a PC-signal which is directly connected to the RGB/deflection stage. For this, the vout-pin can be set to input by V100IN and hout to tristate by H100TR. Additionally, the incoming H signal must be connected to any CVBS, GIN or FBLIN pins. The BLANK signal indicates the valid PiP picture in order to switch between the main-signal and the PiP in the backend. 2.6.12. Digital 656 Output The output data format corresponds to ITU656 (8-bit bus at a data rate of 27 MHz). Timing reference codes (SAV, EAV) are inserted according to the specification. The output can be enabled by DPOUT656. The display clock should be set to linelocked-clock (HOUTFR) with 27 MHz (PPLIP) and 720 pixels per line (HORWIDTHP). 656 output data is available at pins 656io0...7. In QFP144 versions, 656 output is available at green output (dgout0...7) additionally. The clock output (pin 656clk) is CLKB72 always (usually 27 or 54 MHz) and can be inverted by CLK656OUTINV.
Table 244: Digital output configuration in QFP144

M422 RGB 4:4:4 8 bit 9 bit YUV 4:4:4 8 bit 9 bit YUV 4:2:2 8 bit 9 bit 656 8 bit 0 0 0 0 1 1 x DWO 0 1 0 1 0 1 x TO1RGB 1 1 0 0 0 0 x DPOUT656 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Micronas
8 bit output
LSB
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
65

2.7. Clock Concept A single 20.25 MHz crystal at fundamental mode is used as clock reference. All other clocks are derived from this source. The CVBS frontend works with 20.25 MHz, the RGB frontend and input processing operates at 40.5 MHz, the oversampling DACs use 72.0 MHz and the memory and all parts behind the memory are clocked with 36 MHz. Three different clock concepts are supported. The difference is the behavior in clocking the memory output. The frontend part of the VSP 94x5B uses a free-running but crystal-stable clock (CLKF). After deskewing, an orthogonal picture is written into the memory. The read out is done using the (CLKB) clock. The horizontal sync-signal output (HOUT) is derived from a counter running with CLKB. The VOUT is directly derived from the input vertical signal, which is generated by the sync-separation block. This "H-freerunning-V-locked mode" is only possible together with a DC coupled deflection controller. In "H-and-V-locked mode" CLKB is line-locked to the incoming signal. The freerunning YUV picture data and the internal H signal are converted to the linelocked domain. Now HOUT and the sync signal in the 1fH domain are directly coupled.
In case of "H-and-V-freerunning mode" the HOUT and VOUT signals are derived from counters running with CLKB. There is no connection to the incoming signal. This mode can be used for stable pictures when no signal is applied (e.g. channel search with OSD insertion). The clock output can be disabled by CLKOUTON. CLKOUTINV inverts the clock. HOUT and VOUT are in line with the sampling clock CLKB27, CLKB36 or CLKB72. Even when clkout is not used in the system, CLKOUTSEL72, CLKOUT72 and CLKOUTSEL must be set properly to obtain correct HOUT, VOUT and BLANK signals. Table 245: Clock output and hout/vout/blank clock reference
CLKOUT SEL72 CLKOUT 72 CLKOUT SEL CLKOUT (HOUT, VOUT, BLANK derived from)
0 0 1
0 0 1
0 1 0
CLKB27 CLKB36 CLKB72
Table 246: Clock output and hout/vout clock reference clock system (FR=free-running; LL=line-locked) Name Clock Nominal Frequency H- and Vlocked Mode FR FR LL H-freerunning V-locked Mode FR FR FR H- and Vfreerunning Mode FR FR FR
CLKF20 CLKF40 CLKB36
CVBS frontend RGB frontend, input processing Output and display processing
20.25 MHz 40.5 MHz 9407: 36 MHz (analog out) 9417: 27 MHz (digital out) 9437: 18 MHz (analog out) 9447: 13.5 MHz (digital out) 9407: 72 MHz 9417: 54 MHz 9437: 36 MHz 9447: 27 MHz 9407: 27 MHz 9417: 20.25 MHz 9437: 13.5 MHz 9447: 10.125 MHz
CLKB72
Oversampling, DAC
LL
FR
FR
CLKB27
Pins "clockout", "hout", "vout"
LL
FR
FR
66
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
2.7.1. Line-locked Clock Generator The clock generation system derives all clocks from one 20.25 MHz crystal oscillator clock source. Linelocked horizontal sync pulses are generated by a digital phase locked loop. The time constant can be adjusted between fast and slow behavior (KPL, KIL) to accommodate different backend ICs. The PLL control can be frozen up to 15 lines before v-sync (FION) for a duration up to 15 lines (FILE). This may be used to reduce disturbances by h-phase errors which are produced by VCRs. The output frequency for the 100/ 120 Hz version dependent on IICINCR is
nominal 50 Hz operation (analog out)
13.5 18 27 36 MHz
nominal 50 Hz operation (digital out) nominal 100 Hz operation (analog out) nominal 100 Hz operation (digital out)
Fig. 270: Allowed operation area for clock generation
f display = IICINC 103Hz
The number of pixels generated by the PLL is given by PPLIP. For linelocked clock generation the following equation must be fulfilled:
A freerunning frequency is also generated which may be selected alternatively. The freerunning frequency for the double-scan versions dependent on FRINC is
PPLIP = PPLOP
f displayfr = FRINC 103Hz
Dependent on ARTSYNC and ITUSYNC, the LL-PLL input is different (see Table 247). Table 247: LL-PLL input
ARTSYNC 0 1 1 ITUSYNC x 0 1 LL_PLL Input CD input (parallel operation) CD output (serial operation) ITU656 input
Normally, IICINCR and FRINC are equal or nearly the same. The display frequency is internally divided by two for the single-scan versions.
Table 248: LL-PLL settings Operation Double-scan (analog out) Double-scan (digital out) Single-scan (analog out) Single-scan (digital out) Input 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 1728 864 262144 2304 1152 349525 1728 864 262144 PPLIP*4 2304 PPLOP*4 1152 IICINCR 349525 FRINCR 349525 351953 262144 263892 349525 351953 262144 263892 CLKB36 [MHz] 36 36.25 27 27.18 18 18.125 13.5 13.59 fH[kHz] 31.250 31.468 31.250 31.468 15.625 15.734 15.625 15.734
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
67

3. IC Bus 3.1. IC Bus Slave Address When pin ADR/TDI is connected to Vss, VSP 94xxB reacts on first IC address. The second address is active, when pin ADR/TDI is connected to Vdd. Table 31: IC slave address Write Address 10110000=B0h 10110010=B2h Read Address 10110001=B1h 10110011=B3h ADR/TDI=0 ADR/TDI=1 S 3.2. IC Bus Format The VSP 94x7B IC bus interface acts as a slave receiver and a slave transmitter and provides two different access modes (write, read). All modes run with a subaddress auto increment. The interface supports the normal 100 kHz transmission speed as well as the high speed 400 kHz transmission. VSP 94x7B has 16 bit IC registers only. The two bytes per register are referred as Byte_A and Byte_B. They are either read_only or write_only registers. Byte A is the higher byte and is transmitted first. It is always transmitted if the register is addressed. Byte B is the lower byte. It need not be transmitted if only byte A is of interest. Table 34: Write sequence examples S S S SAW SAW SAW A A A SBR SBR SBR A A A D_A D_A D_A A A A STP D_B D_B A A STP D_A A SAW SAR SBR D_A D_B STP START ADR/TDI=0 ADR/TDI=1
Byte A has always to be transmitted before byte B can be accessed. All read and write registers are auto increment registers. However, the auto increment function can be disabled by the control bit AUTOINC_OFF in register DAh. If the auto increment function is switched off, the bytes A and B of write registers will be updated (overwritten) cyclically every second data byte. The bytes A and B of read registers will be polled cyclically every second byte. Table 32: 16 bit IC format A7, A6, A5, A4, A3, A2, A1, A0 Byte_A: MSB B7, B6, B5, B4, B3, B2, B1, B0 Byte_B: LSB
Table 33: Index of IC abbreviations
ACKNOWLEDGE SLAVE ADDRESS WRITE SLAVE ADDRESS READ SUBADDRESS DATA BYTE A DATA BYTE B STOP
...
STP
Table 35: Read sequence examples S S S SAW SAW SAW A A A SBR SBR SBR A A A S S S SAR SAR SAR A A A D_A D_A D_A NA A A STP D_B D_B NA A STP D_A ... NA STP
The transmitted data is internally stored in registers. The registers are located in different clock and func-
tional domains. The clock domains can be found in Table 36.
68
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 38: Store Commands Clock CLKF20 CLKF40 CLKB3, CLKB72 CLKB36 CLKF20 CLKF40 CLKF40 CLKB36 CLKB36 CLKF27, CLKF40 CLKF36 CLKF40 CLKB36 CLKB36 CLKB36 The IC parameter VS1_20stat, VS2_20stat, VSM1_40stat, VSM2_40stat, VSS1_40stat, VSS2_40stat, VSRGB_40stat, VSBM1_36stat, VSBM2_36stat, VSBS_36stat, VSDCI_36stat and VS656_27stat reflect the state of the register values. If these bits are read as 1, then the store command was sent, but the data is not made available yet. If these bits are 0, then the data was made valid and a new write or read cycle can start. These registers may be checked before writing or reading new data, otherwise data can be lost if different data is written too fast to a register. Table 39: IC bus register types Register Types W R Rrstyp Write register Read register Reset register after reading Hand-shake mechanism The registers are grouped into update-domains. The update of each domain must be enabled by setting the corresponding bit in the store command word. The update domain, where the data are made valid with the V-sync signal of the 20.25 MHz domain are indicated in the register overview by VS1_20 or VS2_20 respectively. The others update domains are called VSM1_40, VSM2_40, VSS1_40, VSS2_40, VSRGB_40, VSBM1_36, VSBM2_36, VSBS_36, VSDCI_36 and VS656_27. For immediate update (no wait for V-sync), IM1_20, IM2_20, IMM1_40, IMM2_40, IMS1_40, IMS2_40, IMRGB_40, IMBM1_36, IMBM2_36, IMBS_36, IMDCI_36 and IM656_27 can be used. The update status of the registers can be checked by read register F7h.
S SAW A FFh A VS_high A VS_low A STP
Table 36: IC bus clock domains Domain CP1 IP1 DP1 OP1 CP2 FP IP2 DP2 OP2 ITU PP C800 MEM MAUS ODC Description CVBS frontend Master Input Processing Master Display Processing Master Output Processing Master CVBS frontend Slave RGB processing Input Processing Slave Display Processing Slave Output Processing Slave ITU656 processing LL-PLL C800 Memory Controller Motion adaptive upconversion Output Data Controller
3.3. Modification of IC Write Registers Modified register data becomes effective After being activated by a store command (nearly all registers). In some cases immediately after writing, if the register is marked by "NTO (=no take over mechanism) There are two types of store commands: Immediately after store command specified for this register domains (FEh) Table 37: Store Commands
S SAW A FEh A IM_high A IM_low A STP
HS
At the next rising edge of the V-sync signal specified for this register domains (FFh) Both store commands should not be used in the same IC telegram.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
69
Table 310: IC bus register characterization Take-over Mechanism NTO VS1_20 VS2_20 VSSLI_20 VSRGB_40 VSM1_40 VSM2_40 VSS1_40 VSS2_40 VSBM1_36 VSBM2_36 VSBS_36 VS656_27 No take-over mechanism CVBS frontend master CVBS frontend slave Data slicer RGB frontend Input processing master before V-scaler Input processing master behind V-scaler Input processing slave before V-scaler Input processing slave behind V-scaler Master behind memory Master behind v-scaler Slave behind memory ITU656 input / ITU656 output Take-over with V-sync in 27.0 MHz domain Take-over with V-sync in backend 36.0 MHz domain Take-over with V-sync in 40 MHz domain Take-over with V-sync in 20 MHz domain
3.4. Update of IC Read Registers The read process does not make use of store commands. The update of read register data is done By the sync signals as described for the write registers, but the direction of the data flow is opposite ("normal" read registers). The update status of the registers can be checked by read register F7h. Immediately (NTO read registers) With reset after read (RS read registers) RS type registers behave like a RS flip flops. Whenever the corresponding signal has a high level it sets the register bit to "1". After being read by the IC bus master, the whole register will be automatically reset (means value 0) . For example the register NMSTATUSM belongs to the rs typ read registers. NMSTATUSM signalizes a new value for NOISEMEM. So if NMSTATUSM is read as 0 the current noise measurement has not been updated. If the NMSTATUSM is read as 1 a new noise measurement value can be read. All other rs typ read registers work in the same way. The rs typ read registers
will be marked in the overview with the short cut rstyp or will have the additional hint Note: reset automatically when read/write in the detailed IC bus command description. Registers which need a hand-shake mechanism between the IC bus interface and the different blocks are marked with the shortcut HS (Hand shake mechanism). This means that all bits of the registers are used when the last register is written. After IICINCR18-3 is written, IICINCR2-0 must be written to allow these bits to have effect. The registers for the write parameter RMODE are directly connected to the read registers of the parameter RMMIRROR. So it is possible to check the IC bus protocol by writing and reading to the register RMODE and RMMIRROR, respectively.
70
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

3.5. Miscellaneous
I2C Register OPTIMUS
After switching on the IC, all bits of the VSP 94x2A are set to defined states. POR is set after reset to pin 24. It stays 1, until it is canceled via software PORCNCL. This can be used to detect a reset on pin 24. During TV operation, it can be used to decide whether to program all registers (e.g. after power failure reset) or only altered ones (normal TV operation). Writing to or reading from a non -existent register is permitted but does not generate a fault by the IC. Two counters (0...15) are available, which are incremented with every vertical pulse of input processing master (FCIM) or output processing master (FCBM). They can be used for software synchronization. 3.6. Important Hints
00h-5Ch 60h-62h
WRITE MASTER WRITE COMMON WRITE SLAVE WRITE COMMON READ MASTER READ SLAVE READ COMMON STORE COMMAND
63h-97h
98h-DAh DBh-E4h E5h-E9h EAh-FCh FDh-FFh
Fig. 31: IC bus address overview
The signal FJMODE can be found in 57h and 5Eh (same position). Do always write the same values to FJMODE in 57h and FJMODE in 5Eh. The signal LPFOPOFF can be found in BBh and BFh (different position). Do always write the same values to LPFOPOFF in BBh and LPFOPOFF in BFh.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
71

3.7. IC Bus List in Alphabetical Order Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name 656BLANK AABYP AASEL AB_FTCM ACCFIXM ACCFIXS ACCFRZM ACCFRZS ACCLIMM ACCLIMS ADATA0 ADATA1 ADATA2 ADATA3 ADATA4 ADATA5 ADATA6 ADATA7 ADCSEL ADINS ADLCKCCM ADLCKCCS ADLCKM ADLCKS ADLCKSELM ADLCKSELS ADLINE ADR_RDY AFPROC AGCADJ1M Address 9Ch A7h A4h 4Eh 01h 65h 01h 65h 0Eh 72h F9h F9h FAh FAh FBh FBh FCh FCh A7h 9Fh 0Fh 73h 0Fh 73h 0Fh 73h 9Fh F7h C1h 0Bh
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name AGCADJ1S AGCADJ2M AGCADJ2S AGCADJB AGCADJCV1 AGCADJCV2 AGCADJF AGCADJG AGCADJR AGCFRZEM AGCFRZES AGCMDM AGCMDS AGCPWRESM AGCPWRESS AGCRESM AGCRESS AGCTHDM AGCTHDS ALPFIPI ALPFIPM ALPFIPS AMMON AMSTD50M AMSTD50S AMSTD60M AMSTD60S APENSELM APENSELS APK1BPM APK1BPS Address 6Fh 0Ch 70h A8h DDh E7h A9h A9h A8h 0Ch 70h 0Bh 6Fh 5Fh 63h 0Ch 70h 5Fh 63h A2h 26h 88h 2Dh 5Fh 63h 5Fh 5Fh63h 22h 84h 49h 95h
72
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name BLANLEN BLANPOL BLUESEL BLUETWO BRTADJ C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C800 C800 CDELHPOSM CDELHPOSS CFORMAT CHRFM CHRFS CHROMAMP CHROMSIGN656 CHRSFM CHRSFR CKILLM CKILLS CKILLSM CKILLSS CKSTATM CKSTATS CLK656OUT CLK656OUTINV CLKF2PAD Address D5h D4h AAh AAh A4h C2h/C5h C2h/C5h C3h/C5h C3h/C5h C4h/C5h C4h/C5h D9h FDh 33h 8Ah A3h 04h 68h C9h C1h C1h A4h 05h 69h 06h 6Ah DCh E6h 9Eh C1h A5h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name APK1HPM APK1HPS APK2BPM APK2BPS APK2HPM APK2HPS APPLIPI APPLIPM APPLIPS ARSDIS ARTSYNC ATH1BPM ATH1BPS ATH1HPM ATH1HPS ATH2BPM ATH2BPS ATH2HPM ATH2HPS AUTOFRRN AUTOGAP AUTOINC_OFF BELLFIRM BELLFIRS BELLIIRM BELLIIRS BGPOSM BGPOSS BGSHIFTM BGSHIFTS BLANDEL Address 4Ah 96h 49h 95h 4Ah 96h A1h 23h 85h BFh 3Fh 49h 95h 4Ah 96h 49h 95h 4Ah 96h 45h 20h DAh 11h 75h 11h 75h 12h 76h 60h 63h D4h
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
73

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name CLKOUT72 CLKOUTINV CLKOUTON CLKOUTSEL CLKOUTSEL72 CLKT1 CLMPD1M CLMPD1S CLMPD1SM CLMPD1SS CLMPD2M CLMPD2S CLMPD2SM CLMPD2SS CLMPHIGHM CLMPHIGHS CLMPLOWM CLMPLOWS CLMPSIG1 CLMPSIG2 CLMPST1M CLMPST1S CLMPST1SM CLMPST1SS CLMPST2M CLMPST2S CLMPST2SM CLMPST2SS CLMPVG CLMPVRB CLPSTGYM Address D4h D4h D4h D4h D5h ACh 01h 65h 0Fh 73h 02h 66h 0Fh 73h 0Dh 71h 0Eh 72h 98h 98h 03h 67h 0Ch 70h 04h 68h 0Dh 71h A7h A8h 01h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name CLPSTGYS CLRANGEM CLRANGES COARSEDEL COLONM COLONS COMBM COMBS COMBUSEM COMBUSES CONADJ CONM CONS CONSM CONSS COR CORONM CORONS CPLLOFM CPLLOFS CPLLRESM CPLLRESS CPUDISABLE CPUIRQ2V CRCBM CRCBS CSC_ONM CSTANDM CSTANDS CVBOSEL1 CVBOSEL2 Address 65h 12h 76h D8h 01h 65h 05h 69h 02h 66h A4h 02h 66h 01h 65h 9Ah 4Ah 96h 01h 65h 0Ch 70h DAh DAh 03h 67h 4Ch 05h 69h 99h 99h
74
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name DETVPOLS DIGOUTEN DISALLRESM DISALLRESS DISCHCHM DISCHCHS DISCOMB DISPMODE DISRES DPBRT DPCON DPOUT656 DPUSAT DPVSAT DSFTCM DT DTFDT DWO DYNOPFJGM DYNOPFJGS DYNOPFJN0 DYNOPFJN1 DYNOPFJN2 DYNOPFJN3 DYNOPFJN4 DYNOPFJP0 DYNOPFJP1 DYNOPFJV DYNOPITGM DYNOPITGS DYNOPITN0 Address E6h C1h 07h 6Bh 01h 65h 9Bh BFh ACh 42h 42h C1h 83h 82h 50h 9Ah 2Eh C1h 58h 58h 59h 59h 5Ah 5Ah 5Bh 55h 5Bh 55h 58h 58h 59h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name CVBOSEL3 CVBSEL1 CVBSEL2 DATA_CCWSS1 DATA_CCWSS2 DATA_USWSS1 DATA_USWSS2 DATA_USWSS3 DATAVCCWSS DATAVUSWSS DBDHPOSM DBDHPOSS DBDPICIM DBDPICIS DC DCI_CORM DCIONM DCLMPF DCR DDR DDR_CC DEC2 DEEMPFIRM DEEMPFIRS DEEMPIIRM DEEMPIIRS DEEMPSTDM DEEMPSTDS DETHPOLM DETHPOLS DETVPOLM Address 99h 98h 98h EAh EAh ECh EBh EBh ECh ECh 33h 8Ah 4Ah 96h 9Ah 4Dh 4Ch A7h 9Ah 9Ah 60h A5h 10h 74h 10h 74h 11h 75h DCh E6h DCh
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
75

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name DYNOPITN1 DYNOPITN2 DYNOPITN3 DYNOPITN4 DYNOPITP0 DYNOPITP1 DYNOPITV DYNOPLSGM DYNOPLSGS DYNOPLSN DYNOPLSP0 DYNOPLSP1 DYNOPLSV DYNOPMSGM DYNOPMSGS DYNOPMSN0 DYNOPMSN1 DYNOPMSN2 DYNOPMSN3 DYNOPMSN4 DYNOPMSP0 DYNOPMSP1 DYNOPMSV DYNOPSMGM DYNOPSMGS DYNOPSMN0 DYNOPSMN1 DYNOPSMN2 DYNOPSMN3 DYNOPSMN4 DYNOPSMP0 Address 59h 5Ah 5Ah 5Bh 55h 5Bh 55h 56h 56h 57h 56h 56h 56h 58h 58h 59h 59h 5Ah 5Ah 5Bh 55h 5Bh 55h 58h 58h 59h 59h 5Ah 5Ah 5Bh 55h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name DYNOPSMP1 DYNOPSMV DYTCM EIA770M EIA770S ELINEM EN_656 ENA_DEMOM ENLIMM ENLIMS EPIXELM ERRORCMPM EXTRD F_OFFS F2F1F0 FBLACTIVE FBLCONF FBLDEL FBLOFFST FEMAGM FEMAGS FETHD FHDETM FHDETS FHFRRNM FHFRRNS FIELDBINV FILE FILMMODEM FINEDEL FIOFFOFF Address 5Bh 55h 51h 0Fh 73h 4Dh A3h 4Ch 11h 75h 4Ch 51h C0h 9Fh 9Ah EDh A6h A5h AAh 19h 7Bh B2h 02h 66h 06h 6Ah 45h ACh DFh D8h C1h
76
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name FRAFION FRAMEDIMM FRAMEDIMS FRCBGNDM FRCBGNDS FRCMMODM FRCMMODS FREEZE_ANLM FREEZEM FREEZES FREQSELL FRFIX FRINC FRZLIMLR FSWFTL GAINSEG1FRCM GAINSEG2FRCM GAPM GCMON GFBON GMAMM GMASM GMDSTATUSM GMFMFBENA GMOTIONM GMOTREGM GMSTEN GMSTSL GMSTSS GMSTTH GMSTTHV Address 2Fh D2h D2h 21h 83h 22h 84h 4Dh 13h 77h AFh 5Dh 5Dh 5Eh C1h E3h E4h 32h 5Ch BDh 29h 28h E2h 54h E1h E1h 29h 29h 28h 28h/29h 21h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name FION FJMODE FJSELLNV FKOI FKOIHYS FLDINVM FLDINVS FLINEM FLINES FLNSTRDM FLNSTRDS FMATH FMDCTH FMDSON FMDTH FMFORCE FMFORCETRIG FMMEMHIS FMOD FMODE FMOTREGM FMREGION FMRES FMSCALEL FMSCALEU FMSTATUSM FMSYN FMSYNUNS FMTHRON FMTHYON FPOL Address AEh 57h/5Eh 54h AFh AFh 01h 65h 01h 65h 11h 75h 2Ch 2Bh 2Bh 2Ch 57h 57h 2Ch ADh BDh E0h 2Bh 2Bh 2Bh 2Bh E2h 14h 14h 2Bh 2Bh 9Fh
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
77

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name GMTHLM GMTHUM GOFST GPH50 GPP0 GPP1 GPP2 GRADELAA GRADISSTABLE GRADSLAA GSFMFBENA GSTHLM GSTHUM GSTILLENA GSTILLM H50SKEW HAAPRESCM HAAPRESCS HDCPRESCM HDCPRESCS HDG HDTOTEST HINC0M HINC0S HINC1M HINC1S HINC2M HINC2S HINC3M HINC3S HINC4M Address 29h 28h A5h DAh 20h 24h 24h F5h F3h F2h 54h 2Ah 2Ah 54h E1h 5Fh 23h 85h 23h 85h 99h ACh 34h 8Bh 35h 8Ch 36h 8Dh 37h 8Eh 38h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name HINC4S HINCR_EXT HINPM HINPS HORFRAMEF HORFRAMEG HOROFFS HORPOSF HORPOSG HORPOSM HORPOSNM HORPOSP HORPOSS HORWIDTHF HORWIDTHG HORWIDTHM HORWIDTHNM HORWIDTHP HORWIDTHS HOUTDEL HOUTFR HOUTPOL HOUTTR HPANONM HPANONS HPE1OFF HPE2OFF HPEXOFF HPOL HPOLM HPOLS Address 8Fh ADh 03h 67h CBh D0h 91h/92h CAh CEh 45h 27h C6h 91h CBh CFh 47h 27h C7h 93h BCh BCh D4h C1h 33h 8Ah C0h C0h C0h A3h 02h 66h
78
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name IMBS_36 IMDCI_36 IMM1_40 IMM2_40 IMODE IMRGB_40 IMS1_40 IMS2_40 IMSLI_20 INCOMB INCOMBC INITLINESEL INTM INTPROGM INTPROGS INTS INVSKEW IRQCON ISHFTM ISHFTS ITUPRTSEL ITUSYNC JLCRES KD2 KIL KINL KOIH KOIWID KPL KPNL LB43SENS Address FEh FEh FEh FEh 9Fh FEh FEh FEh FEh 9Ch 5Fh 57h DCh 13h 77h E6h 3Fh 9Ch 11h 75h A3h 3Fh BFh ADh AFh B1h ADh ADh B1h B1h B4h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name HPS1OFF HPS2OFF HRES HSCPOSCM HSCPOSCS HSCPRESCM HSCPRESCS HSEG1M HSEG1S HSEG2M HSEG2S HSEG3M HSEG3S HSEG4M HSEG4S HSPPL HSWIN HTESTW HUEM HUES HWID IFCOMPM IFCOMPS IFCOMPSTRM IFCOMPSTRS IICINCR IM1_20 IM2_20 IM656_27 IMBM1_36 IMBM2_36 Address C0h C0h AEh 33h 8Ah 22h 84h 34h/35h 8Bh/8Ch 36h/37h 8Dh/8Eh 38h/39h 8Fh/90h 39h 90h 61h ADh ADh 08h 6Ch AEh 0Eh 72h 0Eh 72h ABh/ACh FEh FEh FEh FEh FEh
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
79

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name LBACTIVITY LBASDEL LBELAA LBFORMAT LBFS LBGFBDEL LBGRADDET LBGRADRST LBGSDEL LBHISTBLA LBHIWHITE LBHSDEL LBHWEND LBHWST LBMASLA LBNGFEN LBSLAA LBSTABILITY LBSTATUS LBSUB LBSUBTITLE LBTHDNBNG LBTHDNBNHA LBTOPTITLE LBVISUON LBVWENDLO LBVWENDUP LBVWSTLO LBVWSTUP LIMEN LIMHI Address BAh BAh F4h F3h B8h B9h B5h B4h B9h B7h B6h B4h B6h B7h B8h B4h F4h B4h E2h B4h F3h BAh B4h F3h BAh B5h B8h B8h B9h B3h ACh
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name LIMII LIMIP LIMLR LINLENH50 LINLENH60 LMOFSTM LMOFSTS LNL LNSTDRDM LNSTDRDS LOCKSPM LOCKSPS LPBLACK LPCDELM LPCDELS LPFIPI LPFIPMD LPFLDM LPFLDS LPFOP LPFOPOFF LPPOSTM LPPOSTS LPWHITE LSWFM LTIM LTIS LUMAMP M422 MASLEX MASTERON Address B2h B0h AFh 9Bh 9Bh 03h 67h ACh DCh E6h 0Fh 73h F3h 07h 6Bh A0h 45h DBh E5h BDh/BEh BBh/BFh 01h 65h F3h 4Fh 49h 95h C8h C1h BFh BDh
80
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name MVPGM MVPGS MVPM MVPS MVREFPOS MVVISENA NALPFIPI NALPFIPM NALPFIPS NAPIPPHI NAPPLIPI NAPPLIPM NAPPLIPS NAPPLOP NEGLINESEL NMCHAN NMLINEM NMLINES NMPOSM NMPOSS NMSENSEM NMSENSES NMSTATUSM NMSTATUSS NOFHSYNC NOGRADFOUND NOISE NOISEMEM NOISEMES NOISESTATUS NOSEL Address 60h 63h 60h 63h 54h 54h A1h 25h 87h 9Fh A2h 24h 86h BBh 57h 20h 18h 7Ah 18h 7Ah 18h 7Ah E2h E9h 48h F3h DEh DEh E8h E2h 9Ah
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name MAXALC MAXAUC MAXGLC MAXGUC MAXHLC MAXHUC MDVFFON MIXGAIN MIXOP MOTONM MOTONS MOTVALON MPFBLBM MPFBLBS MPFBLTM MPFBLTS MPFBPLM MPFBPLS MPFBPRM MPFBPRS MVCHOLD MVCOFA0 MVCOFA1 MVCOFP0 MVCOFP1 MVDIVA MVDIVP MVDIVR MVFIXENA MVFIXVAL MVMODE Address F0h/F1h F2h EFh EEh F1h F0h 2Bh A5h A8h 24h 86h BFh 1Fh 81h 20h 82h 21h 83h 20h 82h 54h 53h 53h 53h 53h 53h 53h 53h 54h 54h 54h
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
81

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name NOSIGBM NOSIGBS NOSYNC NOTCHOFFM NOTCHOFFS NRONM NRONS NRPIXELM NRPIXELS NSHAP NSREDM NSREDS NTCHSELM NTCHSELS NTSCREFM NTSCREFS OBSOFT OBTEMP OFFSET OMODE OPDEL OPPHASEFR OSCPD P3DIS P4DIS PALDELM PALDELS PALDETIDLM PALDETIDLS PALDETM PALDETS Address 03h 67h BCh 11h 75h 19h 7Bh DBh E5h C1h 07h 6Bh 12h 76h 09h 6Dh D2h D2h 32h 9Eh BCh/BEh 56h AFh C0h C0h 12h 76h 3Fh 46h DDh E7h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name PALIDL0M PALIDL0S PALIDL1M PALIDL1S PALIDL2M PALIDL2S PALIDM PALIDS PALINC1M PALINC1S PALINC2M PALINC2S PALREFM PALREFS PATTMODE PB PDGSR PEAK_SIZEM PFBL PG PIXELPLINEM PIXPLINM PIXPLINS PK_FTCM PKCTIBPM PKCTIBPS PKCTIHPM PKCTIHPS PKLU PKLV PKLY Address 0Ah 6Eh 09h 6Dh 12h 76h DCh E6h 12h 76h 12h 76h 0Ah 6Eh D2h EDh BDh 52h EDh EDh 4Eh 13h 77h 52h 49h 95h 49h 95h D7h D8h D7h
82
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name REFTRIMEN REFTRIMRD REFTRIMRGB REFTRIMRGBRD REMDEL1 REMDEL2 RESETPC1 RESETPC2 RESMODE REV RGBSEL RMMIRROR RMODE RSHIFTM RSHIFTS SATNRM SATNRS SCADJM SCADJS SCAN_IDM SCDEVM SCDEVS SCMIDLM SCMIDLS SCMRELM SCMRELS SCOUTENM SCOUTENS SDBM SDBS SDRM Address 9Bh 62h 9Dh 62h 60h 60h 9Bh 9Bh 9Bh F6h A6h F6h BCh 17h 17h 07h 6Bh 0Bh 6Fh 4Ch DCh E6h 0Dh 71h 10h 74h DCh E6h 19h 7Bh 19h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name PLLTCM PLLTCS POR PORCNCL PPLIP PPLIPI PPLOFF PPLOP PR PRIOC PRIOF PRIOG PRIOM PRIOP PRIOS PWTHDM PWTHDS RBOFST RDPNTOFF RDPOSXM RDPOSXS RDPOSYM RDPOSYS READM READM2S READS REFRON REFRPER REFTRIM REFTRIMCV REFTRIMCVRD Address 04h 68h ECh 9Bh AEh 9Eh BBh BDh EDh D3h D3h D3h D3h D2h D3h 03h 67h A9h 16h 16h 79h 17h 79h 16h 77h 79h BFh BFh 9Dh 9Dh 62h
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
83

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name SDRS SECACCLM SECACCLS SECACCM SECACCS SECDELM SECDELS SECDIVM SECDIVS SECINC1M SECINC1S SECINC2M SECINC2S SECNTCHM SECNTCHS SELCOMB SELMASTER SELSLAVE SELSM SENSBSM SENSITIVM SENSWSM SERVICE SETSTABLL SHAPERDIS SHIFTACT SHIFTUV SKEWSEL SLAVEON SLFLDCCWSS SLFLDUSWSS Address 7Bh 0Eh 72h 10h 74h 3Fh 46h 10h 74h 10h 74h 10h 74h 02h 66h 9Bh AAh AAh AAh 50h 32h 4Fh 9Ch ADh AFh F8h C1h A9h BDh ECh ECh
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name SLINEM SLLTHDM SLLTHDS SLLTHDVM SLLTHDVPM SLLTHDVPS SLLTHDVS SLLWIN SLNCW SLNRUW SLOWVAR SLS SLSRC SMMODE SMOP SPIXELM STABLL STABM STABS STANDBYCV STANDBYDAC STANDBYRGB STATOPMSC STATOPMSCENA STATSIZE STDETM STDETS STOPMOS SUBTITLE SVALFI SVALFR Address 4Dh 0Bh 6Fh 11h 0Fh 73h 75h B2h 60h 60h 20h F6h 9Ch 54h AAh 4Ch F6h DDh E7h A5h 15h A5h 57h 57h DFh DCh E6h C0h F3h 2Dh 2Dh
84
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name TNOTCHOFFM TNOTCHOFFS TNRABSM TNRABSS TNRCLCM TNRCLCS TNRCLYM TNRCLYS TNRCS0M TNRCS0S TNRCS1M TNRCS1S TNRCS2M TNRCS2S TNRCS3M TNRCS3S TNRCS4M TNRCS4S TNRCS5M TNRCS5S TNRCS6M TNRCS6S TNRCS7M TNRCS7S TNRCSSM TNRCSSS TNRMD4YM TNRNR4CM TNRNR4YM TNRNR4YS TNRSELM Address 12h 76h 19h 7Bh 1Eh 80h 1Eh 80h 1Ch 7Eh 1Ch 7Eh 1Ch 7Eh 1Ch 7Eh 1Dh 7Fh 1Dh 7Fh 1Dh 7Fh 1Dh 7Fh 1Eh 80h 19h 19h 19h 7Bh 19h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name SVALLI SWGM SWITCHTO43 SYNCFTHDM SYNCFTHDS SYNCGAINM SYNCGAINS SYNCOMB TBLEND TFDPPM TFDT TFLDDON TFON THEM THES THFI0 THFI1 THFI2 THFI3 THFR0 THFR1 THFR2 THFR3 THLI0 THLI1 THLI2 THRGM THRMOV THRSELM THRSELS TINT Address 2Fh 2Dh F3h 00h 64h 5Fh 63h 9Ah D2h E3h/E4h 2Dh 2Dh 2Eh 49h 95h 2Eh 2Fh 30h 31h 2Eh 2Fh 30h 31h 2Fh 30h 31h 2Dh 2Eh 07h 6Bh 15h
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
85

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name TNRSELS TNRYS0M TNRYS0S TNRYS1M TNRYS1S TNRYS2M TNRYS2S TNRYS3M TNRYS3S TNRYS4M TNRYS4S TNRYS5M TNRYS5S TNRYS6M TNRYS6S TNRYS7M TNRYS7S TNRYSSM TNRYSSS TO1RGB TOPTITLE TRAPBLUM TRAPBLUS TRAPREDM TRAPREDS TSTSHABRI TVMODE UBAGR UBORDERM UBORDERS UCUR Address 7Bh 1Ah 7Ch 1Ah 7Ch 1Ah 7Ch 1Ah 7Ch 1Bh 7Dh 1Bh 7Dh 1Bh 7Dh 1Bh 7Dh 1Eh 80h C5h F3h 12h 76h 12h 76h AFh ECh CEh 1Fh 81h C9h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name UENINV UFRAMEM UFRAMES UPBLACK UPDATERATEM UPDATESS UPWHITE USATADJ UVCODE UVCORM UVCORS UVDEL V100IN V50BLANK V656DEL VAAPRESCM VAAPRESCS VBAGR VBLANDEL VBLANLEN VBLANPOL VBORDERM VBORDERS VCRDETHD VCRPRESCM VCRPRESCS VCUR VDCPRESCM VDCPRESCS VDELAY_BE VDETIFSM Address C5h 4Bh 97h F3h 20h 14h F3h A7h C1h 02h 66h A6h C1h 9Bh C1h 25h 87h CFh D5h/D6h D6h D4h 1Fh 81h 98h 25h 87h CAh 26h 88h DAh 0Fh
86
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name VINC2M VINC3M VINC4M VINMTHD VINPM VINPS VLENGTHM VLENGTHS VLEROFF VLEXOFF VLPM VLPS VLS1OFF VOFPOSC VOUTFR VOUTPOL VPANONM VPK VPKPRESCM VPKPRESCS VPOL VPOLM VPOLS VPREBYPM VPREBYPS VS1_20 VS1_20STAT VS2_20 VS2_20STAT VS656_27 VS656_27STAT Address 3Dh 3Eh 3Fh 45h 03h 67h DDh E7h C0h C0h 11h 75h C0h 40h/41h BCh D4h 3Ah 9Ah 25h 87h A3h 07h 6Bh 26h 88h FFh F7h FFh F7h FFh F7h
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name VDETIFSS VDETITCM VDETITCS VDG VDOUBLEM VERFRAMEF VERFRAMEG VEROFFS VERPOSF VERPOSG VERPOSM VERPOSP VERPOSS VERRESM VERRESS VERSION VERWIDTHF VERWIDTHG VERWIDTHM VERWIDTHP VERWIDTHS VFLYMDM VFLYMDS VFLYWHLM VFLYWHLMDM VFLYWHLMDS VFLYWHLS VFRAMEM VFRAMES VINC0M VINC1M Address 73h 10h 74h 99h 3Ah CCh D1h 94h CCh D0h 46h C8h 92h 13h 77h F6h CDh D1h 48h C9h 94h DDh E7h 0Ch 04h 68h 70h 4Bh 97h 3Bh 3Ch
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
87

Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name VSATADJ VSBM1_36 VSBM1_36STAT VSBM2_36 VSBM2_36STAT VSBS_36 VSBS_36STAT VSCPOSCM VSCPRESCM VSCPRESCS VSDCI_36 VSDCI_36STAT VSEG1M VSEG2M VSEG3M VSEG4M VSEL_BE VSHIFTM VSHIFTS VSIGNAL VSLPF VSM1_40 VSM1_40STAT VSM2_40 VSM2_40STAT VSREF VSRGB_40 VSRGB_40STAT VSS1_40 VSS1_40STAT VSS2_40 Address A7h FFh F7h FFh F7h FFh F7h 3Ah 27h 89h FFh F7h 3Bh/3Ch 3Dh/3Eh 40h 41h DAh 08h 6Ch A3h 61h FFh F7h FFh F7h 9Fh FFh F7h FFh F7h FFh
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name VSS2_40STAT VSSLI_20 VSSLI_20STAT VTHRH50M VTHRH50S VTHRH60M VTHRH60S VTHRL50M VTHRL50S VTHRL60M VTHRL60S WINDHDR WINDHON WINDHSP WINDHST WINDVDR WINDVON WINDVSP WINDVST WRITEM WRITES WRITES2M WRPOSXM WRPOSXS WRPOSYM WRPOSYS XDSCLS XDSTPE Y2RGB YBAGR YBORDERM Address F7h FFh F7h 0Ah 6Eh 00h 64h 09h 6Dh 00h 64h C7h C7h C7h C7h C6h C6h C6h C6h 13h 77h 13h 13h 77h 14h 78h 9Ch 9Ch AAh CDh 1Fh
88
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Table 311: IC bus list in alphabetical order Name YBORDERS YCBYB YCBYR YCDELM YCDELS YCSELM YCSELS YCTOCOMB YCUR YFDEL YFRAMEM YFRAMES YUVMAT YUVSEL Address 81h 98h 98h 07h 6Bh 03h 67h 98h C8h A6h 4Bh 97h 15h AAh
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
89
3.8. IC Command Table Table 312: IC Command Table

Subadd (Hex) Data Byte A A7
SYNCFTHDM CONSM CONM PWTHDM VFLYWHLMDM COMBM CKILLSM VPOLM HUEM NTSCREFM PALREFM SLLTHDM AGCRESM CLMPHIGHM IFCOMPSTR M SLLTHDVPM DEEMPFIRM DEEMPSTD M PALDELM INTPROGM WRPOSYM STANDBYDA C RDPNTOFF RDPOSYM NMLINEM FEMAGM SDRM SDBM NMSENSEM TNRABSM NRONM NMPOSM TNRSELM TNRNR4YM TNRMD4YM TNRNR4CM RDPOSXM YUVMAT FREEZEM BELLFIRM TNOTCHOFF M VERRESM WRITEM SECACCLM EIA770M VDETIFSM LOCKSPM DEEMPIIRM BELLIIRM BGPOSM WRITES2M CLMPLOWM ADLCKM VDETITCM SLLTHDVM PALINC1M PIXPLINM PALINC2M ADLCKSELM ADLCKCCM AGCFRZEM SCADJM AGCADJ2M THRSELM YCDELM CSTANDM CRCBM CHRFM
90
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5
VTHRH60M COLONM UVCORM LMOFSTM CPLLOFM LPPOSTM SECNTCHM VINPM ACCFIXM ACCFRZM HPOLM YCSELM NOSIGBM PLLTCM CKILLM FHFRRNM DISALLRES M VSHIFTM PALIDL1M PALIDL0M AGCMDM VFLYWHLM SCMIDLM ACCLIMM CLMPD2SM SECACCM SECDIVM SECINC1M ENLIMM CLRANGEM CLMPD1SM SECINC2M ISHFTM NTCHSELM NOTCHOFF M SCMRELM VLPM TRAPBLUM TRAPREDM CPLLRESM VTHRL50M VTHRH50M AGCADJ1M CLMPST1SM CLMPST2SM IFCOMPM SATNRM NSREDM LPCDELM FLINEM
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B7
B6
VTHRL60M FLDINVM FHDETM HINPM
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h 16h 17h
CLPSTGYM COMBUSEM CLMPST1M CLMPST2M
DISCHCHM
CLMPD1M CLMPD2M
FLNSTRDM PALIDL2M WRPOSXM UPDATESS FMSYN TINT
FMSYNUNS
READM RSHIFTM RSHIFTS
Micronas
18h 19h
Table 312: IC Command Table, continued

TNRYS0M TNRYS4M TNRCS0M TNRCS4M TNRYSSM YBORDERM MPFBPRM FRCBGNDM MPFBPLM HSCPRESCM HDCPRESCM GPP2 GPP1 NAPPLIPM VCRPRESC M VDCPRESCM HORWIDTHNM GMTHUM GMTHLM VSCPRESCM GMSTSS GMSTEN GSTHLM GMSTSL GMASM GMAMM ALPFIPM NALPFIPM APPLIPM MPFBLTM
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5 A4 A3
TNRYS1M TNRYS5M TNRCS1M TNRCS5M TNRCSSM UBORDERM GPPO GMSTTHV
A2
A1
A0
B7
TNRYS2M TNRYS6M TNRCS2M TNRCS6M TNRCLYM VBORDERM
B6
B5
B4
B3
TNRYS3M TNRYS7M TNRCS3M TNRCS7M TNRCLCM MPFBLBM
B2
B1
B0
1Ah 1Bh 1Ch 1Dh 1Eh 1Fh 20h 21h 22h 23h 24h 25h 26h 27h 28h 29h 2Ah 2Bh 2Ch 2Dh 2Eh 2Fh 30h 31h 32h 33h 34h 35h
NMCHAN
SLOWVAR
AUTOGAP
UPDATERATEM
FRCMMODM APENSELM HAAPRESCM MOTONM
VAAPRESCM VPKPRESCM VERBYPM HORPOSNM GMSTTH[1] GMSTTH[0] GSTHUM MDVFFON FMMEMHIS TFLDDON DTFDT[1] THRGM THRMOV FMDSON FMDCTH FMATH
FMRES
FMTHYON
FMTHRON
FMSCALEL FMDTH
FMSCALEU
FMREGION
SVALFI DTFDT [0] THLI0 FRAFION THFR2 THFR3 SENSITIVM THFR0
SVALFR
AMMON TFON
SWGM THFI0
TFDT
SVALLI THLI1 THLI2 GAPM HPANONM HSEG1M[10:5] HSEG1M[4:0] DBDHPOSM
THFR1
THFI1 THFI2 THFI3 OFFSET
CDELHPOS M
HSCPOSCM HINC0M HINC1M
91

HSEG2M[10:5] HSEG2M[4:0] HSEG3M[10:5] HSEG3M[4:0] VPANONM VSEG1M[9:5] VSEG1M[4:0] VSEG2M[9:5] VSEG2M[4:0] INVSKEW VOFPOSC[7:3] VOFPOSC[2:0] DPBRT PWADJCNTM PWADJCNTS AUTOFRRN LPFIPMD VINMTHD SECDELS FIELDBINV PALDETIDLS HORWIDTHM NOFHSYNC PKCTIBPM APK1HPM[1:0] PKCTIHPM APK2HPM YFRAMEM SPIXELM SLINEM PIXELPLINEM SENSWSM SENSBSM ERRORCMPM PK_FTCM DYTCM PEAK_SIZEM DSFTCM ELINEM EPIXELM DCI_CORM AB_FTCM LSWFM LTIM VERWIDTHM APK1BPM ATH1HPM APK2BPM ATH2HPM UFRAMEM DBDPICIM ATH1BPM APK1BPM[3:2] ATH2BPM APK1HPM[3:2] VFRAMEM ENA_DEMO M SCAN_IDM CSC_ONM DCIONM FREEZE_AN LM THEM CORONM HORPOSM VERPOSM ARTSYNC ITUSYNC SECDELM PALDETIDL VSEG3M VSEG4M DPCON DPCNS MINVM MINVS VDOUBLEM VSCPOSCM VINC0M VINC1M VINC2M VINC3M VINC4M HSEG4M
92
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
HINC2M HINC3M HINC4M
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
36h 37h 38h 39h 3Ah 3Bh 3Ch 3Dh 3Eh 3Fh 40h 41h 42h 43h 44h 45h 46h 47h 48h 49h 4Ah 4Bh 4Ch 4Dh 4Eh 4Fh 50h 51h 52h
Micronas

MVCOFA0 MVMODE DYNOPMSV DYNOPLSGM DYNOPLSN DYNOPMSGM DYNOPMSN0 DYNOPMSN2 DYNOPMSN4 MVREFPOS
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5
MVCOFA1 SMMODE MVFIXENA DYNOPITV DYNOPLSGS FMFORCETR FJMODE IG DYNOPITGM DYNOPITN0 DYNOPITN2 DYNOPITN4 MVFIXVAL DYNOPSMV DYNOPFJV DYNOPMSP0 DYNOPLSP0 INITLINESEL STATOPMSC DYNOPITGS DYNOPITN1 DYNOPITN3 DYNOPITP1 DYNOPSMG S
A4
A3
A2
MVCOFP0
A1
A0
MVCOFP1
B7
B6
B5
MVDIVA GMFMFBEN A
B4
B3
MVDIVP
B2
B1
MVDIVR
B0
53h 54h 55h 56h 57h 58h 59h 5Ah 5Bh 5Ch 5Dh 5Eh 5Fh 60h 61h 62h 63h 64h 65h 66h 67h 68h 69h 6Ah 6Bh 6Ch 6Dh 6Eh
GSFMFBENA GSTILLENA DYNOPITP0
MVVISENA
FJSELLNV
MVCHOLD
DYNOPSMP0 DYNOPFJP0 DYNOPLSP1 STATOPMSC ENA DYNOPFJGS
OPPHASEFR DYNOPLSV NEGLINESEL FMFORCE DYNOPSMG M DYNOPFJGM DYNOPMSGS DYNOPMSN1 DYNOPMSN3 DYNOPMSP1
DYNOPSMN0 DYNOPFJN0 DYNOPSMN2 DYNOPFJN2 DYNOPSMN4 DYNOPFJN4
DYNOPSMN1 DYNOPFJN1 DYNOPSMN3 DYNOPFJN3 DYNOPSMP1 DYNOPFJP1 GCMON
FRINC[18:3] FJMODE INCOMBC MVPM HSPPL REFTRIMRD MVPS SYNCFTHDS CONSS CONS PWTHDS VFLYWHLMDS COMBS CKILLSS VPOLS HUES NTSCREFS PALREFS THRSELS YCDELS CSTANDS CRCBS CHRFS MVPGS BELLIIRS [2] VTHRH60S COLONS UVCORS LMOFSTS CPLLOFS LPPOSTS SECNTCHS VINPS ACCFIXS ACCFRZS HPOLS YCSELS NOSIGBS PLLTCS CKILLS FHFRRNS DISALLRESS SATNRS VSHIFTS PALIDL1S PALIDL0S VTHRL50S VTHRH50S NSREDS LPCDELS FLINES BELLFIRS[2] DEEMPIIRS [2] DEEMPFIRS [2] AMSTD50S MVPGM BELLIIRM[2] SLNCW BELLFIRM[2] DEEMPIIRM[ 2] DEEMPFIRM[ 2] AMSTD50M SLNRUW VSLPF REFTRIMCVRD AMSTD60S VTHRL60S FLDINVS FHDETS HINPS CLPSTGYS COMBUSES CLMPST1S CLMPST2S DISCHCHS CLMPD1S CLMPD2S SYNCGAINS REFTRIMRGBRD AMSTD60M FRZLIMLR FRFIX FRINC[2:0] H50SKEW BGSHIFTM AGCTHDM REMDEL2 REMDEL1
SYNCGAINM AGCPWRES M DDR_CC
AGCPWRES S
BGSHIFTS
AGCTHDS
93

SLLTHDS AGCRESS CLMPHIGHS IFCOMPSTR S SLLTHDVPS DEEMPFIRS DEEMPSTDS PALDELS INTPROGS WRPOSYS RDPOSYS NMLINES FEMAGS TNRYS0S TNRYS4S TNRCS0S TNRCS4S TNRYSSS YBORDERS MPFBPRS FRCBGNDS FRCMMODS HAAPRESCS MOTONS VAAPRESCS VPKPRESCS VPREBYPS VDCPRESCS VSCPRESCS HPANONS HSEG1S[10:5] DBDHPOSS CDELHPOSS HSCPOSCS HINC0S MPFBPLS APENSELS HDCPRESCS NAPPLIPS VCRPRESCS NALPFIPS ALPFIPS HSCPRESCS APPLIPS MPFBLTS TNRYS1S TNRYS5S TNRCS1S TNRCS5S TNRCSSS UBORDERS SDRS SDBS TNRYS2S TNRYS6S TNRCS2S TNRCS6S TNRCLYS VBORDERS DPVSAT DPUSAT RDPOSXS NMSENSES TNRABSS NRONS NMPOSS TNRSELS TNRNR4YS TNRYS3S TNRYS7S TNRCS3S TNRCS7S TNRCLCS MPFBLBS READS FREEZES BELLFIRS TNOTCHOFF S VERRESS WRITES SECACCLS EIA770S VDETIFSS LOCKSPS DEEMPIIRS BELLIIRS BGPOSS READM2S CLMPLOWS ADLCKS VDETITCS SLLTHDVS PALINC1S PIXPLINS PALINC2S ADLCKSELS ADLCKCCS AGCFRZES
94
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5
SCADJS AGCADJ2S
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B7
AGCMDS VFLYWHLS SCMIDLS ACCLIMS CLMPD2SS SECACCS
B6
B5
AGCADJ1S
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
6Fh 70h 71h 72h 73h 74h 75h 76h 77h 78h 79h 7Ah 7Bh 7Ch 7Dh 7Eh 7Fh 80h 81h 82h 83h 84h 85h 86h 87h 88h 89h 8Ah 8Bh
CPLLRESS
CLMPST1SS CLMPST2SS IFCOMPS CLMPD1SS
SECDIVS
SECINC1S ENLIMS
SECINC2S ISHFTS NTCHSELS NOTCHOFFS
SCMRELS VLPS TRAPBLUS TRAPREDS
FLNSTRDS PALIDL2S WRPOSXS
CLRANGES
Micronas

HSEG1S[4:0] HSEG2S[10:5] HSEG2S[4:0] HSEG3S[10:5] HSEG3S[4:0] HOROFFS[10:6} HOROFFS[5:0] HORWIDTHS VEROFFS PKCTIBPS APK1HPS[1:0] PKCTIHPS APK2HPS YFRAMES CVBSEL1 CVBOSEL1 DDR LINLENH50 XDSCLS REFTRIM OMODE NAPIPPHI CLK656out F_OFFS ADLINE LPFIPI APPLIPI NAPPLIPI VSIGNAL BRTADJ CLKF2PAD YFDEL USATADJ AGCADJR VSATADJ AGCADJB FBLDEL GOFST MIXGAIN UVDEL ADCSEL MIXOP AABYP CFORMAT HPOL VPOL EN_656 ITUPRTSEL CONADJ CHRSFR AASEL ALPFIPI NALPFIPI PPLIPI FPOL IMODE ADINS VSREF F2F1F0 LINLENH60 656BLANK XDSTPE REFTRIMCV CVBSEL2 CVBOSEL2 DT DC COR LTIS VERWIDTHS APK1BPS ATH1HPS APK2BPS ATH2HPS UFRAMES CLMPSIG1 CVBOSEL3 NOSEL REFTRIMEN V50BLANK IRQCON DCR PORCNCL SYNCOMB RESETPC1 CLMPSIG2 DBDPICIS ATH1BPS APK1BPS[3:2] ATH2BPS APK1BPS[3:2] VFRAMES VCRDETHD VDG VPK RESETPC2 SERVICE REFTRIMRGB SELCOMB INCOMB DISCOMB RESMODE SLSRC YCBYR YCBYB HDG YCTOCOMB THES CORONS HSEG4S HORPOSS VERPOSS
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
HINC1S HINC2S HINC3S HINC4S
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
8Ch 8Dh 8Eh 8Fh 90h 91h 92h 93h 94h 95h 96h 97h 98h 99h 9Ah 9Bh 9Ch 9Dh 9Eh 9Fh A0h A1h A2h A3h A4h A5h A6h A7h A8h
STANDBYRG STANDBYCV DEC2 B RGBSEL CLMPVG CLMPVRB FBLCONF DCLMPF
95

AGCADJG FBLOFFST IICINCR[18:3] CLKT1 KOIWID HRES FREQSELL HWID HDTOTEST KOIH FION OSCPD SHAPERDIS TSTSHABRI LIMLR[2:0] FILE HTESTW PPLIP FKOI LIMIP KPNL[3:0] KPL[3:0] SLLWIN FETHD KINL[3:0] LIMII HSWIN[3] LBSUB LBGRADDET LBHIWHITE LBHISTBLA LBMASLA LBGSDEL LBASDEL PPLOFF VOUTFR GFBON OPDEL DISPMODE STOPMOS CHROMSIGN FIOFFOFF 656 C1 C3 C5 TO1RGB UENINV C6 C5 DPOUT656 SHIFTUV MOTVALON EXTRD FSWFTL P3DIS AFPROC REFRON P4DIS V656DEL REFRPER HPE1OFF CLK656OUTI HOUTTR NV C2 C4 C6 C4 C3 C2 C1 HOUTFR FMODE NOSYNC PDGSR LPFOPOFF RMODE MASTERON SLAVEON OPDEL(MSB) HOUTDEL LPFOP(8) PPLOP LBVWSTLO LBGFBDEL LBVISUON LBACTIVITY NAPPLOP LBFS LBGRADRST LBSTABILITY LB43SENS LBNGFEN LBTHDNBNHA LBVWENDLO LBHWEND LBHWST LBVWENDUP LBVWSTUP LBTHDNBNG LBHSDEL LIMLR[3] LIMEN KPNL[4] KPL[4] KINL[4] KIL[4] FKOIHYS KIL[3:0] HSWIN[2:0] LNL DISRES SETSTABLL LIMHI KD2 IICINCR[2:0] HINCR_EXT LMOD FMOD
96
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
AGCADJF SELMASTER SELSLAVE SELSM YUVSEL
A0
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
RBOFST SMOP
B2
B1
B0
SKEWSEL
A9h AAh ABh ACh ADh AEh AFh B0h B1h B2h B3h B4h B5h B6h B7h B8h B9h BAh BBh BCh BDh BEh BFh C0h C1h C2h C3h
Y2RGB
BLUESEL
BLUETWO
LPFOP[7:0] LPFOPOFF VLEROFF UVCODE HPS1OFF V100IN HPE2OFF DIGOUTEN HPEXOFF M422 ARSDIS VLEXOFF CHRSFM JLCRES HPS2OFF NSHAP MASLEX VLS1OFF DWO
Micronas
C4h C5h

WINDVSP WINDHSP YCUR UCUR VCUR HORFRAMEF VERFRAMEF YBAGR UBAGR VBAGR HORFRAMEG VERFRAMEG PRIOP PRIOC BLANDEL CLKOUTSEL 72 VBLANDEL[4:0] PKLY COARSEDEL C800 VDELAY_BE LPFLDM DETHPOLM VFLYMDM NOISEMEM FCIM FMOTREGM GMOTREGM GSTILLM GMOTIONM DETVPOLM VLENGTHM STDETM SCOUTENM PALIDM CKSTATM VSEL_BE NRPIXELM LNSTDRDM AGCADJCV1 NOISE STATSIZE FILMMODEM INTM SCDEVM PALDETM STABM GPH50 CPUIRQ2V CPUDISABL E AUTOINC_O FF FINEDEL VBLANDEL[9:5] VBLANLEN BLANLEN PRIOS HORPOSG HORWIDTHG VERPOSG VERWIDTHG OBTEMP PRIOF VBLANPOL OBSOFT PATTMODE PRIOM CLKOUT72 CLKOUTINV HOUTPOL TBLEND PRIOG VOUTPOL BLANPOL CLKOUTSEL CLKOUTON FRAMEDIMM FRAMEDIMS
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6 A5
WINDVST WINDHST
A4
WINDVDR WINDHDR
A3
WINDVON WINDHON LUMAMP CHROMAMP
A2
HORPOSP HORWIDTHP
A1
A0
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
B0
C6h C7h C8h C9h CAh CBh CCh CDh CEh CFh D0h D1h D2h D3h D4h D5h D6h D7h D8h D9h DAh DBh DCh DDh DEh DFh E0h E1h
VERPOSP VERWIDTHP HORPOSF HORWIDTHF VERPOSF VERWIDTHF
PKLU PKLV
97

AM50_OM TFDPPM[8:4] TFDPPM[3:0] LPFLDS DETHPOLS VFLYMDS NOISEMES AM50_OS AM60_OS DATA_CCWSS1 DATA_USWSS2 POR FBSTAT MAXGUC MAXGLC MAXALC[8:5] MAXALC[4:0] GRADSLAA LBFORMAT LBSLAA GRADELAA VERSION ADR_RDY FCBM ADATA0 ADATA2 ADATA4 ADATA6 C800 commands ADATA1 ADATA3 ADATA5 ADATA7 FIELDCD1 FIELDCD2 SLS VSRGB_40S TAT REV VSBM2_36S TAT VSBM1_36S TAT RMMIRROR VSDCI_36ST VSBS_36STA VSSLI_20ST AT T AT CHIPID VSS2_40STA VSS1_40STA VSM2_40STA VSM1_40STA VS656_27ST T T T T AT VS2_20STAT STABLL VS1_20STAT SHIFTACT LBSUBTITLE LBTOPTITLE GRADISSTA BLE TOPTITLE SUBTITLE MAXHUC MAXHLC MAXAUC NOGRADFO UND LBELAA SWITCHTO4 3 UPWHITE LPWHITE UPBLACK LPBLACK FBFALL FBRISE TVMODE PFBL SLFLDUSWS DATAVUSWS SLFLDCCWS DATAVCCWS S S S S PG PB PR FBLACTIVE NMSTATUSS DETVPOLS VLENGTHS STDETS SCOUTENS PALIDS CKSTATS
98
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A6
AM60_OM GAINSEG1FRCM GAINSEG2FRCM NRPIXELS LNSTDRDS AGCADJCV2 INTS SCDEVS PALDETS STABS
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
B7
B6
B5
B4
LBSTATUS
B3
B2
B1
B0
E2h E3h E4h E5h E6h E7h E8h E9h EAh EBh ECh EDh EEh EFh F0h F1h F2h F3h F4h F5h F6h F7h F8h F9h FAh FBh
NOISESTATU GMDSTATUS FMSTATUSM NMSTATUSM S M
DATA_CCWSS2 DATA_USWSS3 DATA_USWSS1
Micronas
FCh FDh

Subadd (Hex) Data Byte A A7 A6 A5 A4
IMRGB_40 VSRGB_40
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Data Byte B A3
IMBM2_36 VSBM2_36
A2
IMBM1_36 VSBM1_36
A1
IMDCI_36 VSDCI_36
A0
IMBS_36 VSBS_36
B7
IMSLI_20 VSSLI_20
B6
IMS2_40 VSS2_40
B5
IMS1_40 VSS1_40
B4
IMM2_40 VSM2_40
B3
IMM1_40 VSM1_40
B2
IM656_27 VS656_27
B1
IM2_20 VS2_20
B0
IM1_20 VS1_20
FEh FFh
Note: Bits written with grey background are intended not to be user adjustable and should be set to the default value written in this data sheet or according to an updated list available from Micronas.
99
3.9. IC Command Description 3.9.1. Master Channel Table 313: Master channel
Subadd R/W Take Over Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Color Decoder Master 00h W VS1_20 SYNCFTHDM x x SYNCF threshold 00: 4 lines 01: 3 lines 10: 2lines 11:1 line x x x x x x x Vertical Sync gating: Closing 60 Hz Closing=262+4*VTHRH60M 0000000: Closing in line 262 1111111: Closing in line 770 x x x x x x x Vertical Sync gating: Opening 60 Hz Opening=4*VTHRL60M 0000000: Opening in first line 1111111: Opening in line 508 Color switched on at level above CKILLS (SECAM) at level=CKILLS+CONS 000: Min value 010: Default 111: Max value x Forces color on 0: Color depends on color decoder status 1: Color always on x Opens the closed loop 0: Normal operation 1: Chroma PLL opened x Additional filtering of luminance 0: No filtering 1: Filtering x Fix ACC to nominal value 0: ACC is working 1: ACC is set to fixed value according to PALREFM/NTSCREFM x Freeze ACC 0: ACC is working 1: ACC is frozen at current value x Mode selection 0: Interlace input 1: Progressive input Description
100
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VTHRH60M
VTHRL60M
01h
VS1_20
CONSM
COLONM
CPLLOFM
LPPOSTM
ACCFIXM
ACCFRZM
Micronas
FLINEM
Table 313: Master channel, continued

Subadd R/W Take Over Name FLDINVM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x Field inversion 0: No inversion 1: Inversion x Clamping strategy 0: Back-porch clamping 1: Sync-tip-clamping x Disable channel change signal 0: Color decoder not reset after channel-change 1: Color decoder reset after channel change x x x x Measurement duratation CD1, signals 1 Granularity: 200 ns 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3 s Color switched on at level above CKILL (PAL/NTSC) At level=CKILL+CON 000: Min value 010: Default 111: Max value x x Chrominance coring 00: Disabled 01: 1LSB 10: 2LSB 11: 3LSB x x Selection of notch filter behavior in SECAM mode 00: 4.406 MHz 01: 4.250 MHz 10: 4.33 MHz 11: 4.406/4.205 dependent on transmitted color x x H Polarity at HINP 00: Use Hsync 01: Use inverted Hsync 10: Autodetect polarity 11: (Reserved) x Automatic multisync capability 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x Comb filter usage CD1 00: Use first CVBS input 01: Use second CVBS input 10: Use comb-filter 11: ADCG / ADCF (dependent on ADCSEL) Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CLPSTGYM
DISCHCHM
CLMPD1M
02h
VS1_20
CONM
UVCORM
SECNTCHM
HPOLM
FHDETM
COMBUSEM
101

Subadd R/W Take Over Name CLMPD2M A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description
102
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
x Measurement duration CD1, signals Granularity: 200 ns 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3 s Selection of Peak-White threshold 00: 448 01: 470 10: 500 11: 511
03h
VS1_20
PWTHDM
CRCBM
Choice of UV or CrCb output 00: UV color space 01: CrCb color space 10: Modified CrCb color space (SECAM only) x x Luminance offset in color decoder during visible picture 00: No offset (NTSC) 01: - 7.5 IRE 10: + 7.5 IRE (PAL, SECAM) 11: -3.7 IRE A 7.5 IRE offset is added during blanking in display processing. When chosing 10, the luminance offset is equal to the offset of the CVBS input as in both picture and blanking the same 7.5 IRE offset is used. x Vertical pulse detection 0: From sync signal (CVBS, Y, or G)) 1: From separate V-input pin When set to 0, no V polarity detection possible x Y/C select 0: CVBS input 1: Y/C input x No signal behavior 0: Noisy screen when out of sync 1: Colored background insertion instead
LMOFSTM
VINPM
YCSELM
NOSIGBM
HINPM
Synchronization input 0: Synchronization from CVBS front-end (CVBS or Y/C) 1: Synchronization via RGB front-end (green or fbl ADC) When set to 0, no H polarity detection possible x x x x x x Measurement start: CD1, Signals1 000000: 0 s 011100: 5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s
CLMPST1M
Micronas

Subadd 04h R/W W Take Over VS1_20 Name VFLYWHLMDM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Description Vertical flywheel mode 00: Check for correct standard 01: 3 lines deviation allowed 10: 4 lines deviation allowed, no check for interlace 11: 5 lines deviation allowed, no check for interlace x x x x x x Chroma bandwidth Selects chroma bandwidth 011100: Nominal bandwidth x x Time constant HPLL (VCR...TV) 00: Very fast 01: Fast 10: Slow 11: Very slow x x x x x x Measurement start CD1, Signals 2 000000: 0 s 011100: 5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s Delay line 0: Use delay line 1: Do not use delay line (only suited for NTSC) x x x x x x x Color standard assignment 0000000: No color standard chosen 0000001: PAL N 0000010: PAL B 0000100: SECAM 0001000: PAL 60 0010000: PAL M 0100000: NTSC M 1000000: NTSC 44 For allowed combinations please refer to chapter chroma decoder 1100110: PALB/SECAM/NTSCM/NTSC44/PAL60 x x x x x x x x Chroma level for color off (PAL/NTSC) 00000000: High burst amplitude 01000000: Default 11111111: Low burst amplitude Chroma level for color off (SECAM) 00000000: Low burst amplitude 01000000: Default 11111111: High burst amplitude Behavior is opposite to CKILL (PAL/NTSC case) x x x x x x x x Free running frequency of horizontal PLL 00000000: 384 clocks (52.7 kHz) 11100100: 1296 clocks (15.625 kHz) 11111111: 1404 clocks (14.423 kHz)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CHRFM
PLLTCM
CLMPST2M
05h
VS1_20
COMBM
CSTANDM
CKILLM
06h
VS1_20
CKILLSM
FHFRRNM
103

Subadd 07h R/W W Take Over VS1_20 VPOLM Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x V-Polarity at VINP 00: Use Vsync 01: Use inverted Vsync 10: Autodetect polarity 11: (Reserved) x H-Slicing level threshold 0: 50 % 1: 37 % x x x x x Luminance delay 10000: 800 ns 0000: no delay 01111: -700 ns x Disable all chroma resets 0: Resets allowed 1: Resets disabled May only be used if ONE color standard is selected x Noise reduction for satellite signal 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x Noise reduction for horizontal PLL 000: 1/8 001: 1/4 010: 1/2 011: 1 100: 2 101: 4 110: 8 111: 16 x x x Window shift for fine error calculation 100: -4 clock cycles 000: No offset 011: +3 clock cycles Description
104
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
THRSELM
YCDELM
DISALLRESM
SATNRM
NSREDM
LPCDELM
08h
VS1_20
HUEM
Hue control (tint) 10000000: -89 00000000: 0 01111111: +88 x x x x x x x x Field detection window shift 00000000: No shift 11111111: Shifted by 2048 ACC reference adjustment (NTSC) 00000000: Low reference value 10010001: Nominal value 11111111: High reference value
VSHIFTM
09h
VS1_20
NTSCREFM
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name PALIDL1M A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x PAL/NTSC identification level 1 0: Less sensitive (192) 1: More sensitive (64) x x x x x x x Vertical sync gating: Opening 5 Hz Opening=4*VTHRL50M 0000000: Opening in first line 1111111: Opening in line 508 ACC reference adjustment (PAL) 00000000: Low reference value 11110000: Nominal value 11111111: High reference value x PAL/NTSC identification level 0 0: Less sensitive 1: More sensitive x x x x x x x Vertical sync gating: Closing 50 Hz Closing=312+4*VTHRH50M 0000000: Closing in line 312 1111111: Closing in line 820 When VINPM (03h) is set, 50 Hz values are taken for opening and closing values. Slicing level threshold H 00: No offset 01: Small negative 10: Small positive 11: Large positive (adaptive) x x x x x x Subcarrier adjustment 000000: -262 ppm 001111: 0 ppm 111111: 840 ppm x x AGC method 00: Sync amplitude and peak white 01: Sync amplitude only 10: Peak white only 11: Fixed to value AGCADJ1M x x x x x x Gain adjustment ADC1 000000: 0.6 V input signal 100000: 1.2 V input signal: 111111: 1.8 V input signal AGC reset 0: No reset 1: Reset x Freeze AGC (ADC_CVBS) 0: Normal operation 1: Freeze AGC at current value Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VTHRL50M
0Ah
VS1_20
PALREFM
PALIDL0M
VTHRH50M
0Bh
VS1_20
SLLTHDM
SCADJM
AGCMDM
AGCADJ1M
0Ch
VS1_20
AGCRESM
AGCFRZEM
105

Subadd R/W Take Over Name AGCADJ2M A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x Gain adjustment ADC2 000000: 0.6 V input signal 100000: 1.2 V input signal 111111: 1.8 V input signal x Vertical flywheel 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Force chroma PLL reset 0: No reset 1: Reset chroma PLL After use, CPLLRESM must be set to 0 again x x x x x x Clamping start CD1, Signals 1 000000: 0 s 011100: 5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s Vertical end of clamping pulse 00000000: Line 256 00111100: Line 376 11111111: Line 766 x x SECAM identification level 00: 128 01: 64 10: 96 11: 80 x x x x x x Clamping start CD1, Signals 2 000000: 0 s 011100: 5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s 2nd IF compensation filter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x Secam acceptance level 000: 100 001: 84 010: 64 011: 32 100: 70 101: 76 110: 90 Note: Has only effect if SECACCM (0Eh) is enabled x x x x Vertical start of clamping pulse 0000: Line 0 0011: Line 6 1111: Line30 Description
106
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VFLYWHLM
CPLLRESM
CLMPST1SM
0Dh
VS1_20
CLMPHIGHM
SCMIDLM
CLMPST2SM
0Eh
VS1_20
IFCOMPSTRM
SECACCLM
CLMPLOWM
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name ACCLIMM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x ACC limitation 00000: Limit at high color-carrier 01000: Limit at -24 dB 11111: Limit at low color-carrier x x x IF compensation filter 000: Pal prefiltering 001: Pal prefiltering + IF 010: Prefiltering 011: IF 6dB 100: Flat Vertical slicing level threshold polarity 0: Positive 1: Negative x EIA 770 support 0: Standard TV signals expected 1: Progressive signals expected Note: Timing according to EIA 770.1 or 770.2 when 1 x Vertical sync-detection slope 0: Normal 1: Slow x x Duration of chroma-PLL search 00: 25 fields 01: 20 fields 10: 17 fields 11: 15 fields x Additional lock-detection 0: No used 1: Used x Additional lock-detection selection 0: PALID 1: PALDET x Additional lock-detection color-killer 0: Do not use lock signal 1: Use lock-signal x x x x Clamping duration CD1, signals 2 (for RGBF) Granularity: 200 ns 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3 s Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
IFCOMPM
0Fh
VS1_20
SLLTHDVPM
EIA770M
VDETIFSM
LOCKSPM
ADLCKM
ADLCKSELM
ADLCKCCM
CLMPD2SM
107

Subadd R/W Take Over Name CLMPD1SM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description
108
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
x Clamping duration CD1, signals 1 Granularity: 200 ns 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3 s Deemphase filter FIR component 0000:16 0101: 21 1111: 31 DEEMPFIRM[3] is in 5Fh
10h
VS1_20
DEEMPFIRM[2:0]
DEEMPIIRM[1:0]
Deemphase filter IIR component 000: 5 001: 6 010: 7 011: 8 100: 9 101: 10 110: (reserved) 111: (reserved) DEEMPIIRM[2] is in 5Fh x x x Vertical detection integration time constant 000: 400 clock cycles 001: 375 clock cycles 010: 350 clock cycles 011: 300 clock cycles 100: 250 clock cycles 101: 225 clock cycles 110: 200 clock cycles 111: Automatic x Secam acceptance 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Secam divider 0: Divide by 4 1: Divide by 2 x x Secam increment 1 00: 2 01: 3 10: 4 11: 5 x x Secam increment 2 00: 1 01: 2 10: 3 11: 4
VDETITCM
SECACCM
SECDIVM
SECINC1M
SECINC2M
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SCMRELM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Secam rejection level 00: 320 01: 384 10: 352 11: 1024 Deemphase filtering for standard detection 0: Weak 1: Strong x x Bell filter FIR component 000: -116 001: -113 010: -110 011: -108 100: -106 101: -104 110: -102 111: -100 BELLPFIRM[2] is in 5Fh x x Bell filter IIR component 000: 8 001: 9 010: 10 011: 11 100: 12 101: 13 110: 14 111: 16 BELLIIRM[2] is in 5Fh Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
11h
VS1_20
DEEMPSTDM
BELLFIRM[1:0]
BELLIIRM[1:0]
SLLTHDVM
Slicing level threshold V 000: No offset 001: 4 010: 8 011: 12 101: Adaptive (limited to +-4) 110: Adaptive (limited to +-8) 111: Adaptive (limited to +-12) x x Force line standard at CVBS/RGB front-end 00: Automatic 01: Force 50 Hz 10: Force 60 Hz 11: (Reserved) x Enable limiter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
FLNSTRDM
ENLIMM
109

Subadd R/W Take Over Name ISHFTM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x I-adjustment for horizontal PLL 00: *1 01: *16 10: *4 11: *8 x Luminance notch-filter 0: Notch-filter enabled 1: Filter bypassed for PAL/NTSC/filter enabled for SECAM To switch-off filter for SECAM, use TNOTCHOFF x x Lowpass for vertical sync-separation 00: None 01: Weak 10: Medium 11: Strong PAL/NTSC delay vs. SECAM (chrominance) 00: PAL/NTSC most left 11: PAL/NTSC most right x Luminance notch-filter 0: Notch-filter according to NOTCHOFFM 1: Notch-filter disabled x x x Burstgate delay (SECAM only) Granularity: 200 ns 000: Most left (-400 ns) 010: No delay 111: Most right (+1 us) x Pal detection: Increment 1 0: +3 1: +2 x Pal detection: Increment 2 0: -1 1: -2 Do not use PALINC2M=1 in combination with PALINC1M=1 x PAL/NTSC identification level 2 0: Less sensitive 1: More sensitive x x Chroma lock-range 00: 425 Hz 01: 463 Hz 10: 505 Hz 11: 550 Hz Description
110
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
NOTCHOFFM
VLPM
12h
VS1_20
PALDELM
TNOTCHOFFM
BGPOSM
PALINC1M
PALINC2M
PALIDL2M
CLRANGEM
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name NTCHSELM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Luminance notch selection 000: Sharp notch 001: Medium 1 010: Medium 2 011: Broad notch 100: Broad steep notch (PAL, SECAM only) x Notch frequency for 4,250 MHz 0: 4.25 MHz 1: 4.2 MHz Has only effect in SECAM mode x Notch frequency for 4,406 MHz 0: 4.406 MHz 1: 4.356 MHz Has only effect in SECAM mode Memory Controller Master Channel
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
TRAPBLUM
TRAPREDM
13h
VSM2_40
INTPROGM
Interlaced or progressive input signal for master channel 0: Interlaced input source 1: Progressive input source (e.g. VGA) x Freeze master picture 0: Live 1: Frozen (no writing of master data) x Vertical resolution master channel for frame based MUP-Mode 0: Field resolution 1: Frame resolution x x Write mode master channel 00: All incoming fields are stored 01: Only A fields are stored 10: Only B fields are stored 11: (Reserved) For DISPMODE=0001 (Snap Shot): 0X, 1X: Writing all fields only to live channel x Write slave data to master memory 0: Slave data is written to slave memory 1: Slave data is written to master memory x x Pixels per line master channel 00: Defined by DISPMODE 01: 448 pixels/line 10: 768 (MOTVALON=0) or 704 (MOTVALON=1) pixels/line 11: 896 pixels/line
FREEZEM
VERRESM
WRITEM
WRITES2M
PIXPLINM
111

Subadd R/W Take Over Name WRPOSXM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x Description Horizontal writing position of master picture in the memory Position=(WRPOSXM/32) *128 pixel (FSM mode, MOTVALON=1) Position=(WRPOSXM/2) *32 pixel (FSM mode, MOTVALON=0) Position=(WRPOSXM/2) *32 pixel (SPS, PCF, PCP) Position=WRPOSXM *16 pixel (others) Note: Stepsize depends on selected mode Vertical position of master picture in the memory 00000000: Upper border position Resolution: 1 line x Update snap shot picture 0: Live picture is updated 1: Still picture (snap shot) is updated x x x Synchronisation of film mode signal 000: Synchronisation disabled 001: No delay 010: 1 field delay 101: 4 fields delay 110: (Reserved) 111: (Reserved) x Synchronisation of film mode signal when unsecure 0: Synchronisation disabled when unsecure 1: Synchronisation always active
112
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
14h
VSM2_40
WRPOSYM
UPDATESS
FMSYN
FMSYNUNS
15h
VSM2_40
STANDBYDAC
Standby mode DAC 0: DACs active 1: DACs in standby mode x x YUV-matrix 00: YCbCr 01: YPbPr (CCIR) 10: YPbPr (BTA) 11: (Reserved) x x x x x x x Tint control 1000000: Max negative tint 0000000: No tint 0111111: Max positive tint
YUVMAT
TINT
Micronas

Subadd 16h R/W W Take Over VSBM1_36 Name RDPNTOFF A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Description Offset of read pointers for port P6 (neighboured lines) 00: 1 line 01: 2 lines 10: 3 lines 11: 4 lines x x x x x x x x x Horizontal read position master Pixel number indicating the start position of reading for the master channel 000000000: First left pixel Effective value: RDPOSXM*2 x x Read mode master channel 00: Reading A and B fields 01: Reading only A fields 10: Reading only B fields 11: (Reserved) For DISPMODE=0001 (Snap Shot): 00: Reading live channel 00: Reading still picture Vertical read position master Line number indicating the start line of reading for the master channel Granularity: 1 line 00000000: First line x Raster shift master Enable raster shift for master channel for joint line free SSC mode 0: Disable raster shift 1: Enable raster shift x Raster shift slave Enable raster shift for slave channel for joint line free SSC mode 0: Disable raster shift 1: Enable raster shift Noise Measurement Master Channel 18h W VSM1_40 NMLINEM x x x x x x x x x Line for noise measurement 0d: Line 2 1d: Line 3 311d: Line 1 (PAL) 261d: Line 1 (NTSC) Lines 3-260 are not standard dependent x x Noise measurement sensitivity 00: *1 01: *2 10: *4 11: *8
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
RDPOSXM
READM
17h
VSBM1_36
RDPOSYM
RSHIFTM
RSHIFTS
NMSENSEM
113

Subadd R/W Take Over Name NMPOSM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Description Noise measurement analyze window position 00: 6.3 s 01: 12.6 s 10: 18.9 s 11: 23.7 s
114
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Temporal Noise Reduction Master Channel 19h W VSM2_40 FEMAGM x x x x x Fine error characteristic 00000: Smallest gain 10000: Default (equal to B11 version) 11111: Largest gain x x Secam Dr adjustment 00: 191 01: 194 10: 197 11: 200 x x Secam Db adjustment 00: -55 01: -58 10: -61 11: -64 x Motion detector works on absolute values: 0: Absolute values not calculated 1: Absolute values calculated x Temporal noise reduction 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Chrominance motion values from: 0: luminance motion detector 1: separate chrominance motion detector x Temporal noise reduction of luminance: 0: Frame based 1: Field based x Motion detection of temporal noise reduction of luminance: 0: Frame based 1: Field based x Temporal noise reduction and motion detection of chrominance: 0: Frame based 1: Field based TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 0 0001: Default x x x x TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 1 1111: Default
SDRM
SDBM
TNRABSM
NRONM
TNRSELM
TNRNR4YM
TNRMD4YM
TNRNR4CM
1Ah
VSM2_40
TNRYS0M TNRYS1M
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name TNRYS2M TNRYS3M 1Bh W VSM2_40 TNRYS4M TNRYS5M TNRYS6M TNRYS7M 1Ch W VSM2_40 TNRCS0M TNRCS1M TNRCS2M TNRCS3M 1Dh W VSM2_40 TNRCS4M TNRCS5M TNRCS6M TNRCS7M 1Eh W VSM2_40 TNRYSSM TNRCSSM TNRCLYM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x x Description TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 2 1111: Default x TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 3 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 4 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 5 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 6 0000: Default x TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 7 0000: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 0 0001: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 1 1111: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 2 1111: Default x TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 3 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 4 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 5 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 6 0000: Default x TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 7 0000: Default TNR start value of luma LUT 1111: Default TNR start value of chroma LUT 1111: Default TNR luminance classification: 0000: Strong noise reduction 1111: Slight noise reduction x x x x TNR chrominance classification: 0000: Strong noise reduction 1111: Slight noise reduction
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
TNRCLCM
115

Subadd R/W Take Over Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Preframe Generator Master Channel 1Fh W VSM2_40 YBORDERM x x x x Y border value of display Granularity: 16 0000: 0 0001: 16 1111: 240 x x x x U border value of display Granularity: 16 0000: 0 0001: 16 0111: 112 1000: -128 1111: -16 x x x x V border value of display Granularity: 16 0000: 0 0001: 16 0111: 112 1000: -128 1111: -16 x x x x Multi picture force background lines bottom Number of lines of background color to be appended 0000: 0 lines 1111: 15 lines Multi picture force background pixels right Number of pixels of background color to be appended 00: 0 pixels 01: 16 pixels 10: 32 pixels 11: 48 pixels x x x x Multi picture force background lines top Number of lines to be overwritten with background color from top 0000: 0 lines 1111: 15 lines x x General purpose GP0 (pin 83) 00: Tristate 01: Tristate 10: Low level 11: High level Note: QFP144 only x Channel for noise measurement (picture) 0: Master 1: Slave Description
116
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
UBORDERM
VBORDERM
MPFBLBM
20h
VSM2_40
MPFBPRM
MPFBLTM
GP0
NMCHAN
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SLOWVAR A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x Modification of NOISE 0: NOISE~NOISE_SUM_REG 1: NOISE=incremental steps x Modifies GAP for increasing homogenous regions AUTOGAP==1&&STAT_SIZE==0: GAP+=8; AUTOGAP==1&&STAT_SIZE==1: GAP+=4; AUTOGAP==1&&STAT_SIZE==2: GAP+=2; AUTOGAP==0 || STAT_SIZE==3: GAP+=0; x x x x Update rate UPDATERATEM*32+31 fields are necessary for the next update 0000: 31 1111: 511 Background generator in pre-frame generator 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x Multi picture force background pixels left Number of pixels to be overwritten with background color from left Granularity: 2 pixel 00000: 0 pixels 11111: 62 pixels x x x x x x x x Global motion detection stock ticker threshold value 00111100: Default Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
AUTOGAP
UPDATERATEM
21h
VSM2_40
FRCBGNDM
MPFBPLM
GMSTTHV
Horizontal Prescaler Master Channel 22h W VSM1_40 FRCMMODM x Mosaic mode generator 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Active pixel enable select 0: Count clock cycles (recommended for CVBS/RGB input) 1: Count active pixels (recommended for ITU656 input) x x x x x x x x x x x x Control signal for HSCALE in horizontal pre-scaler Subsampling factor by prescaler is (int) 0: 1 (int) 2048: 1.5 (720 pixels) (int) 2371: 1.578 (->684 pixels) (int) 4095: 2 (540 pixels) Horizontal antialiasing filter 00: Filter bypassed 01: Force characteristic weak 10: Force characteristic strong 11: Automatic characteristic (weak or strong) Note: For normal CVBS/RGB full-screen, filter should be set to weak or automatic characteristic. For ITU656 full-screen input, filter should be bypassed. Strong characteristic is for split-screen and PiP only.
APENSELM
HSCPRESCM
23h
VSM1_40
HAAPRESCM
117

Subadd R/W Take Over Name HDCPRESCM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x Description Horizontal pre-scaler decimates by 0000: 1 0001: 2 0010: 3 0011: 4 0100: 6 0101: 8 0110: 12 0111: 16 1000: 24 1001: 32 x x x x x x x x x Active pixel per line (pre scaler) Describes, how many decimated active pixels are generated. Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixels (int) 342: 684 pixels (int) 511: 1022 pixels Line memories availability 0: Available for vertical prescaler 1: Available for motion-detector x x General purpose GP2 (pin 85) 00: Tristate 01: Tristate 10: Low level 11: High level Note: QFP144 only x x General purpose GP1 (pin 84) 00: Tristate 01: Tristate 10: Low level 11: High level Note: QFP144 only x x x x x x x x x x Not active pixel per line (pre scaler) Granularity: 2 clock cycles (int) 0: 0 pixels (int) 100: 200 pixels (int) 1023: 2046 pixels
118
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
APPLIPM
24h
VSM1_40
MOTONM
GP2
GP1
NAPPLIPM
Vertical Prescaler Master Channel 25h W VSM1_40 VAAPRESCM x Vertical lowpass filter (pre-scaler) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x Vertical peaking 00000: Maximum vertical peaking (enhancement) 10000: Vertical peaking has no effect (flat) 11111: Maximum attenuation (damping)
VPKPRESCM
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name VCRPRESCM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x Shift of chrominance signal 0: No shift 1: One line upward (e.g. for VCR) x x x x x x x x x Not active lines per field input (int) 0: Shift is 0 (int) 22: Shift is 22 lines (int) 511: Shift is 511 lines (max. shift is 1 field) Vertical prescaler by-pass 0: Vertical pre scaler enabled 1: Vertical pre scaler by-passed x x x x Vertical pre-scaler decimates by 0000: 1 0001: 2 0010: 3 0011: 4 0100: 6 0101: 8 0110: 12 0111: 16 1000: 24 1001: 32 x x x x x x x x x x Active lines per field (input processing) (int) 0: No active line (int) 288: 288 active lines (int) 1023: 1023 lines Horizontal start position of active measurement area 00: 0 01: 128 10: 256 11: 384 x x Duration of active measurement area 00: 400 01: 600 10: 800 11: 1200 x x x x x x x x x x x x Control signal for VSCALE in vertical pre-scaler (int) 0: Scaling factor is 1 (int) 4095: Scaling factor is 2 Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
NALPFIPM
26h
VSM2_40
VPREBYPM
VDCPRESCM
ALPFIPM
27h
VSM2_40
HORPOSNM
HORWIDTHNM
VSCPRESCM
Global Motion Detection Master Channel 28h W VSM2_40 GMSTTH[1] GMTHUM x x x x x x x x GMD stock ticker segment threshold (int) 0: Default GMD spatial hysteresis: upper threshold (int) 68: Default
119

Subadd R/W Take Over Name GMSTSS GMASM 29h W VSM2_40 GMSTTH[0] GMTHLM GMSTEN x x x x x x x x x A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x x GMD stock ticker segment start (int)5: Default] x GMD Amount of still pictures (int) 29: Default (see 28h) GMD spatial hysteresis: lower threshold (int) 67: Default GMD stock ticker enable 0: disabled 1: enabled x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x GMD stock ticker segment length (int)1: Default] x GMD amount of motion pictures (int) 16: Default GMD spatial hysteresis: upper threshold (int) 11: Default x GMD spatial hysteresis: lower threshold (int) 10: Default Description
120
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
GMSTSL GMAMM 2Ah W VSM2_40 GSTHUM GSTHLM
Film Mode Detection Master Channel 2Bh W VSM2_40 MDVFFON x Motion detection vertical filter for frame difference 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x FMD still detection on/off Forces camera mode, if still sequence is d 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x FMD threshold for dc level (int) 7: Default]
FMDSON
FMDCTH FMRES
FMD reset 0: Not forced 1: Forced to camera mode x FMD temporal hysteresis on/off 0: History length = 2 * (FMMEMHIS+1) 1: History length = 2 * (FMMEMHIS+1), camera-> film mode History length = 1* (FMMEMHIS+1), film -> camera mode x FMD trash counter on/off If trash counter > 120, the film mode detector switches automatically to camera mode. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
FMTHYON
FMTHRON
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name FMSCALEL A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Limitation of lower boundary: 00: 16 01: 32 10: 64 11: 64 x x Limitation of upper boundary: 00: 256 01: 128 10: 64 11: 64 x x Region to be investigated by the film mode detector: 00: Upper half (line 0 to line 127) 01: Lower half (line 128 to last line) 10: Complete picture 11: Complete picture History length of film mode detection (int) 3: Default x x x x x x x x x x x FMD threshold for absolute value (int) 10: Default x FMD threshold for difference value (int) 15: Default Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
FMSCALEU
FMREGION
2Ch
VSM2_40
FMMEMHIS FMATH FMDTH
Motion Detection Master Channel 2Dh W VSM2_40 TFLDDON x Temporal field delay on 0: Two bit of field delayed motion values 1: One bit current motion value and one bit field delayed
THRGM SVALFI
x x x
Threshold of frame difference in MD for global motion detection: (int) 8: Default Sensitivity factor of field difference 00 : Factor 1(maximum) 01 : Factor 2 10 : Factor 4 11 : Factor 8 (minimum) x x Sensitivity of frame difference 00 : Factor 1(maximum) 01 : Factor 2 10 : Factor 4 11 : Factor 8 (minimum) x x Automatic movie mode detection In case of movie mode, the motion detection will be automatically switched to 00 : Disabled 01 : Disabled 10 : Only frame difference 11 : No motion
SVALFR
AMMON
121

Subadd R/W Take Over SWGM Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Description Switch input value for global motion detection 00: Frame difference, influenced by motion detection 01: Frame difference, not influenced by motion detection 10: Field difference, influenced by motion detection 11: Field difference, not influenced by motion detection x x Temporal filter delay time 00: Factor 0 01: Factor 1 10: Factor 2 11: Factor 3 Switch double temporal filter delay time 00: Single delay time 01: 4 times delayed 10: 8 times delayed 11: 16 times delayed x x x x x x x x x x x Threshold of field difference in MD for movie mode detection: (int) 8: Default (See MSB) Threshold for frame difference look up table: (int) 3: Default Temporal filter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x x Threshold for field difference look up table: (int) 8: Default Sensitivity of line differences 00 : Factor 4 (maximum) 01 : Factor 8 10 : Factor 16 11 : Factor 32 (minimum) x x x x x Thresholds of line difference look up table: (int) 4: Default Frame or frame and field difference for motion detection 0 : Based on frame difference only 1 : Based on frame and field difference Note: In case of AMMON >1 and no movie mode, the motiondetection is still defined by FRAFION x x x x x x x x Threshold for frame difference look up table: (int) 4: Default x Threshold for field difference look up table: (int) 6: Default
122
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
TFDT
2Eh
VSM2_40
DTFDT[1]
THRMOV DTFDT[0] THFR0 TFON
THFI0 2Fh W VSM2_40 SVALLI
THLI0 FRAFION
THFR1
Micronas
THFI1

Subadd 30h R/W W Take Over VSM2_40 THLI1 THFR2 THFI2 31h W VSM2_40 THLI2 THFR3 THFI3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Description Threshold for line difference look up table: (int) 8: Default Threshold for frame difference look up table: (int) 6: Default x Threshold for field difference look up table: (int) 18: Default Threshold for line difference look up table: (int) 12: Default Threshold for frame difference look up table: (int) 10: Default x Threshold for field difference look up table: (int) 28: Default
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Noise Measurement in Picture Content 32h W VSM1_40 GAPM x x x x x x Threshold for homogenous areas 000000: 0 111111: 63 x x Fixes sensitivity of measurement 00: NOISE_SUM_REG=NOISE_SUM*0.5 01: NOISE_SUM_REG=NOISE_SUM 10: NOISE_SUM_REG=NOISE_SUM*2 11: NOISE_SUM_REG=NOISE_SUM*4 x x x x x x x x Offset for eliminating standard noise 00000000: 0 11111111: 255
SENSITIVM
OFFSET
Horizontal Post Scaler Master Channel 33h W VSBM2_36 HPANONM x Horizontal panorama mode 0: Panorama disabled 1: Panorama enabled x Disable border detection (postscaler) 0: Border detection active 1: Border detection not active x Chrominance delay 0: No delay 1: Half-pixel delay x x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal scaling factor for post scaler (int) 1024: Upsampling factor is 4 (int) 2910: Upsampling factor is 1.407 (int) 4095: Upsampling factor is 1
DBDHPOSM
CDELHPOSM
HSCPOSCM
123

Subadd 34h R/W W Take Over VSBM2_36 Name HSEG1M[10:5] A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x Description Beginning of segment 1 for horizontal panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 0 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels (See 33h) x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 1 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels Beginning of segment 2 for panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 2 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels (see 36h) x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 3 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels Beginning of segment 3 for panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 4 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels (see 38h) x x x x x x x x x x x Beginning of segment 4 for panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start
124
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
HINC0M
35h
VSBM2_36
HSEG1M[4:0] HINC1M
36h
VSBM2_36
HSEG2M[10:5]
HINC2M
37h
VSBM2_36
HSEG2M[4:0] HINC3M
38h
VSBM2_36
HSEG3M[10:5]
HINC4M
39h
VSBM2_36
HSEG3M[4:0] HSEG4M
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Vertical Post Scaler Master Channel 3Ah W VSBM2_36 VPANONM x Vertical panorama mode 0: Panorama disabled 1: Panorama enabled x Vertical upsampling unit 0: No doubling 1: Number of output lines is doubled by interpolation x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Vertical scaling factor for post scaler (int) 256: Upsampling factor is 16 (int) 4096: Up/ downsampling factor is 1 (int) 8192: Downsampling factor is 2 (int) 16383: Downsampling factor is 4 Beginning of segment 1 for vertical panorama mode (int) 0: 0 lines behind picture start (int) 1023: 1023 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=0) (int) 1023: 1023*2 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=1) x x x x x x x x x Vertical post-scaler increment 0 100000000: Picture becomes bigger 000000000: No action 011111111: Picture becomes smaller (See 3Bh) x x x x x x x x x Vertical post-scaler increment 1 100000000: Picture becomes bigger 000000000: No action 011111111: Picture becomes smaller Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VDOUBLEM
VSCPOSCM
3Bh
VSBM2_36
VSEG1M[9:5]
VINC0M
3Ch
VSBM2_36
VSEG1M[4:0] VINC1M
3Dh
VSBM2_36
VSEG2M[9:5]
Beginning of segment 2 for vertical panorama mode (int) 0: 0 lines behind picture start (int) 1023: 1023 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=0) (int) 1023: 1023*2 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=1) x x x x x x x x x Vertical post-scaler increment 2 100000000: Picture becomes bigger 000000000: No action 011111111: Picture becomes smaller (See 3Bh) x x x x x x x x x Vertical post-scaler increment 3 100000000: Picture becomes bigger 000000000: No action 011111111: Picture becomes smaller Invert skew signal from input PLL 0: No inversion 1: Inversion
VINC2M
3Eh
VSBM2_36
VSEG2M[4:0] VINC3M
3Fh
VSBM2_36
INVSKEW
125

Subadd R/W Take Over Name ARTSYNC A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x Description LL-PLL input 0: From CVBS input directly (PLL parallel mode) 1: From synthesizer x Input sync synthesizer source 0: Use sync from front-end PLL (PLL serial mode) 1: Use itu656 sync x Secam v-delay 0: Zero delay 1: Delay v-channel by 1 pixel x x PALDET identification level 00: 240 01: 192 10: 128 11: 64 x x x x x x x x x Vertical Post-scaler increment 4 100000000: Picture becomes bigger 000000000: No action 011111111: Picture becomes smaller Vertical post-scaler phase offset Granularity: 16 (int) 0: Vertical offset for dto is 0 (int) 255: Vertical offset for dto is 4080 x x x x x x x x x x Beginning of segment 3 for vertical panorama mode (int) 0: 0 lines behind picture start (int) 1023: 1023 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=0) (int) 1023: 1023*2 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=1) (See 40h) x x x x x x x x x x Beginning of segment 4 for vertical panorama mode (int) 0: 0 lines behind picture start (int) 1023: 1023 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=0) (int) 1023: 1023*2 lines behind picture start (VDOUBLE=1)
126
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
ITUSYNC
SECDELM
PALDETIDLM
VINC4
40h
VSBM2_36
VOFPOSC[7:3]
VSEG3M
41h
VSBM2_36
VOFPOSC[2:0] VSEG4M
Output Data Controller Master Channel 42h W VSBM2_36 DPBRT x x x x x x Brightness 000000: + 48 LSB 110000: no offset 111111: - 15 LSB x x x x x x Contrast 000000: 0 100000: 1 111111: 63/32
DPCON
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over DPCNS Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x Contrast noise shaper 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Peak-white reduction 00000: No reduction 11111: Max. reduction x x x x x x x x Measured sync amplitude 00000000: Smallest sync 11111111: Largest sync Peak-white reduction 00000: No reduction 11111: Max. reduction Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
43h
VS1_20
PWADJCNTM
MINVM
44h
VS2_20
PWADJCNTS
MINVS
x Measured sync amplitude 00000000: Smallest sync 11111111: Largest sync Automatic freerun when sync-separartion not stable 00: Disabled (keep H/V locked, if selected) 01: Vertical freerun when not stable 10: Horizontal freerun when not stable 11: Horizontal and vertical freerun when not stable Depends on color decoder which is selected to be master with SELMASTER and SELSM
45h
VSBM2_36
AUTOFRRN
LPFIPMD
Lines per field method 0: Back-end 1: Front-end x Vertical ODC line counting 0: Field delay 1: Frame delay x Back-end field inversion 0: No inversion 1: Inversion x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal position inside active picture area (int) 32: Most left display position (int) 4095: Most right display position Values smaller than 32 are not usable Secam v-delay 0: Zero delay 1: Delay v-channel by 1 pixel
VINMTHD
FIELDBINV
HORPOSM
46h
VSBM2_36
SECDELS
127

Subadd R/W Take Over Name PALDETIDLS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x PALDET identification level 00: 240 01: 192 10: 128 11: 64 x x x x x x x x x x Vertical position inside active picture area Granularity: 1 line (FMODE=0) or 2 lines (FMODE=1) (int) 0: Most top display position (int) (2047): Most bottom display position x Horizontal picture width Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: No display (int) 960: Default (int) 2047: 4094 pixels No fine horizontal synchronization 0: Horizontal synchronization 1: Horizontal synchronization without finer steps x x x x x x x x x x x Vertical picture width (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 288: Default (int) 2047: 2047 lines Description
128
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VERPOSM
47h
VSBM2_36
HORWIDTHM
48h
VSBM2_36
NOFHSYNC
VERWIDTHM
Picture Improvement Master Channel 49h W VSBM2_36 PKCTIBPM x x Peaking factor for CTI (bandpass part) 00: 2 (CTI bp off) 01: 16 10: 24 11: 32 x x Peaking factor for CTI (highpass part) 00: 2 (CTI hp off) 01: 16 10: 24 11: 32 x Luminance transition improvement 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x 1st adaptive peaking factor (bandpass part) 0000: 0.5 0100: 2.5 1111: 8
PKCTIHPM
LTIM
APK1BPM[1:0]
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name APK2BPM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description 2nd adaptive peaking factor (bandpass part) 000: 1 001: 2(peaking bp off) 011: 4 111: 8 x x Peaking denoising threshold (bandpass part) 00: 0 (denoising off) 01: 2 10: 4 11: 8 x x 2nd peaking threshold (bandpass part) 00: 0 01: 4 10: 8 11: 16 x x Turningpoint threshold for CTI 00: 1 01: 2 10: 3 11: 4 1st adaptive peaking factor (highpass part) 0000: 0.5 0100: 2.5 1111: 8 x x x 2nd adaptive peaking factor (highpass part) 000: 1 001: 2 (peaking hp off) 011: 4 111: 8 x x Peaking denoising threshold (highpass part) 00: 0 (denoising off) 01: 2 10: 4 11: 8 x x 2nd peaking threshold (highpass part) 00: 0 01: 4 10: 8 11: 16 x Disable border detection (picture improvement) 0: Border detection active 1: Border detection not active x x (See 49h)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
ATH1BPM
ATH2BPM
THEM
4Ah
VSBM2_36
APK1HPM[1:0]
APK2HPM
ATH1HPM
ATH2HPM
DBDPICIM
APK1BPM[3:2]
129

Subadd R/W Take Over Name APK1HPM[3:2] CORONM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x (See 49h) Coring or denoising for low amplitudes 0: Coring off, denoising on 1: Coring on, denoising off Description
130
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Pixel Mixer Master Channel 4Bh W VSBM2_36 YFRAMEM UFRAMEM VFRAMEM x x x x x x x x x x x Luminance value for the master frame (4MSB) 0001: Default value (yields value 0001 00000=32) Chrominance value for the master frame (4MSB) 0000: Default value (yields value 0000 00000=0) x Chrominance value for the master frame (4MSB) 0000: Default value (yields value 0000 00000=0)
Dynamic Contrast Improvement Master Channel 4Ch W VSDCI_36 SPIXELM x x x x x Start pixel number for analysis window START= SPIXEL x 8 (int) 2: 16 pixels x x x x x x x End pixel number for analysis window END = EPIXEL x 8 + 512 (int) 54: 944 pixels x Enable split-screen demo mode 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Scanning mode for DCI 0: Interlaced 1: Progressive x Color saturation compensation 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Digital contrast improvement (DCI) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled The analysis continues also if DCI_ONM = 0, but it has no effect to the output. 4Dh W VSDCI_36 SLINEM x x x x Start line number for analysis window START = SLINE x 8 (int) 1: 8 lines x x x x x x End line number for analysis window END = ELINE x 8 + 128 (int) 55: 568 lines
EPIXELM
ENA_DEMOM
SCAN_IDM
CSC_ONM
DCIONM
ELINEM
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DCI_CORM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x Description DCI coring level for adaptive signal split (int) 0: No coring (int) 5: Default (int) 31: Max. coring x DCI analysis on/off (only for test purpose) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x MAU 53h W VSBM1_36 MVCOFA0 x x Motion value factor 0 for actual field for calculating motion result without accumulator 00: *0 01: *1 10: *2 11: *3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Total number of active pixel per line (int) 960: 960 pixel x Filter time constant for average brightness (int) 16: 16 frames of settling tine of DCI analysis Sensitivity of average brightness analysis (ABA) (int) 40: Default x Light sample weighting factor (int) 2: Default Sensitivity of dark sample distribution analysis (DSDA) (int) 40: Default x Filter time constant for dark sample distribution (int) 16: Default Correction factor SENSBS x 32/DYTC (int) 75: Default x Dark area size for DSDA (int) 17: Default
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
FREEZE_ANLM
4Eh
VSDCI_36
PIXELPLINEM AB_FTCM
4Fh
VSDCI_36
SENSWSM LSWFM
50h
VSDCI_36
SENSBSM DSFTCM
51h
VSDCI_36
ERRORCMPM DYTCM
52h
VSDCI_36
PK_FTCM PEAK_SIZEM
Filter time constant for frame peak value (int) 16: Default x Peak area size. Range [0...9] (internally limited to max.9] (int) 4: Default
131

Subadd R/W Take Over Name MVCOFA1 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Motion value factor 1 for actual field for calculating motion result without accumulator 000: *1 001: *2 010: *3 011: *4 100: *5 101: *6 110: *7 111: *8 x x Motion value factor 0 for previous field for calculating motion result without accumulator 00: *0 01: *1 10: *2 11: *3 x x x Motion value factor 1 for previous field for calculating motion result without accumulator 000: *1 001: *2 010: *3 011: *4 100: *5 101: *6 110: *7 111: *8 x x Motion value divider for actual field for calculating motion result without accumulator 00: /1 01: /2 10: /4 11: /8 x x Motion value divider for previous field for calculating motion result without accumulator 00: /1 01: /2 10: /4 11: /8 x x Motion value divider for calculating motion result without accumulator 00: /1 01: /2 10: /4 11: /8
132
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
MVCOFP0
MVCOFP1
MVDIVA
MVDIVP
MVDIVR
Micronas
54h
VSBM1_36
MVMODE
Method selection for creation the motion value result 0: Accumulator method 1: New method w/o accumulator

Subadd R/W Take Over Name MVREFPOS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x Description Indicating the reference position for MvMode = 0 0: Delayed value 1: Actual value x Soft mix method selection 0: 2 field access 1: 3 field access (Only valid in field jam mode) x Enabling the fixed motion value 0: Use incoming motion values 1: Use value adjusted by MvFixVal x x x x Fixed motion value used if MvFixEna is enabled Global motion film mode fallback enable 0: Global motion fallback is disabled for film mode phases 1: Global motion fallback is enabled for film mode phases x Global still film mode fallback enable 0: Global still fallback is disabled for film mode phases 1: Global still fallback is enabled for film mode phases x Global still enable 0: Off 1: On x Motion value visibility enable 0: Off 1: On x Field jam selection inversion Inverts the field jam selection output bit 0: No inversion 1: Inversion x Motion value chrominance UV hold switch 0: Use new motion value on each incoming motion value 1: Use motion value for u channel for v channel also (hold) Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when video mode active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
SMMODE
MVFIXENA
MVFIXVAL GMFMFBENA
GSFMFBENA
GSTILLENA
MVVISENA
FJSELLNV
MVCHOLD
55h
VSBM1_36
DYNOPMSV
133

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DYNOPITV A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Dynamic operation table entry: Interpolation type when video mode active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when video mode active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when video mode active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 0 active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Interpolation type when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 0 active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 0 active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 0 active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data
134
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DYNOPSMV
DYNOPFJV
DYNOPMSP0
DYNOPITP0
DYNOPSMP0
DYNOPFJP0
Micronas

Subadd 56h R/W W Take Over VSBM1_36 Name DYNOPLSGM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Dynamic operation table entry: Line scan pattern sequence when global motion active 000: LspSeqAAAA 001: LspSeqBBBB 010: LspSeqAABB 011: LspSeqABBA 100: LspSeqBBAA 101: LspSeqBAAB 110: LspSeqABAB 111: LspSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Line scan pattern sequence when global still active 000: LspSeqAAAA 001: LspSeqBBBB 010: LspSeqAABB 011: LspSeqABBA 100: LspSeqBBAA 101: LspSeqBAAB 110: LspSeqABAB 111: LspSeqBABA x Linescan pattern freerun 0: lsp freerun disabled 1: lsp freerun enabled x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Line scan pattern sequence when video mode active 000: LspSeqAAAA 001: LspSeqBBBB 010: LspSeqAABB 011: LspSeqABBA 100: LspSeqBBAA 101: LspSeqBAAB 110: LspSeqABAB 111: LspSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Line scan pattern sequence when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 0 active 000: LspSeqAAAA 001: LspSeqBBBB 010: LspSeqAABB 011: LspSeqABBA 100: LspSeqBBAA 101: LspSeqBAAB 110: LspSeqABAB 111: LspSeqBABA
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DYNOPLSGS
OPPHASEFR
DYNOPLSV
DYNOPLSP0
135

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DYNOPLSP1 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Description
136
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
x Dynamic operation table entry: Line scan pattern sequence when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 1 active 000: LspSeqAAAA 001: LspSeqBBBB 010: LspSeqAABB 011: LspSeqABBA 100: LspSeqBBAA 101: LspSeqBAAB 110: LspSeqABAB 111: LspSeqBABA Dynamic operation table entry: Line scan pattern sequence when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 0 active 000: LspSeqAAAA 001: LspSeqBBBB 010: LspSeqAABB 011: LspSeqABBA 100: LspSeqBBAA 101: LspSeqBAAB 110: LspSeqABAB 111: LspSeqBABA
57h
VSBM1_36
DYNOPLSN
FMFORCETRIG
Force the actual adjusted FM phase (FmForce) if strictly force of FM PAL or FM NTSC is selected (FmForce = 1/2/3/4/5/6/7) As long as the trigger is set the phase is forced to the selected value On I2C_FmForce = 0/8/9/10/11-15 this parameter has no effect 0: Phase forcing is disabled 1: Phase forcing is enabled x x Field jam mode selector 00: Field jam disabled 01: Field jam enabled but always soft mix mode is activated 10: Field jam enabled and forced 11: Field jam enabled with adaptive behavior to film mode generator X Control signal for the line select generator output (int) 0: LineSel is NOT altered (int) 1: LineSel is inverted
FJMODE
NEGLINESEL
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name FMFORCE A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x Description Indicates film mode force/hold method 0000: Strictly force VIDEO 0001: Strictly force FM PAL (initial phase 0) 0010: Strictly force FM PAL (initial phase 1) 0011: Strictly force FM NTSC (initial phase 0) 0100: Strictly force FM NTSC (initial phase 1) 0101: Strictly force FM NTSC (initial phase 2) 0110: Strictly force FM NTSC (initial phase 3) 0111: Strictly force FM NTSC (initial phase 4) 1000: Auto detect & hold VIDEO 1001: Auto detect and hold FM PAL 1010: Auto detect & hold FM NTSC 1011: Auto detect and hold VIDEO or FM PAL 1100: Auto detect and hold VIDEO or FM NTSC 1101: Auto detect and hold FM PAL or FM NTSC 1110: Force/hold disabled, use FM detector result 1111: Force/hold disabled, use FM detector result x Control signal for the line select generator initialisation (int) 0: Init value for LineSel is 0 (int) 1: Init value for LineSel is 1 x x x Chrominance static operation motion sequence If enabled use always this motion sequence for chrominance signals 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x Chrominance static operation motion sequence enable switch Enable signal for separate static chrominance motion sequence 0: Use motion sequence from dynamic operation table 1: Use StatOpMsC motion sequence for chroma channel only x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when global motion active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
INITLINESEL
STATOPMSC
STATOPMSCENA
58h
VSBM1_36
DYNOPMSGM
137

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DYNOPITGM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Dynamic operation table entry: Interpolation type when global motion active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when global motion active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when global motion active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when global still active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Interpolation type when global still active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when global stillactive 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when global still active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data
138
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DYNOPSMGM
DYNOPFJGM
DYNOPMSGS
DYNOPITGS
DYNOPSMGS
DYNOPFJGS
Micronas

Subadd 59h R/W W Take Over VSBM1_36 Name DYNOPMSN0 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 0 active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: interpolation type when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 0 active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 0 active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 0 active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 1 active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Interpolation type when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 1 active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DYNOPITN0
DYNOPSMN0
DYNOPFJN0
DYNOPMSN1
DYNOPITN1
139

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DYNOPSMN1 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x Description Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 1 active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 1 active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 2 active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: interpolation type when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 2 active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 2 active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry Field jam switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 2 active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 3 active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA
140
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DYNOPFJN1
5Ah
VSBM1_36
DYNOPMSN2
DYNOPITN2
DYNOPSMN2
DYNOPFJN2
DYNOPMSN3
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DYNOPITN3 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Dynamic operation table entry: Interpolation type when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 3 active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 3 active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 3 active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 4 active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: Interpolation type when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 4 active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 4 active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when 2-3-pull-down (NTSC) film mode phase 4 active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DYNOPSMN3
DYNOPFJN3
5Bh
VSBM1_36
DYNOPMSN4
DYNOPITN4
DYNOPSMN4
DYNOPFJN4
141

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DYNOPMSP1 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x Description Dynamic operation table entry: Motion sequence when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 1 active 000: MotSeqAAAA 001: MotSeqBBBB 010: MotSeqAABB 011: MotSeqABBA 100: MotSeqBBAA 101: MotSeqBAAB 110: MotSeqABAB 111: MotSeqBABA x x x Dynamic operation table entry: interpolation type when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 1 active 000: IpolTypeAB 001: IpolTypeLineDb 010: IpolTypeLin2 011: (reserved) 100: IpolTypeLin4 x Dynamic operation table entry: Soft mix enable switch position when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 1 active 0: Soft mix disabled 1: Soft mix enabled x Dynamic operation table entry: Field jam switch position when 2-2-pull-down (PAL) film mode phase 1 active 0: Get old stored field data 1: Get new incoming field data x ProgressivePicture Improvement 0: off 1: on x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x HDTO freerunning frequency Granularity=103 Hz (int) 33981 (minimum: nominal pixel clock= 3.5 MHz) (int) 349525 (nominal pixel clock= 36 MHz) (int) 388362 (maximum: nominal pixel clock= 40 MHz) (see 57h) x Reduce hold-range of LLPLL in unlocked HPLL state 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Freerunning clocks 0: From fixed clock divider 1: From freerunning DTO (adjustable clocks) x x x (See 5Dh)
142
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DYNOPITP1
DYNOPSMP1
DYNOPFJP1
5Ch
GCMON
5Dh
NTO
FRINC[18:3]
5Eh
NTO
FJMODE FRZLIMLR
FRFIX
Micronas
FRINC[2:0]

Subadd 5Fh R/W W Take Over VS1_20 Name INCOMBC A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x Chroma Input for comb filter 00: ADC 2 01: Blue ADC 10: Red ADC 11: (Reserved) x x x x x x (See 11h) (See 11h) (See 10h) (See 10h) Automatic standard detection priority 50 Hz 00: PAL B 01: SECAM 10: (Reserved) 11: Automatic x x Automatic standard detection priority 60 Hz 00: NTSC M 01: NTSC44/PAL60 10: (Reserved) 11: Automatic x Reference for sync-AGC 0: Normal reference 1: Referenc reduced by 2% x AGC peak-white counter reset 0: No reset 1: Reset x De-skewing of H50 pulse 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x AGC hysterisys 00: Broad 01: Medium 1 10: Medium 2 11: Small Vertical length measurement with vertical pulse detection 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Vertical pulse gating 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x Slicer line number CC or WSS Description
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
BELLIIRM[2] BELLFIRM[2] DEEMPIIRM[2] DEEMPFIRM[3] AMSTD50M
AMSTD60M
SYNCGAINM
AGCPWRESM
H50SKEW
AGCTHDM
60h
VS1_20
MVPM
MVPGM
SLNCW
143

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SLNRUW DDR_CC A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x Slicer line number US-WSS Double data rate CC (test only) 0: Normal data-rate 1: Double data-rate x Clamp signal adapation 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Note: MUST be enabled when internal 4H comb-filter is used for master. MUST be disabled, if no or external comb-filter is used for master. x Combfilter compensation delay (ADC2) 0: Enabled 1: Disabled x Combfilter compensation delay (ADC1) 0: Enabled 1: Disabled x x x x x x x x Hsync shift Shift=HSPPL * 4 00000000: Default x x x x x x x Vsync shift Shift=VSLPF * 4 0000000: Default Reference value bandgap 01000000: Low reference 00000000: Medium reference 00111111: High reference 1XXXXXXX: Reference disabled, resistor used contains fused value only when REFTRIMEN=0. x x x x Reference value CVBS ADC 0000: Narrow 1111: Wide Note: Contains fused value only when REFTRIMEN=0. Description
144
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
BGSHIFTM
REMDEL2
REMDEL1
61h
VS656_27
HSPPL
VSLPF
62h
NTO
REFTRIMRD
REFTRIMCVRD
REFTRIMRGBRD
x Reference value RGB ADC 0000: Narrow 1111: Wide Note: Contains fused value only when REFTRIMEN=0.
Micronas
3.9.2. Slave Channel Table 314: Slave channel

Subadd R/W Take Over Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description Color Decoder Slave 63h W VS2_20 MVPS x Vertical length measurement with vertical pulse detection 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Vertical pulse gating 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x x (See 75h) (See 75h) (See 74h) (See 74h) Automatic standard detection priority 50 Hz 00: PAL B 01: SECAM 10: (Reserved) 11: Automatic x x Automatic standard detection priority 60 Hz 00: NTSC M 01: NTSC44/PAL60 10: (Reserved) 11: Automatic x Reference for sync-AGC 0: Normal reference 1: Referenc reduced by 2% x AGC peak-white counter reset 0: No reset 1: Reset x Clamp signal adapation 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Note: MUST be enabled when internal 4H comb-filter is used for slave. MUST be disabled, if no or external comb-filter is used for slave. x x AGC hysterisys 00: Broad 01: Medium 1 10: Medium 2 11: Small
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
MVPGS
BELLIIRS[2] BELLFIRS[2] DEEMPIIRS[2] DEEMPFIRS[3] AMSTD50S
AMSTD60S
SYNCGAINS
AGCPWRESS
BGSHIFTS
AGCTHDS
145
Table 314: Slave channel, continued

Subadd 64h R/W Take Over W VS2_20 Name SYNCFTHDS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x SYNCF threshold 00: 4 lines 01: 3 lines 10: 2 lines 11: 1 line x x x x x x x Vertical Sync Gating: Closing 60 Hz Closing=262+4*VTHRH60M 0000000: Closing in line 262 1111111: Closing in line 770 x x x x x x x Vertical Sync Gating: Opening 60 Hz Opening=4*VTHRL60M 0000000: Opening in first line 1111111: Opening in line 508 Color switched on at level above CKILLS (SECAM) At level=CKILLS+CONS 000: Min value 010: Default 111: Max value x Forces color on 0: Color depends on color decoder status 1: Color always on x Opens the closed loop 0: Normal operation 1: Chroma PLL opened x Enabling of additional lowpass filtering of luminance channel 0: No filtering 1: Filtering x Fix ACC to nominal value 0: ACC is working 1: ACC is set to fixed value according to PALREFS/NTSCREFS x Freeze ACC 0: ACC is working 1: ACC is frozen at current value x Mode selection 0: Interlace input 1: Progressive input x Field inversion 0: No inversion 1: Inversion x Clamping strategy 0: Back-porch clamping 1: Sync-tip-clamping
146
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VTHRH60S
VTHRL60S
65h
VS2_20
CONSS
COLONS
CPLLOFS
LPPOSTS
ACCFIXS
ACCFRZS
FLINES
FLDINVS
CLPSTGYS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DISCHCHS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Disable channel change signal 0: Color decoder not reset after channel-change 1: Color decoder reset after channel change x x x x Clamping duration CD2, signals 1 Granularity: 200 ns 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3 s Color switched on at level above CKILL (PAL/NTSC) Level=CKILL+CON 000: Min value 010: Default 111: Max value x x Chrominance coring 00: Off 01: 1LSB 10: 2LSB 11: 3LSB x x Selection of notch filter behaviour in SECAM mode 00: 4.406 MHz 01: 4.250 MHz 10: 4.33 MHz 11: 4.406 / 4.205 dependent on line switch x x H polarity at HINP 00: Use Hsync 01: Use inverted Hsync 10: Autodetect polarity 11: (Reserved) x Automatic multisync capability 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x Comb filter usage CD2 00: Use first CVBS input 01: Use second CVBS input 10: Use comb-filter 11: ADCG / ADCF (dependent on ADCSEL) x x x x Clamping duration CD2, signals 1 Granularity: 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3 s
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CLMPD1S
66h
VS2_20
CONS
UVCORS
SECNTCHS
HPOLS
FHDETS
COMBUSES
CLMPD2S
147

Subadd 67h R/W Take Over W VS2_20 Name PWTHDS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Selection of Peak-White Threshold 00: 448 01: 470 10: 500 11: 511 x x Choice of UV or CrCb output 00: UV color space 01: CrCb color space 10: Modified CrCb color space (SECAM only) x x Luminance offset 00: No offset (NTSC) 01: - 7.5 IRE 10: + 7.5 IRE (PAL, SECAM) 11: -3.7 IRE Note: A 7.5 IRE offset is added during blanking in display processing. When chosing 10, the luminance offset is equal to the offset of the CVBS input as in both picture and blanking the same 7.5 IRE offset is used. x Vertical pulse detection 0: From sync signal (CVBS, Y, or G)) 1: From separate V-input pin Note: When set to 0, no V polarity detection possible x Y/C select 0: CVBS input 1: Y/C input x No signal behavior 0: Noisy screen when out of sync 1: Colored background insertion instead x Synchronization input 0: Synchronization from CVBS front-end (CVBS or Y/C) 1: Synchronization via RGB front-end (green or fbl ADC) When set to 0, no H polarity detection possible CLMPST1S x x x x x x Measurement start CD2, Signals 1 000000:0 s 011100:5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s Vertical flywheel mode 00: Check for correct standard 01: 3 lines deviation allowed 10: 4 lines deviation allowed, no check for interlace 11: 5 lines deviation allowed, no check for interlace x x x x x x Chroma bandwidth Selects chroma bandwidth 011100: Nominal bandwidth
148
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CRCBS
LMOFSTS
VINPS
YCSELS
NOSIGBS
HINPS
68h
VS2_20
VFLYWHLMDS
CHRFS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name PLLTCS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Time constant HPLL (VCR...TV) 00: Very fast 01: Fast 10: Slow 11: Very slow x x x x x x Clamping start CD2, Signals 2 000000: 0 s 011100: 5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s Delay line 0: Use delay line 1: Do not use delay line (only suited for NTSC) x x x x x x x Color standard assignment 0000000: No color standard chosen 0000001: PAL N 0000010: PAL B 0000100: SECAM 0001000: PAL 60 0010000: PAL M 0100000: NTSC M 1000000: NTSC 44 For allowed combinations please refer to chapter chroma decoder 1100110: PALB/SECAM/NTSCM/NTSC44/PAL60 x x x x x x x x Chroma level for color off (PAL/NTSC) 00000000: High burst amplitude 01000000: Default 11111111: Low burst amplitude Chroma level for color off (SECAM) 00000000: Low burst amplitude 01000000: Default 11111111: High burst amplitude Behavior is opposite to CKILL (PAL/NTSC case) x x x x x x x x Free running frequency of horizontal PLL 00000000: 384 clocks (52.7 kHz) 11100100: 1296 clocks (15.625 kHz) 11111111: 1404 clocks (14.423 kHz) V Polarity at VINP 00: Use Vsync 01: Use inverted Vsync 10: Autodetect polarity 11: (Reserved) x H slicing level threshold 0: 50 % 1: 37 %
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CLMPST2S
69h
VS2_20
COMBS
CSTANDS
CKILLS
6Ah
VS2_20
CKILLSS
FHFRRNS
6Bh
VS2_20
VPOLS
THRSELS
149

Subadd R/W Take Over Name YCDELS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x Luminance delay 10000: 800 ns 0000: No delay 01111: -700 ns x Disable all chroma resets 0: Resets allowed 1: Resets disabled May only be used if ONE color standard is selected x Noise reduction for satellite signal 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x Noise reduction for horizontal PLL 000: 1/8 001: 1/4 010: 1/2 011: 1 100: 2 101: 4 110: 8 111: 16 x x x Window shift for fine error calculation 100: -4 clock cycles 000: No offset 011: +3 clock cycles Hue control (tint) 10000000: -89 00000000: 0 01111111: +88 x x x x x x x x Field detection window shift 00000000: No shift 11111111: Shifted by 2048 ACC reference adjustment (NTSC) 00000000: Low reference value 10010001: Nominal value 11111111: High reference value x PAL/NTSC identification level 1 0: Less sensitive (192) 1: More sensitive (64) x x x x x x x Vertical Sync Gating: Opening 50 Hz Opening=4*VTHRL50M 0000000: Opening in first line 1111111: Opening in line 508
150
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DISALLRESS
SATNRS
NSREDS
LPCDELS
6Ch
VS2_20
HUES
VSHIFTS
6Dh
VS2_20
NTSCREFS
PALIDL1S
VTHRL50S
Micronas

Subadd 6Eh R/W Take Over W VS2_20 Name PALREFS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x ACC reference adjustment (PAL) 00000000: Low reference value 11110000: Nominal value 11111111: High reference value x PAL/NTSC identification level 0 0: Less sensitive 1: More sensitive x x x x x x x Vertical sync gating: Closing 50 Hz Closing=312+4*VTHRH50M 0000000: Closing in line 312 1111111: Closing in line 820 When VINPS (67h) is set, 50 Hz values are taken for opening and closing values. Slicing level threshold H 00: No offset 01: Small negative 10: Small positive 11: Large positive (adaptive) x x x x x x Subcarrier adjustment 000000: -262 ppm 001111: 0 ppm 111111: 840 ppm x x AGC method 00: Sync amplitude and peak white 01: Sync amplitude only 10: peak white only 11: Fixed to value AGCADJ1S x x x x x x Gain adjustment ADC1 000000: 0.6 V input sign 100000: 1.0 V input signal 111111: 1.8 V input signal AGC reset 0: No reset 1: Reset x Freeze AGC (ADC_CVBS) 0: Normal operation 1: Freeze AGC at current value x x x x x x Gain adjustment ADC2 000000: 0.6 V input signal 100000: 1.0 V input signal 111111: 1.8 V input signal x Vertical flywheel 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
PALIDL0S
VTHRH50S
6Fh
VS2_20
SLLTHDS
SCADJS
AGCMDS
AGCADJ1S
70h
VS2_20
AGCRESS
AGCFRZES
AGCADJ2S
VFLYWHLS
151

Subadd R/W Take Over Name CPLLRESS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Force chroma PLL reset 0: No reset 1: Reset chroma PLL Note: After use, CPLLRESS must be set to 0 again x x x x x x Clamping start CD2, Signals 1 000000: 0 s 011100: 5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s Vertical end of clamping pulse 00000000: Line 256 00111100: Line 376 11111111: Line 766 x x SECAM identification level 00: 128 01: 64 10: 96 11: 80 x x x x x x Measurement start CD2, Signals 2 000000: 0 s 011100: 5.6 s 111111: 12.8 s 2nd IF compensation filter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x Secam acceptance level 000: 100 001: 84 010: 64 011: 32 100: 70 101: 76 110: 90 has only effect if SECACCS (74h) is enabled
152
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CLMPST1SS
71h
VS2_20
CLMPHIGHS
SCMIDLS
CLMPST2SS
72h
VS2_20
IFCOMPSTRS
SECACCLS
CLMPLOWS
Vertical start of clamping pulse 0000: Line 0 0011: Line 6 1111: Line30 x x x x x ACC limitation 00000: Limit at high color-carrier 01000: Limit at -24 dB 11111: Limit at low color-carrier
ACCLIMS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name IFCOMPS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x IF compensation filter 000: Pal prefiltering 001: Pal prefiltering + IF 010: Prefiltering 011: IF 6 dB 100: Flat Vertical slicing level threshold polarity 0: Positive 1: Negative x EIA 770 support 0: Standard TV signals expected 1: Progressive signals expected Note: Timing according to EIA 770.1 or 770.2 when 1 x Vertical sync-detection slope 0: Normal 1: Slow x x Duration of chroma-PLL search 00: 25 fields 01: 20 fields 10: 17 fields 11: 15 fields x Additional lock-detection 0: No used 1: Used x Additional lock-detection selection 0: PALID 1: PALDET x Additional lock-detection color-killer 0: Do not use lock signal 1: Use lock-signal x x x x Clamping duration for CD2, signals 2 (for RGBF) Granularity: 200 ns 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3.2 s x x x x Clamping duration for CD2, signals 1 Granularity: 200 ns 0000: 0 s 0111: 1.4 s 1111: 3.2 s
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
73h
VS2_20
SLLTHDVPS
EIA770S
VDETIFSS
LOCKSPS
ADLCKS
ADLCKSELS
ADLCKCCS
CLMPD2SS
CLMPD1SS
153

Subadd 74h R/W Take Over W VS2_20 Name DEEMPFIRS[2:0] A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x Deemphase filter FIR component 0000:16 0101: 21 1111: 31 DEEMPFIRS[3] is in 63h x x Deemphase filter IIR component 000: 5 001: 6 010: 7 011: 8 100: 9 101: 10 110: (reserved) 111: (reserved) DEEMPIIRS[2] is in 63h x x x Vertical detection integration time constant 000: 400 clock cycles 001: 375 clock cycles 010: 350 clock cycles 011: 300 clock cycles 100: 250 clock cycles 101: 225 clock cycles 110: 200 clock cycles 111: Automatic x Secam acceptance 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Secam divider 0: Divide by 4 1: Divide by 2 x x Secam increment 1 00: 2 01: 3 10: 4 11: 5 x x Secam increment 2 00: 1 01: 2 10: 3 11: 4 x x Secam rejection level 00: 320 01: 384 10: 352 11: 1024
154
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DEEMPIIRS[1:0]
VDETITCS
SECACCS
SECDIVS
SECINC1S
SECINC2S
SCMRELS
Micronas

Subadd 75h R/W Take Over W VS2_20 Name DEEMPSTDS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Deemphase filtering for standard detection 0: Weak 1: Strong x x Bell filter FIR component 000: -116 001: -113 010: -110 011: -108 100: -106 101: -104 110: -102 111: -100 BELLFIRS[2] is in 63h x x Bell filter IIR component 000: 8 001: 9 010: 10 011: 11 100: 12 101: 13 110: 14 111: 16 BELLIIRI[2] is in 63h x x x Slicing level threshold V 000: No offset 001: 4 010: 8 011: 12 101: Adaptive (limited to +-4) 110: Adaptive (limited to +-8) 111: Adaptive (limited to +-12) x x Force line standard at CVBS/RGB front-end 00: Automatic 01: Force 50 Hz 10: Force 60 Hz 11: (Reserved) x Enable limiter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x I -adjustment for horizontal PLL 00: *1 01: *16 10: *4 11: *8
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
BELLFIRS[1:0]
BELLIIRS[1:0]
SLLTHDVS
FLNSTRDS
ENLIMS
ISHFTS
155

Subadd R/W Take Over Name NOTCHOFFS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Luminance notch-filter 0: Notch-filter enabled 1: Filter bypassed for PAL/NTSC / filter enabled for SECAM Note: To switch-off filter for SECAM, use TNOTCHOFF x x Lowpass for vertical sync-separation 00: None 01: Weak 10: Medium 11: Strong PAL/NTSC delay vs. SECAM (chrominance) 00: PAL/NTSC most left 11: PAL/NTSC most right x Luminance notch-filter 0: Notch-filter according to NOTCHOFFS 1: Notch-filter disabled x x x Burstgate delay (SECAM only) Granularity: 200 ns 000: Most left (-400 ns) 010: No delay 111: Most right (+1 s) x Pal detection: Increment 1 0: +3 1: +2 x Pal detection: Increment 2 0: -1 1: -2 Do not use PALINC2S=1 in combination with PALINC1S=1 PALIDL2S x PAL / NTSC identification level 2 0: less sensitive 1: more sensitive x x Chroma lock-range 00: 425 Hz 01: 463 Hz 10: 505 Hz 11: 550 Hz x x x Luminance notch selection 000: Sharp notch 001: Medium 1 010: Medium 2 011: Broad notch 100: Broad steep notch (PAL, SECAM only)
156
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VLPS
76h
VS2_20
PALDELS
TNOTCHOFFS
BGPOSS
PALINC1S
PALINC2S
CLRANGES
NTCHSELS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name TRAPBLUS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Notch frequency for 4.250 MHz 0: 4.25 MHz 1: 4.2 MHz Has only effect in SECAM mode x Notch frequency for 4.406 MHz 0: 4.406 MHz 1: 4.356 MHz Note: Has only effect in SECAM mode
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
TRAPREDS
Memory Controller Slave Channel 77h W VSS2_40 INTPROGS x Interlaced or progressive input signal for master channel 0: Interlaced input source 1: Progressive input source (e.g. VGA) x Freeze master picture 0: Live 1: Frozen (no writing of master data) x Vertical resolution master channel for frame based MUP-mode 0: Field resolution 1: Frame resolution x x Write mode master channel 00: All incoming fields are stored 01: Only A fields are stored 10: Only B fields are stored 11: Not defined x Read master memory data to slave 0: Slave data is read from slave memory 1: Slave data is read from master memory x x Pixels per line slave channel 00: Defined by DISPMODE 01: 448 pixels/line 10: 768 pixels/line 11: 896 pixels/line x x x x x x Horizontal Position of master picture in the memory 000000: Left border position Effective values: WRPOSXS/2 * 32 pixel, WRPOSXS* 16 pixel (MUP-modes), WRPOSXS/8 * 128 pixel (DISPMODE=0000, MOTVALON=1) Vertical position of master picture in the memory 00000000: Upper border position Resolution: 1 line
FREEZES
VERRESS
WRITES
READM2S
PIXPLINS
WRPOSXS
78h
VSS2_40
WRPOSYS
157

Subadd 79h R/W Take Over W VSBS_36 Name RDPOSYS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x Vertical read position slave Line number indicating the start line of reading for the master channel Granularity: 1 line 00000000: First line x x x x x Horizontal read position slave Pixel number indicating the start position of reading for the master channel 00000: First left pixel position=RDPOSXS*32 x x Read mode master channel 00: Reading A and B fields 01: Reading only A fields 10: Reading only B fields 11: (Reserved) For DISPMODE=0001 (Snap Shot): 00: Reading live channel 00: Reading still picture
158
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
RDPOSXS
READS
Noise Measurement Slave Channel 7Ah W VSS1_40 NMLINES x x x x x x x x x Line for noise measurement 0d: Line 2 1d: Line 3 311d: Line 1 (PAL) 261d: Line 1 (NTSC) Note: Lines 3-260 are not standard dependent x x Noise measurement sensitivity 00: *1 01: *2 10: *4 11: *8 x x Noise measurement analyze window position 00: 6.3 s 01: 12.6 s 10: 18.9 s 11: 23.7 s
NMSENSES
NMPOSS
Temporal Noise Reduction Slave Channel 7Bh W VSS2_40 FEMAGS x x x x x Fine error characteristic 00000: Smallest gain 10000: Default (equal to B11version) 11111: Largest gain x x x Secam Dr adjustment 00: 191 01: 194 10: 197 11: 200
SDRS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SDBS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Secam Db adjustment 00: -55 01: -58 10: -61 11: -64 x Motion detector works on absolute values: 0: Absolute values not calculated 1: Absolute values calculated x Temporal noise reduction 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Chrominance motion values from: 0: Luminance motion detector 1: Separate chrominance motion detector x Temporal noise reduction of luminance and chrominance 0: Frame based 1: Field based TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 0 0001: Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 1 1111: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 2 1111: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 3 0100: Default
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
TNRABSS
NRONS
TNRSELS
TNRNR4YS
7Ch
VSS2_40
TNRYS0S TNRYS1S TNRYS2S TNRYS3S
7Dh
VSS2_40
TNRYS4S TNRYS5S TNRYS6S TNRYS7S
TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 4 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 5 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 6 0000: Default TNR curve characteristic of luma segment 7 0000: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 0 0001: Default
7Eh
VSS2_40
TNRCS0S
TNRCS1S
TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 1 1111: Default
TNRCS2S
TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 2 1111: Default
159

Subadd R/W Take Over Name TNRCS3S 7Fh W VSS2_40 TNRCS4S TNRCS5S TNRCS6S TNRCS7S 80h W VSS2_40 TNRYSSS TNRCSSS x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 3 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 4 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 5 0100: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 6 0000: Default TNR curve characteristic of chroma segment 7 0000: Default TNR start value of luma LUT 1111: Default TNR start value of chroma LUT 1111: Default TNR luminance classification: 0000: Strong noise reduction 1111: Slight noise reduction x x x x TNR chrominance classification: 0000: Strong noise reduction 1111: Slight noise reduction
160
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
TNRCLYS
TNRCLCS
Preframe Generator Slave Channel 81h W VSS2_40 YBORDERS x x x x Y border value of display Granularity: 16 0000: 0 0001: 16 1111: 240 x x x x U border value of display Granularity: 16 0000: 0 0001: 16 0111: 112 1000: -128 1111: -16 x x x x V border value of display Granularity: 16 0000: 0 0001: 16 0111: 112 1000: -128 1111: -16
UBORDERS
VBORDERS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name MPFBLBS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x Multi picture force background lines bottom Number of lines of background color to be appended 0000: 0 lines 1111: 15 lines Multi picture force background pixels right Number of pixels of background color to be appended 00: 0 pixels 01: 16 pixels 10: 32 pixels 11: 48 pixels x x x x Multi picture force background lines top Number of lines to be overwritten with background color from top 0000: 0 lines 1111: 15 lines x x x x x x V saturation 000000: 0 100000: 1 111111: 63/32 Background generator in pre-frame generator 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x Multi picture force background pixels left Number of pixels to be overwritten with background color from left Granularity: 2 pixel 00000: 0 pixels 11111: 62 pixels x x x x x x U saturation 000000: 0 100000: 1 111111: 63/32
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
82h
VSS2_40
MPFBPRS
MPFBLTS
DPVSAT
83h
VSS2_40
FRCBGNDS
MPFBPLS
DPUSAT
Horizontal Prescaler Slave Channel 84h W VSS1_40 FRCMMODS x Mosaic mode generator 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Active pixel enable select 0: Count clock cycles (recommended for CVBS/RGB input) 1: Count active pixels (recommended for ITU656 input) x x x x x x x x x x x x Control signal for HSCALE in horizontal pre-scaler Subsampling factor by prescaler is (int) 0: 1 (int) 2048: 1.5 (720 pixels) (int) 2371: 1.578 (684 pixels) (int) 4095: 2 (540 pixels)
APENSELS
HSCPRESCS
161

Subadd 85h R/W Take Over W VSS1_40 Name HAAPRESCS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Horizontal antialiasing filter 00: Filter bypassed 01: Force characteristic weak 10: Force characteristic strong 11: Automatic characteristic (weak or strong) Note: For normal CVBS/RGB full-screen, filter should be set to weak or automatic characteristic. For ITU656 full-screen input, filter should be bypassed. Strong characteristic is for split-screen and PiP only. x x x x Horizontal pre-scaler decimates by 0000: 1 0001: 2 0010: 3 0011: 4 0100: 6 0101: 8 0110: 12 0111: 16 1000: 24 1001: 32 x x x x x x x x x Active pixel per line (pre scaler) Describes, how many decimated active pixels are generated. Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixels (int) 342: 684 pixels (int) 511: 1022 pixels Line memories 0: Available for vertical prescaler 1: Disabled x x x x x x x x x x Not active pixel per line (pre scaler) Granularity: 2 clock cycles (int) 0: 0 pixels (int) 100: 200 pixels (int) 1023: 2046 pixels
162
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
HDCPRESCS
APPLIPS
86h
VSS1_40
MOTONS
NAPPLIPS
Vertical Prescaler Slave Channel 87h W VSS1_40 VAAPRESCS x Vertical lowpass filter (pre-scaler) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x Vertical peaking 00000: Maximum vertical peaking (enhancement) 10000: Vertical peaking has no effect (flat) 11111: Maximum attenuation (damping) x Shift of chrominance signal 0: No shift 1: One line upward (e.g. for VCR)
VPKPRESCS
VCRPRESCS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name NALPFIPS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x x Not active lines per field input (int) 0: Shift is 0 (int) 22: Shift is 22 lines (int) 511: Shift is 511 lines (max. shift is 1 field) Vertical Pre scaler Bypass 0: Vertical pre scaler enabled 1: Vertical pre scaler bypassed x x x x Vertical pre-scaler decimates by 0000: 1 0001: 2 0010: 3 0011: 4 0100: 6 0101: 8 0110: 12 0111: 16 1000: 24 1001: 32 x x x x x x x x x x Active lines per field (input processing) (int) 0: No active line (int) 288: 288 active lines (int) 1023: 1023 lines Control signal for VSCALE in vertical pre-scaler (int) 0: Scaling factor is 1 (int) 4095: Scaling factor is 2
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
88h
VSS2_40
VPREBYPS
VDCPRESCS
ALPFIPS
89h
VSS2_40
VSCPRESCS
Horizontal Postscaler Slave Channel 8Ah W VSBS_36 HPANONS x Horizontal panorama mode 0: Panorama disabled 1: Panorama enabled x Disable border detection (postscaler) 0: Border detection active 1: Border detection not active x Chrominance delay 0: No delay 1: Half-pixel delay x x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal scaling factor for post scaler (int) 1024: Upsampling factor is 4 (int) 2910: Upsampling factor is 1.40 (int) 4095: Upsampling factor is 1 Beginning of segment 1 for horizontal panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start
DBDHPOSS
CDELHPOSS
HSCPOSCS
8Bh
VSBS_36
HSEG1S[10:5]
163

Subadd R/W Take Over Name HINC0S A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 0 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels (See 8Dh) x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 1 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels Beginning of segment 2 for panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 2 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels (See 8Fh) x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 3 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixels 011111111: 31.875 pixels Beginning of segment 3 for panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start x x x x x x x x x Horizontal post-scaler increment 4 100000000: -32 pixels 000000000: 0 pixelsi 011111111: 31.875 pixels (See 91h) x x x x x x x x x x x Beginning of segment 4 for panorama mode Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: 0 pixel behind picture start (int) 2047: 4094 pixel behind picture start
164
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
8Ch
VSBS_36
HSEG1S[4:0] HINC1S
8Dh
VSBS_36
HSEG2S[10:5]
HINC2S
8Eh
VSBS_36
HSEG2S[4:0] HINC3S
8Fh
VSBS_36
HSEG3S[10:5]
HINC4S
90h
VSBS_36
HSEG3S[4:0] HSEG4S
Output Data Controller Slave Channel 91h W VSBS_36 HOROFFS [10:6] x x x x x Horizontal offset to compensate slave processing delay (int) 64: Default x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal position inside active picture area (int) 0: Most left display position (int) 4095: Most right display position
Micronas
HORPOSS

Subadd 92h R/W Take Over W VSBS_36 Name HOROFFS[5:0] VERPOSS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x (See 91h) Vertical position inside active picture area Granularity: 1 line (FMODE=0) or 2 lines (FMODE=1) (int) 0: Most top display position (int) (2047): Most bottom display position Horizontal picture width Granularity: 2 pixels (int) 0: No display (int) 960: Default (int) 2047:4094 pixels Vertical offset to compensate slave processing delay (int) 17: Default x x x x x x x x x x x Vertical picture width (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 288: Default (int) 2047: 2047 lines
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
93h
VSBS_36
HORWIDTHS
94h
VSBS_36
VEROFFS VERWIDTHS
Picture Improvement Slave Channel 95h W VSBS_36 PKCTIBPS x x Peaking factor for CTI (bandpass part) 00: 2 (CTI bp off) 01: 16 10: 24 11: 32 x x Peaking factor for CTI (highpass part) 00: 2 (CTI hp off) 01: 16 10: 24 11: 32 x Luminance transition improvement 0: disabled 1: enabled x x 1st adaptive peaking factor (bandpass part) 0000: 0.5 0100: 2.5 1111: 8 x x x 2nd adaptive peaking factor (bandpass part) 000: 1 001: 2 (peaking bp off) 011: 4 111: 8
PKCTIHPS
LTIS
APK1BPS[1:0]
APK2BPS
165

Subadd R/W Take Over Name ATH1BPS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Peaking denoising threshold (bandpass part) 00: 0 (denoising off) 01: 2 10: 4 11: 8 x x 2nd peaking threshold (bandpass part) 00: 0 01: 4 10: 8 11: 16 x x Turning point threshold for CTI 00: 1 01: 2 10: 3 11: 4 1st adaptive peaking factor (highpass part) 0000: 0.5 0100: 2.5 1111: 8 x x x 2nd adaptive peaking factor (highpass part) 000: 1 001: 2 (peaking hp off) 011: 4 111: 8 x x Peaking denoising threshold (highpass part) 00: 0 (denoising off) 01: 2 10: 4 11: 8 x x 2nd peaking threshold (highpass part) 00: 0 01: 4 10: 8 11: 16 x Disable border detection (picture improvement) 0: Border detection active 1: Border detection not active x x x x x (See 49h) (See 49h) Coring or denoising for low amplitudes 0: Coring off, denoising on 1: Coring on, denoising off
166
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
ATH2BPS
THES
96h
VSBS_36
APK1HPS[1:0]
APK2HPS
ATH1HPS
ATH2HPS
DBDPICIS
APK1BPS[3:2] APK1HPS[3:2] CORONS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description Pixel mixer slave channel 97h W VSBS_36 YFRAMES UFRAMES VFRAMES x x x x x x x x x x x x Luminance value for the slave frame (4MSB) 0001: Default value (yields value 0001 00000=32) Chrominance value for the slave frame (4MSB) 0000: Default value (yields value 0000 00000=0) Chrominance value for the slave frame (4MSB) 0000: Default value (yields value 0000 00000=0)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
3.9.3. Common Table 315: Common

Subadd R/W Take Over Name A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description
Comb filter
98h W VS1_20 CVBSEL1 x x x x Input select for ADC1 0000: CVBS1 0001: CVBS2 0010: CVBS3 0011: CVBS4 or Y1 0100: CVBS5 or C1 0101: CVBS6 or Y2 0110: CVBS7 or C2 0111: Y1 + C1 1000: Y2 + C2 1001: CVBS8 (QFP144 versions only) 1010: CVBS9 (QFP144 versions only) 1111: Disabled x x x x Input select for ADC2 0000: CVBS1 0001: CVBS2 0010: CVBS3 0011: CVBS4 or Y1 0100: CVBS5 or C1 0101: CVBS6 or Y2 0110: CVBS7 or C2 0111: Y1 + C1 1000: Y2 + C2 1001: CVBS8 (QFP144 versions only) 1010: CVBS9 (QFP144 versions only) 1111: Disabled
CVBSEL2
167
Table 315: Common, continued

Subadd R/W Take Over Name CLMPSIG1 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Clamping signals ADC1 00: 1st color decoder: signals 1 01: 1st color decoder: signals 2 10: 2nd color decoder: signals 1 11: 2nd color decoder: signals 2 x x Clamping signals ADC2 00: 1st color decoder: signals 1 01: 1st color decoder: signals 2 10: 2nd color decoder: signals 1 11: 2nd color decoder: signals 2 x VCR detection threshold 0: High threshold 1: Low threshold x YC by Red 0: Normal operation 1: C input from red ADC x YC by Blue 0: Normal operation 1: C input from blue ADC x YC to Comb filter 0: Normal comb operation 1: yc signal fed through comb delays Use INCOMB instead of YCBYR or YCBYB for this mode Output select 1 for pin cvbso1 0000: CVBS1 0001: CVBS2 0010: CVBS3 0011: CVBS4 or Y1 0100: CVBS5 or C1 0101: CVBS6 or Y2 0110: CVBS7 or C2 0111: Y1 + C1 1000: Y2 + C2 1001: CVBS8 (QFP144 versions only) 1010 : CVBS9 (QFP144 versions only) 1111: Disabled
168
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CLMPSIG2
VCRDETHD
YCBYR
YCBYB
YCTOCOMB
99h
VS1_20
CVBOSEL1
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name CVBOSEL2 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x Output select for pin cvbso2 0000: CVBS1 0001: CVBS2 0010: CVBS3 0011: CVBS4 or Y1 0100: CVBS5 or C1 0101: CVBS6 or Y2 0110: CVBS7 or C2 0111: Y1 + C1 1000: Y2 + C2 1001: CVBS8 (QFP144 versions only) 1010 : CVBS9 (QFP144 versions only) 1111: Disabled x x x x Output select for pin cvbso3 0000: CVBS1 0001: CVBS2 0010: CVBS3 0011: CVBS4 or Y1 0100: CVBS5 or C1 0101: CVBS6 or Y2 0110: CVBS7 or C2 0111: Y1 + C1 1000: Y2 + C2 1001: CVBS8 (QFP144 versions only) 1010 : CVBS9 (QFP144 versions only) 1111: Disabled x x Vertical difference gain 00: Max. gain 01: Medium 2 10: Medium 1 11: Min. gain x x Horizontal difference gain 00: Min. gain 01: Medium 1 10: Medium 2 11: Max. gain Diagonal dot reduction 00: Min. reduction 01: Medium 1 10: Medium 2 11: Max. reduction x x x x Test only 000: Normal operation Test only 0: Normal operation
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CVBOSEL3
VDG
HDG
9Ah
VS1_20
DDR
F2F1F0 DT
169

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DC COR A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Test only 0: Normal operation Vertical peaking coring 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x Notch filter select 00: Flat frequency characteristic 01: Min. peaked 10: Med. peaked 11: Max. peaked x Vertical peaking DC rejection filter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Timing of Rising edge of H50 sync 0: late 1: early x x x x Vertical peaking gain (comb-filter peaking) 0000: No vertical peaking 1111: Max. vertical peaking Nr. of pixel for 50 Hz signals Length=1284+LINLENH50 LINLENH50=12 (=1296 pixel per line) x x x x Nr. of pixel for 60 Hz signals Length=1284+LINLENH60 LINLENH60=3 (= 1287 pixel per line) x Reference value enable 0: Use on-chip fused values 1: Use IC values x Signal select for PIN Vout50 0: Single scan vertical output 1: Blank signal output x Reset control bit cancel 0: No operation 1: Reset POR bit (EBh) After use, PORCNCL must be set to 0 again x Reset PC1 signal (test only) 0: Normal operation 1: Reset PC1 x Reset PC2 signal (test only) 0: Normal operation 1: Reset PC2
170
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
NOSEL
DCR
SYNCOMB
VPK
9Bh
VS1_20
LINLENH50
LINLENH60
REFTRIMEN
V50BLANK
PORCNCL
RESETPC1
RESETPC2
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SELCOMB A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x COMB filter used for first or second color-decoder 0: CD 1 1: CD 2 x Disable comb-filter 0: Comb-filter enabled 1: Comb-filter disabled (notch CVBS or Y/C input) x Resampling mode (test only) 0: Fractionally subcarrier locked 1: Fractionally line-locked mode
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DISCOMB
RESMODE
SLICER/ANALOG 9Ch W VS1_20 XDSCLS x x x x x XDS-Primary-filter (class) 00000: Transparent (all sliced data, both fields) 1xxxx: Current selected (only second field) x1xxx: Future selected (only second field) xx1xx: Channel selected (only second field) xxx1x: Miscellenious selected (only second field) xxxx1: Public Services selected (only second field) x Signal select for PIN 656VIO 0: 656vin or 656vout (dependent on operation mode) 1: Blank signal output x x x XDS-secondary-filter (classtype) / [WSS field] 000: ALL (no filtering) [field 1 only] 001: 05h (program rating) [field 2 only] 010: 01h, 04h (time information only)[both fields] 011: 40h (out of band only) 100: 01h,02h,03h,04h,0Dh,40h (VCR information) 101: 01h, 04h,05h (time information only and PR)[both fields] 110: 05h,40h (out of band only and PR) 111: 01h,02h,03h,04h,05h,0Dh,40h (VCR information and PR) x x x IRQpin selection 000: Horizontal sync (2 s) 001: Interrupt, when new data arrived (pos. polarity)(2 s) 010: Interrupt, when new data arrived (neg. polarity)(2 s) 011: Equivalent to DATAV for both registers (pos. pol.) 100: Equivalent to DATAV for both registers (neg. pol.) 101: Vertical sync (2 s) 110: Selected line for slicing 111: Cvbs field at output x Closed caption or WSS 0: Closed caption 1: WSS x x Input for comb filter 00: ADC 1 01: ADC 2 10: ADCG / ADCF (dependent on ADCSEL)
656BLANK
XDSTPE
IRQCON
SERVICE
INCOMB
171

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SLSRC A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Select Slicer source 0: Master front-end 1: Slave front-end Reference value bandgap 01000000: Low reference 00000000: Medium reference 00111111: High reference 1XXXXXXX: Reference disabled, resistor used x x x x Reference value ADC CVBS (antialiasing filter) 0000: Narrow 1111: Wide x x x x Reference value ADC RGBF (antialiasing filter) 0000: Narrow 1111: Wide
172
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
9Dh
NTO
REFTRIM
REFTRIMCV
REFTRIMRGB
ITU Input/Output Interface 9Eh W VS656_27 OMODE x x Output format: 00: Full ITU656 01: ITU656 only data, H- and V-blank as outputs, according to ITU656 10: ITU656 only data, H- and V-blank as inputs, according to ITU656 11: (Reserved) x Clock for ITUO 0: 656clk is clock input 1: 656clk is output equal to pin clkout x x x x x x x x x Pixels per line ITU Granularity: 2 pixel (int) 432: Default CbYCrY-phase shift 00: No phase shift 01: 1 clk 10: 2 clk 11: 3 clk
CLK656OUT
PPLIPI
9Fh
VS656_27
NAPIPPHI
F_OFFS
Offset of active field at interlaced mode (line offset): 00: NALPFIPI+1 (A), NALPFIPI (B) 01: NALPFIPI (A), NALPFIPI+1 (B) 01: 1 H delay in field A 11: 1 H delay in field B x x x x x Ancillary data line number if ADINS=0: Tansmitter address is: 111(+5 bits of ADLINE), if ADINS=1: ADLINE defines the line, which should contain the ancillary data. x Field polarity 0: Field A=0, Field B=1 1: Field A=1, Field B=0
ADLINE
FPOL
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name IMODE A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Input format 00: Full ITU mode (automatic) 01: Full ITU mode (manual) 10: ITU656 only data, H/V-sync according PAL/NTSC 11: ITU656 only data, H/V-sync according ITU656 x Ancillary data insertion 0: Transmitter preamble is detected in the data stream. If identical as ADLINE data are stored in I2C-Registers. 1: Ancillary data detection in video line ADLINE only, transmitter address ignored. If preamble detected, data are stored in I2C-Registers. x Generate V-sync related to F- or V-flag 0: Use F-flag 1: Use V-flag x x Lines per field for ITU (int)625: 625 lines per field Active pixels per line for ITU Active pixels = APPLIPI * 2 (int) 360=720 lines] x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Not active lines per field for ITU (int) 20= 20 lines Not active pixels from HSYNC to input data for ITU Delay = NAPPLIPI * 2 + NAPIPPHI Active lines per field for ITU Active lines = ALPFIPI * 2 (int) 144: 288 active lines Input signal 0: Interlaced 1: Non interlaced x Chrom. data format 0: Unsigned 1: 2s complement x H656 polarity 0: H656 active low 1: H656 active high x V656 polarity 0: V656 active low 1: V656 active high x x ITU656-interface: 00: input mode 01: memory read output 1x: output display data
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
ADINS
VSREF
A0h A1h
W W
VS656_27 VS656_27
LPFIPI APPLIPI x x x x x x
x x
x x
x x
NALPFIPI A2h W VS656_27 NAPPLIPI ALPFIPI
A3h
VS656_27
VSIGNAL
CFORMAT
HPOL
VPOL
EN_656
173

Subadd R/W Take Over Name ITUPRTSEL A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x ITU port selection 0: First input (656io) 1: Second input (i656i) RGB Interface A4h W VSRGB_40 BRTADJ x x x x x x x x Brightness adjustment 10000000: -128 (darkest picture) 00000000: 0 01111111: 127 (brightest picture) x x x x x x Contrast adjustment 0000000: 0 000001: 1/32 100000: 1 111111: 63/32 x Chroma subsampling filter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x (Digital) antialiasing selection 0: -3dB @ 10.6MHz 1: -3dB @ 11.8MHz Front-end clock is given to pin 74 (mqfp80) 0: Pin 74 is used as h-input for ITU656 1: CLKF20 (20.25 MHz) is given to pin 74 x x x Fast blank delay vs. RGB/YUV input Granularity: 25 ns 000: -50 ns delay 010: No delay 110: +100 ns delay 111: (Reserved) x x Clamping correction for G ADC 00: 0 (G/Y, pedestal offset visible) 01: 16 (G/Y, no pedestal offset visible) 10: 64 (G/Y with sync, pedestal offset visible) 11: 80 (G/Y with sync, no pedestal offset visible) x x x x x x x Gain of fast blank signal 1000000: -64 0000000: 0 0111111: +63 Note: For proper operation in dynamic soft-mix mode, absolute value of MIXGAIN must be bigger than 2 (e.g. 3) x Standby mode RGB ADC 0: RGBF ADCs active 1: RGBF ADCs in standby mode
174
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CONADJ
CHRSFR
AASEL
A5h
VSRGB_40
CLKF2PAD
FBLDEL
GOFST
MIXGAIN
STANDBYRGB
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name STANDBYCV A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Standby mode CVBS ADC 0: CVBS ADCs active 1: CVBS ADCCs in standby mode x Decimation by 2 Decimation of RGB/YUV signal before soft-mix 0: No decimation 1: Decimation by 2 Y delay adjustment Granularity: 50 ns 0000000: No delay 1111111: 6.3 s x x x x x x x UV delay adjustment Granularity: 50 ns 0000000: No delay 1111111: 6.3 s x RGB input selection 0 : Use RGB/YUV input1 1 : Use RGB/YUV input2 x Configuration of FBLACTIVE signal 0: React for one clock active FBL input 1: React for 5 clock active FBL input U saturation adjustment 000000: 0 000001: 1/32 100000: 1 111111: 63/32
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
DEC2
A6h
VSRGB_40
YFDEL
UVDEL
RGBSEL
FBLCONF
A7h
VSRGB_40
USATADJ
VSATADJ
V saturation adjustment 000000: 0 000001: 1/32 100000: 1 111111: 63/32 x Select ADC for sync signal conversion 0: Use ADC_G 1: Use ADC_FBL x Bypass RGB/YUV antialiasing filter 0: Use filter 1: Bypass x Clamping value G ADC 0 : 16 1 : 80 x Clamping value fast blank input 0 : Enable clamping 1 : Disable clamping (DC coupling)
ADCSEL
AABYP
CLMPVG
DCLMPF
175

Subadd A8h R/W Take Over W VSRGB_40 Name AGCADJR A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x Gain adjustment Red 000000: 0.5 V input signal 111111: 1.5 V input signal x x x x x x Gain adjustment Blue 000000: 0.5 V input signal 111111: 1.5 V input signal x x Mixing configuration 00: Enable Soft-Mix 01: Only RGB path visible 10: Only CVBS path visible 11: (Reserved) x x Clamping value Red and Blue ADC 00 : 16 (B/R signal without sync) 01 : 80 (B/R signal without sync) 10 : 128 (U/V signal) 11: (Reserved) Gain adjustment Green 000000: 0.5 V input signal 111111: 1.5 V input signal x x x x x x Gain adjustment fast Blank 000000: 0.5 V input signal 111111: 1.5 V input signal x x x Clamping correction for R/B ADC 000: 0 (R/B, pedestal offset visible) 001: 16 (R/B, no pedestal offset visible) 010: 64 (R/B with sync, pedestal offset visible) 011: 80 (R/B with sync, no pedestal offset visible) 100: 127 (UV negative pedestal offset) 101: 128 (UV) 110: 129 (UV positive pedestal offset) 111: (Reserved) x SKEW correction for RGB/YUV channel 0: SKEW correction enabled 1: SKEW correction disabled Fast blank offset correction 000000 : 0 offset 111111: 63 offset x x Select master channel input 00: CD1 01: CD2 10: Soft-mix output 11: 656 input
176
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
AGCADJB
MIXOP
CLMPVRB
A9h
VSRGB_40
AGCADJG
AGCADJF
RBOFST
SKEWSEL
AAh
VSRGB_40
FBLOFFST
SELMASTER
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SELSLAVE A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Select slave channel input 00: CD1 01: CD2 10: Soft-mix output 11: 656 input x Select soft-mix input (and clamp, deskew) 0: CD1 1: CD2 x YUV or RGB input selection 0: YUV expected 1: RGB expected x Soft-mix operation mode 0: Dynamic 1: Static x Y to RGB (for YUV mode) 0: Use Y from green ADC 1: Use Y from CVBS ADC x Blue ADC selection 0: Blue ADC gets B1 or B2 (dependent on RGBSEL) 1: Blue ADC gets R2 (independent on RGBSEL) x Blue ADC clamping selection 0: CD 1 (signals 2) 1: CD 2 (signals 2)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
SELSM
YUVSEL
SMOP
Y2RGB
BLUESEL
BLUETWO
LL-PLL Processing ABh W NTO/HS IICINCR[18:3] x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Set HDTO frequency Granularity=103 Hz 33981d (minimum: nominal pixel clock= 3.5 MHz) 349525d (nominal pixel clock= 36 MHz) 388362d (maximum: nominal pixel clock= 40 MHz) Switch clkf20 and clkf40 to pads cvbs1 or bin2 00: No clock 01: Cvbs1 is output of clkf40 10: Bin2 is output of clkf20 11: Cvbs1 is output of clkf40 and bin2 is output of clkf20 x Test-bit for HPLL 0: Normal mode 1: Test mode x x x x Increment freeze duration 0: No freeze 15: Increment is frozen for 15 lines x Dynamic time constant control 0: Linear mode 1: Non linear mode
ACh
NTO/HS
CLKT1
HDTOTEST
FILE
LNL
177

Subadd R/W Take Over Name DISRES A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Disable reset of LL-PLL watchdog 0: Reset disabled 1: Reset enabled x Limit value for DTO increment 0: No limit '1' : Increment value for DTO is limited to 393216 (Max. frequency of back-end clocks: clkb72: 81 MHz / clkb36: 40.5 MHz ) x x x x x (see ABh) Window-width of coincidence detector 00: 32 pixel (= 0.9 s for TV application) 01: 64 pixel (= 1.8 s for TV application) 10: 128 pixel (= 3.6 s for TV application) 11: 256 pixel (= 7.2 s for TV application) x x Hysteresis of coincidence detector 00: 0 lines 01: 8 lines 10: 16 lines 11: 32 lines x x x x x x x Test bits for HPLL 00: default Width of noise suppression window of LL-HPLL 0000: 28 s 0001: 24 s 0010: 20 s 0011: 16 s 0100: 12 s 0101: 8 s 0110: 4 s 0111: Dynamic windowing. 1000: 30 s 1001: 27 s 1010: 26 s 1011: 22 s 1100: 18 s 1101: 14 s 1110: 10 s 1111: 6 s HSWIN[3] is in B3h x Stability signal of LL_HPLL 0: STABLL is generated by the HPLL 1: STABLL is forced to 1 x Phase detector steepness 0: Steepness for normal TV operation mode 1: Steepness for operations where PPLIP is less than 288d
178
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
LIMHI
IICINCR[2:0] ADh W NTO KOIWID
KOIH
HTESTW HSWIN[2:0]
SETSTABLL
Micronas
KD2

Subadd R/W Take Over Name HINCR_EXT A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x HDTO testmode 0: Normal mode 1: Increment is taken from pins x Selects line locked mode 0: Line locked-clocks derived from HPLL 1: Line-locked-clocks derived from front-end line-length x Selects freerun mode 0: Freerun-clocks derived from crystal 1: Freerun-clocks derived from HDTO Note: Adjustable frequency is only possible when set to 1. When set to 00, Backend clock is always 36 MHz (single-scan versions: 18 MHz) Reset of LL-HPLL 0: No reset 1: Reset Reset automatically when written x Minimum width of H-sync 0: 60*Tclkllf36 1: 15*Tclkllf36 x x x x Increment freeze before V-sync 0: No freeze 15: Freeze starts 15 lines before V-sync x x x x x x x x x x Pixel per line LL_PLL Granularity=4 pixel (int) 175: 700 (minimum) (int) 576: 2304 (int) 963: 3852 (maximum)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
LMOD
FMOD
AEh
NTO
HRES
HWID
FION
PPLIP
AFh
NTO
FREQSELL
Amplifier current setting of oscillator pad 00: 100 A 01: 590 A 10: 235 A 11: 1730 A x Power down of crystal oscillator amplifier 0: Normal mode 1: Power down mode x Power down of crystal oscillator shaper 0: Normal operation 1: Power down active x Testmode control of crystal oscillator 0: Normal operation (shaper active) 1: External clock input (shaper replaced)
OSCPD
SHAPERDIS
TSTSHABRI
179

Subadd R/W Take Over Name LIMLR[2:0] A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x Limit LL-PLL lock-in range 0000: Full lock-in range of +/- 5.85 % 0001: Lock in range limited to +/- 3.8 % 0010: Lock in range limited to +/- 2.55 % 0011: Lock in range limited to +/- 1.27 % 0100: Lock in range limited to +/- 0.63 % 0101: Lock in range limited to +/- 0.32 % 0110: Lock in range limited to +/- 0.19 % 0111: Lock in range limited to +/- 0.13 % 1000: Lock in range limited to +/- 5 % 1001: Lock in range limited to +/- 4.5 % 1010: Lock in range limited to +/- 3.1 % 1011: Lock in range limited to +/- 2.1 % 1100: Lock in range limited to +/- 1.5 % 1101: lock in range limited to +/- 1 % 1110: (Reserved) 1111: (Reserved) LIMLR[3] is in B3h x Force coincidence bit 0: Coincidence bit dynamically changed 1: Coincidence bit forced to 1 x Force coincidence hysteresis bit 0: Coincidence hysteresis bit dynamically changed 1: Coincidence hysteresis bit forced to 1
180
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
FKOI
FKOIHYS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name KIL[3:0] A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x Integrational factor for loop filter if HPLL is locked 00000: 0 00001: 1 00010: 2 00011: 4 00100: 8 00101: 16 00110: 32 00111: 64 01000: 128 01001: 256 01010: 512 01011: 1024 01100: 2048 01101: 4096 01110: 8192 01111: 16384 10000: 0.5 10001: 1.5 10010: 2.5 10011: 3 10100: 3.5 10101: 4.5 10110: 5 10111: 6 11000: 7 KIL[4] is in B1h x x Limiter Control for P-part for increased dynamic range LIMIT_P= 16*LIMIP 00000000: 0 11111110: 4064 11111111: No limitation Proportional factor for loop filter if HPLL is not locked Same values as in locked condition (KPL)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
B0h
NTO
LIMIP
B1h
NTO
KPNL[3:0]
181

Subadd R/W Take Over Name KPL[3:0] A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x Proportional factor for loop filter if HPLL is locked) 00000: 0 00001: 1 00010: 2 00011: 4 00100: 8 00101: 16 00110: 32 00111: 64 01000: 128 01001: 256 01010: 512 01011: 1024 01100: 2048 01101: 4096 01110: 8192 01111: 16384 10000: 0.5 10001: 1.5 10010: 2.5 10011: 3 10100: 3.5 10101: 4.5 10110: 5 10111: 6 11000: 7 KPL[4] is in B1h x x x x x x x x x x Proportional factor for loop filter if HPLL is not locked Same vales as in locked condition (KPI) (See B1h) (See B1h) (See B1h) (See AFh) STABLL detection window 00: 64 01: 72 10: 48 11: 32 x x Fine/coarse error selection threshold 00: 16 01: 12 10: 8 11: 0 (never use fine-error)
182
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
KINL[3:0] KPNL[4] KPL[4] KINL[4] KIL[4] B2h W NTO SLLWIN
FETHD
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name LIMII A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x Limiter control for I-part for increased dynamic range LIMIT_I= 16*LIMII 00000000: 0 11111110: 4064 11111111: No limitation (See ADh) x x (See AFh) Limiter enable 0: B11 behavior for LIMIP and LIMII 1: Normal LIMII and LIMIP characteristic
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
B3h
NTO
HSWIN[3] LIMLR[3] LIMEN
Letterbox Detection B4h W VSM1_40 LBSUB x x Subsampling mode 0x: Others (factor 1) 10: 20.25 MHz source (factor 1.5) 11: 40.5 MHz source (factor 3) x Reset of gradient method 0: No reset 1: Reset x Stability flag 0: Continuous format update 1: Format update only once x Sensitivity to 4:3 switch 0: Off 1: On x No gradient found 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Threshold for darkness-brightness, histogram, activity (int)30: Default Histogram stability delay (int)10: Default Threshold for gradient detected (int) 50: Default Vertical measure window lower end (int) 150: Default, [in lines (*2) related to VSYNC] Histogram white (int) 50: Default Horizontal measure window end (int) 180: Default, [in active pixels (*4) related to HSYNC]
LBGRADRST
LBSTABILITY
LB43SENS
LBNGFEN
LBTHDNBNHA LBHSDEL B5h W VSM1_40 LBGRADDET LBVWENDLO B6h W VSM1_40 LBHIWHITE LBHWEND
183

Subadd B7h R/W Take Over W VSM1_40 Name LBHISTBLA LBHWST B8h W VSM1_40 LBMASLA x A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Histogram black (int) 25: Default Horizontal measure window start (int) 36: Default, [in active pixels (*4) related to HSYNC] Master-slave switch for detection 0: Slave 1: Master x x x x x x x x Vertical measure window lower start (int) 96: Default], [in lines (*2) related to VSYNC] Field subsampling mode 0: A+B fields 1: Only A field x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Vertical measure window upper end (int) 73: Default], [in lines (*2) related to VSYNC] Gradient stability delay value (int) 10: Default] Gradient fall back delay value (int) 11: Default] Vertical measure window upper start (int) 20: Default], [in lines (*2) related to VSYNC] Activity stability delay (int) 10: Default] Visualisation of letter box results 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x x x x x x x x x x Activity (int) 5: Default] Threshold for darkness-brightness, gradient only (int) 15: Default]
184
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
LBVWSTLO LBFS
LBVWENDUP B9h W VSM1_40 LBGSDEL LBGFBDEL LBVWSTUP BAh W VSM1_40 LBASDEL LBVISUON
LBACTIVITY LBTHDNBNG
Output Data Controller BBh W VSBM2_36 PPLOFF x x x Synchronization offset (For switching from hor. freerun mode to locked mode) Granularity: 4 pixel 000: 0 010: 8 111: 28
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name LPFOPOFF A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x Lines per field offset: (For switching from vertical freerun mode to locked mode) Granularity: 2 lines 0000: 0 0110: 12 1111: 31 (Set equal to LPFOPOFF in BFh) x x x x x x x x x Not active pixel per line output: Granularity: 4pixel 000000000: No not active pixel 000000001: 4 not active pixel 111111111: 2044not active pixel VSYNC freerun: 0: Locked mode 1: Freerun mode x HSYNC freerun: 0: Locked mode 1: Freerun mode x No horizontal synchronization will be performed: 0: Horizontal synchronization 1: No horizontal synchronization x x Raster mode: (50p / 100 i) 00 = / 01 = / 10 = / 11 = / x x x x x x x x x x x (see BEh) H Sync output Delay: Granularity: 4 pixel 0000000000: No delay 0000000001: 4 pixel delay 1111111111: 4092 pixel delay Global fallback 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Frame mode 0: 2fV, 1: 1fV x Switch for Vsync transfer algorithm: 0: Vsync transfer algorithm is enabled 1: Vsync transfer algorithm is disabled
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
NAPPLOP
BCh
VSBM2_36
VOUTFR
HOUTFR
NOSYNC
RMODE
OPDEL HOUTDEL
BDh
VSBM2_36
GFBON
FMODE
PDGSR
185

Subadd R/W Take Over Name MASTERON A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Master channel 0: Disabled (no master picture visible) 1: Enabled x Slave channel 0: Disabled (no slave picture visible) 1: Enabled x x x x x x x x x x x (See BEh) Pixel per line output: Granularity: 4 0000000000: 0 pixel 0100100000: 1152 pixel 1111111111: 4092 pixel V delay for output operation: 000000000: No delay 010101010: 170 lines 111111111: 511 lines x x x x x x x x Lines per field output: Only used for freerun mode Granularity: 2 lines 000000000: No lines 010011100: 312 lines 111111111: 1022 lines
186
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
SLAVEON
LPFOP[8] PPLOP
BEh
VSBM2_36
OPDEL
LPFOP[7:0]
Memory Controller BFh W VSBM1_36 DISPMODE x x x x Display mode 0000: FSM-mode 0001: SPS-mode 0010: SSC1-mode 0011: MUP1-mode 0100: MUP2-mode 0101: PCE-mode 0110: PCF-mode 0111: PCP-mode 1000: SSC2-mode x Motion values on (Only active for DISPMODE=0000) 0: Motion values are not stored 1: Motion values are stored x Refresh on 0: No memory refresh 1: Memory refresh active
MOTVALON
REFRON
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name REFRPER A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Refresh period 00: 3.2 ms 01: 6.5 ms 10: 13 ms 11: 26 ms x x x x Lines per field offset: (For switching from vertical freerun mode to locked mode) Granularity: 2 lines 0000: 0 0110: 12 1111: 30 (Set equal to LPFOPOFF in BBh) x Automatic raster-shift enable 0: Allow raster shift if stable signals detected 1: Allow raster shift always x Reset joint line controller Reset of joint line controller for SSC mode 0: Enable 1: Reset x Master slave exchange Synchronize the display raster to the slave channel for master slave exchange 0: Display raster phase is synchronized to master channel 1: Display raster phase is synchronized to slave channel Static operation mode slave Defines the algorithm of upconversion for slave channel 000: (reserved) 001: ABAB () or A+B, A+B (+, +) 010: AABB () or A+A, B+B (+, +) 011: AAAA () or A+A, A+A (+, +) 100: AAAA () or A+A*, A+A* (+, +) 101: BBBB () or B+B, B+B (+, +) 110: BBBB () or B+B*, B+B* (+, +) 111: AA*B*B () or A+A*, B*+B (+, +) x External read Reading data via ITU R656 to an external controller 0: External read disabled 1: External read enabled x Port P3 disable 0: Enabled 1: Disabled x Port P4 disable 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
LPFOPOFF
ARSDIS
JLCRES
MASLEX
C0h
VSBS_36
STOPMOS
EXTRD
P3DIS
P4DIS
187

Subadd R/W Take Over Name HPE1OFF A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Horizontal pixel erosion 1 0: On 1: Off x Vertical line erosion 0: On 1: Off x Horizontal pixel smearing 1 0: On 1: Off x Horizontal pixel erosion 2 0: On 1: Off x Horizontal pixel extension 0: On 1: Off x Vertical line extension 0: On 1: Off x Horizontal pixel smearing 2 0: On 1: Off x Vertical line smearing 0: On 1: Off
188
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VLEROFF
HPS1OFF
HPE2OFF
HPEXOFF
VLEXOFF
HPS2OFF
VLS1OFF
Formatter C1h W VSBM2_36 CHROMSIGN656 x Chrominance format for 656 output 0: (R-Y), (B-Y) output 1: -(R-Y), -(B-Y) output x Fieldoffset for ITU656 NTSC signals 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Enable (single or double-scan) digital DP656 output 0: Disable output 1: Enable output x Shift UV subsampling at digital output 0: Take first UV couple 1: Take second UV couple x Stability signal of LL_HPLL 0: STABLL is generated accoding to SETSTABLL 1: STABLL is forced to 1 (hout synchronization enabled)
FIOFFOFF
DPOUT656
SHIFTUV
FSWFTL
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name AFPROC A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Active field processing for 656V generation 0: Inverted active field used as v-sync output 1: V-sync modifies end of active video x V656 delay 0: Identical delay for modification 1: Field 0 is one line shorter Note: Has only effect when AFPROC =1 x 656CLK output inversion 0: Normal cloct 1: Inverted clock X Horizontal output tristate 0: Normal operation 1: Tristate X Chroma output data format 0: Signed 2s complement 1: Binary X VOUT pin used as input 0: Output 1: Input X Digital output (drout, dbout, dgout) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Output mode 0: 4:4:4 1: 4:2:2 x Chroma subsampling filter 0: Disabled 1: Enabled x Noise shaper 0: Dabled 1: Enabled x Data width at output 0: 8-bit 1: 9-bit
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
V656DEL
CLK656OUTINV
HOUTTR
UVCODE
V100IN
DIGOUTEN
M422
CHRSFM
NSHAP
DWO
YUV_RGB C2h W VSBM2_36 C1[10:2] C2[10:2] C3h W VSBM2_36 C3[10:2] x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Matrix coefficient C1 (2c) 0: Default Matrix coefficient C2 (2c) 179: Default Matrix coefficient C3 (2c) -44: Default
189

Subadd R/W Take Over Name C4[10:2] C4h W VSBM2_36 C5[10:2] x x x x x x x x A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x Matrix coefficient C4 (2c) -91: Default Matrix coefficient C5 (2c) 227: Default C6[10:2] C5h W VSBM2_36 TO1RGB x x x x x x x x x x x Matrix coefficient C6 (2c) 0: Default RGB or YUV output selection 000: YUV output 001: RGB outpu (others): Reserved x Digital 601 output 0: Starting with U sample at beginning of line 1: Starting with V sample at beginning of line x x x x x x x x x x x Pixel Mixer C6h W VSBM2_36 WINDVSP x x Vertical window speed 00: Slow 01: medium 10: Fast 11: Very fast x Vertical windowing: Start 0: Window is closed 1: Window is open x Vertical windowing: Direction 0: Open the vertical window 1: Close the vertical window x Vertical windowing: Enable 0: Off 1: On x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal position inside active picture area (int) 0: 0 pixel (int) 2047: 2047 pixel x (See C4h) (See C4h) (See C3h) (See C3h) (See C2h) (See C2h)
190
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
UENINV
C6[1:0] C5[1:0] C4[1:0] C3[1:0] C2[1:0] C1[1:0]
WINDVST
WINDVDR
WINDVON
HORPOSP
Micronas

Subadd C7h R/W Take Over W VSBM2_36 Name WINDHSP A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Horizontal windowing: Speed 00: Slow 01: Medium 10: Fast 11: Very fast x Horizontal windowing: Start 0: Window is closed 1: Window is open x Horizontal windowing: Direction 0: Open the horizontal window 1: Close the horizontal window x Horizontal windowing: Enable 0: Off 1: On x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal position inside active picture area (int) 0: 0 pixel (int) 2047: 2047 pixel Luminance value for curtain (4MSB) 0001: Default value (yields value 0 0010 0000=32) x x Luminance amplification 00: 1 01: 5/4 10: 6/4 11: 8/4 x x x x x x x x x x Vertical start position of background (or test-pattern) (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 1023: lines Chrominance value for curtain (4MSB) 0000: Default value (yields value 0 0000 0000=0) x x Chrominance Amplification 00: -2 01: -1 10: +1 11: +2 x x x x x x x x x x Vertical width of background or pattern (or test-pattern) (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 1023: 1023 lines Chrominance value for curtain (4MSB) 0000: Default value (yields value 0 0000 0000=0) x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal position of slave frame (int) 0: most left (int) 2047: most right
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
WINDHST
WINDHDR
WINDHON
HORWIDTHP
C8h
VSBM2_36
YCUR LUMAMP
VERPOSP
C9h
VSBM2_36
UCUR CHROMAMP
VERWIDTHP
CAh
VSBS_36
VCUR HORPOSF
191

Subadd CBh R/W Take Over W VSBS_36 Name HORFRAMEF A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x Horizontal slave frame size (int) 0: 0 pixel (int) 31: 31 pixel x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal width of slave frame hole (int) 0: 0 pixel (int) 2047: 2047 pixel Vertical slave frame size (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 31: 31 lines x x x x x x x x x x Vertical position of slave frame (int) 0: top (int) 1023: bottom Luminance Value for background (4MSB ) 0001: Default value (yields value 0 0010 0000=32) x x x x x x x x x x Vertical width of slave frame hole (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 1023: lines Chrominance value for background (4MSB) 0000: Default value (yields value 0 0000 0000=0) x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal position of master frame (int) 0: most left (int) 2047: most right Chrominance value for background (4MSB) 0000: default value (yields value 0 0000 0000=0) x x x x x x x x x x x Horizontal width of master frame hole (int) 0: 0 pixel (int) 2047: 2047 pixel Horizontal master frame size (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 31: 31 lines
192
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
HORWIDTHF
CCh
VSBS_36
VERFRAMEF
VERPOSF
CDh
VSBS_36
YBAGR VERWIDTHF
CEh
VSBM2_362
UBAGR HORPOSG
CFh
VSBM2_36
VBAGR HORWIDTHG
D0h
VSBM2_36
HORFRAMEG
VERPOSG
Vertical position of master frame (int) 0: top (int) 1023: bottom Vertical master frame size (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 31: 31 lines
D1h
VSBM2_36
VERFRAMEG
VERWIDTHG
Vertical width of master frame hole (int) 0: 0 lines (int) 1023: lines
Micronas

Subadd D2h R/W Take Over W VSBM2_36 Name PRIOP A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x Priority background (or test-pattern) 000: 0 010: 4 111: 14 x Temporary overlapping flag 0: Static overblending 1: Temporal overblending x Overblending flag 0: No overblending 1: Soft overblending x x x Test-pattern mode 000: Trivial background mode 001: Trivial background mode 010: trivial background mode 011: Y-ramp (strong) 100: Y-ramp (soft) 101: YUV-ramp 110: Color bar 111: Crosshatch x x Time for smooth temporal overblending 00: 64 01: 128 10: 256 11: 512 x Frame dimension master 0: 2-dim. 1: 3-dim.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
OBTEMP
OBSOFT
PATTMODE
TBLEND
FRAMEDIMM
FRAMEDIMS
Frame dimension slave 0: 2-dim. 1: 3-dim. Priority curtain 000: 0 001: 2 111: 14
D3h
VSBM2_36
PRIOC
PRIOS
Priority slave 000: 0 110: 12 111: 14 x x x Priority slave frame 000: 0 101: 10 111: 14
PRIOF
193

Subadd R/W Take Over Name PRIOM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x Priority master 000: 0 100: 8 111: 14 x x x Priority master frame 000: 0 011: 6 111: 14
194
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
PRIOG
Output sync controller D4h W VSBM2_36 BLANDEL x x x x x x x x Delay in pixels from hsync to active edge of blank signal: Blank_start=4*BLANDEL 00000000: No delay 00000001: 4 pixel delay 11111111: 1020 pixel delay x Vertical blank signal polarity 0: Positive 1: Negative x Output clock select 0: Clkout_o depends on CLKOUTSEL 1: Ckout_o is identical to clkb72 x CLKOUT inversion 0: No inverted CLKOUT 1: Inverted CLKOUT x HOUT polarity: 0: High active 1: Low active x VOUT polarity: 0: High active 1: Low active x Blank polarity: 0: Blank is high active 1: Blank is low active x Output clock select 0: Clkout_o is identical to clkb27 1: Clkout_o is identical to clkb36 Note: HSYNC, VSYNC, BLANK are transferred to selected clock x Output clock (pin clkout) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Output clock select 0: CLKOUT depends on CLKOUTSEL 1: CLKOUT is identical to clkb72
VBLANPOL
CLKOUT72
CLKOUTINV
HOUTPOL
VOUTPOL
BLANPOL
CLKOUTSEL
CLKOUTON
Micronas
D5h
VSBM2_36
CLKOUTSEL72

Subadd R/W Take Over Name VBLANDEL[9:5] BLANLEN A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x x x x x x x (see D6h) Length in pixels from start of active blank signal: Blank_length=4*BLANLEN 00000000: No pixel 11110000: 960 pixel 11111111: 1020 pixel length
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Delay block D6h W VSBM2_36 VBLANDEL[4:0] x x x x x Vertical delay in lines from vsync to active edge of blank signal: Blank_start=4*VBLANDEL 00000000: No delay 11111111: 1020 lines delay x x x x x x x x x x Vertical length in lines from start of active blank signal: Blank_length=4*VBLANLEN 00000000: No line 11111111: 1020 lines Voltage level for Y DAC output 00000000: 0.4 V 10000000: 1.0 V 11111111: 1.9 V Note: Including peaking overshoots. 0.9V for white max. x x x x x x x x Voltage level for U DAC output 00000000: 0.4 V 10000000: 1.0 V 11111111: 1.9 V Luminance coarse delay output Granularity: 1 CLKB36 (27.8 ns for TV signal) 000: -4 CLKB36 100: No delay 111: +3 CLKB36 x Luminance fine delay output 0: No delay 1: +1 CLKB72 (13.9 ns for TV signal) x x x x x x x x Voltage level for U DAC output 00000000: 0.4 V 10000000: 1.0 V 11111111: 1.9 V
VBLANLEN
D7h
VSBM2_36
PKLY
PKLU
D8h
VSBM2_36
COARSEDEL
FINEDEL
PKLV
C800 D9h DAh W W NTO NTO C800 VDELAY_BE x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x C800 (reserved) 00: vertical synchronized takeover, no sychronisation of FE and BE 01: Update of BE register with the next BE v after update of the FE registers 10: Update of BE register like VDELAY_BE=1 plus one additional BE field delay 11: Update of BE register like VDELAY_BE=1 plus two additional BE fields delay
195

Subadd R/W Take Over Name VSEL_BE GPH50 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x 0: master channel synchonizes BE 1: slave channel synchonizes BE H50/IRQ-pin switching 00: Normal function 01: Normal function 10: H50/IRQ static 0 11: H50/IRQ static 1 x x VIN/INTR-pin switching 00: V-pin used as v-input for front-end 01: V-pin is output of C800 interrupt 10: V static 0 11: V static 1 x C800 processor 0: Processor enabled 1: Processor disabled x
196
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
CPUIRQ2V
CPUDISABLE
AUTOINC_OFF
IC Autoincrement 0: Autoincrement after 2 byte access 1: No autoincrement

Nr. of lines per field (input signal) 00000000: 256 lines or less 11111111: 766 lines or more LINES=2*LPFLD+256
Read Registers Master Channel DBh R VS1_20 LPFLDM x x x x x x x x
NRPIXELM
Pixel number of input signal Granularity: 4 00000000: 384 or less 11111111: 1404 or more PIXEL=4*NRPIXEL+384 Detected polarity of HSync 0: Negative 1: Positive
DCh
VS1_20
DETHPOLM
DETVPOLM
Detected polarity of V sync 0: Negative 1: Positive x x x Detected color standard 000: Non standard or standard not detected 001: NTSC M 010: PAL M 011: NTSC44 100: PAL60 101: PAL N 110: SECAM 111: PAL B/G
STDETM
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name SCOUTENM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x SCDEV valid indication 0: SCDEV not valid 1: SCDEV valid x PAL identification 0: Not PAL 1: PAL x Colorkill status 0: Color off 1: Color on x Line standard detection 0: 60 Hz 1: 50 Hz x Interlace detection 0: Progressive input 1: Interlace input x x x x x x Deviation of clock system or color carrier 100000: Minimum deviation 000000: No deviation 011111: Maximum deviation Vertical flywheel mode locked 0: Unlocked 1: Locked x x x x x x x Length of vertical pulse 0000000: Short v 1111111: Long v x x x x x x AGC value for ADC1 000000: Smallest input range 111111: Biggest input range x PAL identification (algorithm 2) 0: Not PAL 1: PAL x Status of synchronization 0: Sync separation not locked 1: Sync separation locked and stable Noise level of the input signal (blanking algorithm): 0000000: No noise 1111110: Strong noise 1111111: Strong noise or measurement failed x x x x x x x x Noise level of the input signal (picture algorithm): 00000000: No noise 11111111: Strong noise Cyclic field counter Input processing master
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
PALIDM
CKSTATM
LNSTDRDM
INTM
SCDEVM
DDh
VFLYMDM
VLENGTHM
AGCADJCV1
PALDETM
STABM
DEh
VSM1_40
NOISEMEM
NOISE
197
DFh
VSM2_40
FCIM

Subadd R/W Take Over Name STATSIZE A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x Statistic of homogenous areas 00: Not enough homogenous areas 11: Many homogenous areas found x x x x Film mode detection value: 0000: Camera mode (secure detection) 0001: Film mode PAL phase 0 (secure detection) 0010: Film mode PAL phase 1 (secure detection) 0011: Film mode NTSC phase 0 (secure detection) 0100: Film mode NTSC phase 1 (secure detection) 0101: Film mode NTSC phase 2 (secure detection) 0110: Film mode NTSC phase 3 (secure detection) 0111: Film mode NTSC phase 4 secure detection) 1000: Camera mode (unsecure detection) 1001: Film mode PAL phase 0 (unsecure detection) 1010: Film mode PAL phase 1 (unsecure detection) 1011: Film mode NTSC phase 0 (unsecure detection) 1100: Film mode NTSC phase 1 (unsecure detection) 1101: Film mode NTSC phase 2 (unsecure detection) 1110: Film mode NTSC phase 3 (unsecure detection) 1111: Film mode NTSC phase 4 (unsecure detection) Film mode detection register value Global motion detection register value x Global still detection value: 0: Picture status: not still 1: Picture status: still x Global motion detection value: 0: Picture status: no motion 1: Picture status: in motion Last detected Standard 50 Hz 0: PAL or none 1: SECAM x Last detected Standard 60 Hz 0: NTSC M or none 1: NTSC44 or PAL60 x Status bit for letter box detection: 0: No new value available 1: New value from Letter Box Detection available x Indicates new value of the global motion detector available 0: NOISESTATUS has not been updated 1: New value of NOISESTATUS available reset automatically when read
198
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
FILMMODEM
E0h E1h
R R
VSM2_40 VSM2_40
FMOTREGM GMOTREGM GSTILLM x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
GMOTIONM
E2h
NTO/RSTYP
AM50_OM
AM60_OM
LBSTATUS
NOISESTATUS
Micronas

Subadd R/W Take Over Name GMDSTATUSM A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Indicates new value of the gobal motion detector available 0: GMDSTATUS has not been updated 1: New value of GMDSTATUS available reset automatically when read x Indicates new value of the film mode detector available 0: FMSTATUS has not been updated 1: New value of FMSTATUS available reset automatically when read x Indicates new value of the noise measurement 0: NOISEME has not been updated 1: New value of NOISEME available reset automatically when read Calculated pivot point Pivot point=12.5 IRE+(TFDPPM+192)*0.192 IRE TFDDPM is limited to -192....-44 Pivot point is in the range of 12.5 IRE ...41 IRE x x x x x x x x x x Calculated gain segment 1 Gain_Segment_1=1+GAINSEG1FRCM/1024 GAINSEG1FRCM is limited to 0...510 Gain_Segment_1 is in the range of 1 ... 1.5 E4h R VSDCI_36 TFDPPM[3:0] GAINSEG2FRCM x x x x x x x x x x x x x x (See E3h) Calculated gain segment 2 Gain_Segment_2=1+GAINSEG2FRCM/1024 GAINSEG2FRCM is limited to 0...716 Gain_Segment_2 is in the range of 1 ... 1.7
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
FMSTATUSM
NMSTATUSM
E3h
VSDCI_36
TFDPPM[8:4]
GAINSEG1FRCM
Read registers slave channel E5h R VS1_20 LPFLDS x x x x x x x x Nr. of lines per field (input signal) 00000000: 256 lines or less 11111111: 766 lines or more LINES=2*LPFLD+256 x x x x x x x x Pixel number of input signal Granularity: 4 00000000: 384 or less 11111111: 1404 or more PIXEL=4*NRPIXEL+384 Detected polarity of H Sync 0: Negative 1: Positive x Detected polarity of V Sync 0: Negative 1: Positive
NRPIXELS
E6h
VS1_20
DETHPOLS
DETVPOLS
199

Subadd R/W Take Over Name STDETS A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x Detected color standard 000: Non standard or standard not detected 001: NTSC M 010: PAL M 011: NTSC44 100: PAL60 101: PAL N 110: SECAM 111: PAL B/G x SCDEV valid indication 0: SCDEV not valid 1: SCDEV valid x PAL identification 0: Not PAL 1:PAL x Colorkill status 0: Color off 1: Color on x Line standard detection 0: 60 Hz 1: 50 Hz x Interlace detection 0: Progressive input 1: Interlace input x x x x x x Deviation of clock system or color carrier 100000: Minimum deviation 000000: No deviation 011111: Maximum deviation Vertical flywheel mode locked 0: Unlocked 1: Locked x x x x x x x Length of vertical pulse 0000000: Short v 1111111: Long v x x x x x x AGC value for ADC2 000000: Smallest input range 111111: Biggest input range x PAL identification (algorithm 2) 0: Not PAL 1: PAL x Status of synchronization 0: Sync separation not locked 1: Sync separation locked and stable
200
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
SCOUTENS
PALIDS
CKSTATS
LNSTDRDS
INTS
SCDEVS
E7h
VS1_20
VFLYMDS
VLENGTHS
AGCADJCV2
PALDETS
Micronas
STABS

Subadd E8h R/W Take Over R VSS1_40 Name NOISEMES A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x Noise level of the input signal (blanking algorithm): 0000000: No noise 1111110: Strong noise 1111111: Strong noise or measurement failed Last detected standard 50 Hz 0: PAL or none 1: SECAM x Last detected standard 60 Hz 0: NTSC M or none 1: NTSC44 or PAL60 x Indicates new value of the noise measurement 0: NOISEME has not been updated 1: New value of NOISEME available reset automatically when read
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
E9h
NTO/RSTYP
AM50_OS
AM60_OS
NMSTATUSS
Read Registers Common Channel EAh R VSSLI_20 DATA_CCWSS2 DATA_CCWSS1 EBh R VSSLI_20 DATA_USWSS3 DATA_USWSS2 ECh R VSSLI_20 DATA_USWSS1 POR x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Second CC or WSS DATA Byte (A7=MSB, A0=LSB) First CC or WSS DATA Byte(B7=MSB, B0=LSB) Third US-WSS DATA Byte (A7=MSB, A0=LSB) Second US-WSS DATA Byte(B7=MSB, B0=LSB) First US-WSS DATA Byte (A7=MSB, A0=LSB) Reset indication A reset at pin 24 (reset) sets POR. POR is reset with PORCNCL (9Bh) 0: No reset appeared 1: Reset appeared x TV mode detection 0: Comb filter input is nonstandard signal (VCR) 1: Comb filter input is standard signal (TV) x Field number of sliced data (US-WSS) 0: First field 1: Second field x New data indication (US WSS) 0: Data read via IC or no new data available 1: New data received and available in DATAA and DATAB x Field number of sliced data (CC or WSS) 0: First field 1: Second field x New data indication (CC or WSS 0: Data read via IC or no new data available 1: New data received and available in DATAA and DATAB
TVMODE
SLFLDUSWSS
DATAVUSWSS
SLFLDCCWSS
DATAVCCWSS
201

Subadd EDh R/W Take Over R NTO/RSTYP Name FBSTAT A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Indicates overflow at FBL input 0: No overflow 1: Overflow x Indicates falling edge at FBL input 0: No falling edge 1: Flling edge detected Reset automatically when read x Indicates rising edge at FBL input 0: No rising edge 1: Rising edge detected Reset automatically when read x Indicates overflow at FBL input 0: No overflow 1: Overflow x Indicates overflow at GREEN input 0: No overflow 1: Overflow x Indicates overflow at BLUE input 0: No overflow 1: Overflow x Indicates overflow at RED input 0: No overflow 1: Overflow x Activity at FBL input 0: No activity 1: Activity Reset automatically when read Letter box detection: Maximum gradient upper part Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Maximum gradient lower part Internal value, only for test purposes (see F1h) x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Letter box detection: Maximum histogram upper part Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Maximum activity lower part Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Maximum histogram lower part Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Gradient start line of active area Internal value, only for test purposes
202
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
FBFALL
FBRISE
PFBL
PG
PB
PR
FBLACTIVE
EEh EFh F0h
R R R
VSM1_40 VSM1_40 VSM1_40
MAXGUC MAXGLC MAXALC MAXHUC x x x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
F1h
VSM1_40
MAXALC MAXHLC
Micronas
F2h
VSM1_40
GRADSLAA

Subadd R/W Take Over Name MAXAUC F3h R VSM1_40 LBFORMAT x A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x Letter box detection: Maximum activity upper part Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Format 0: 4:3 format 1: Other format (letter box) x Letter box detection: Subtitle flag 0: No subtitle 1: Subtitle available x Letter box detection: Toptitle flag 0: No toptitle 1: Toptitle available x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Letter box detection: Gradient is stable Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Upper area contains high activity Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Lower area contains high activity Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: No gradient found Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Switch to 4:3 format Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Upper area contains high brightness level Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Lower area contains high brightness level Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Upper area contains medium brightness level Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Lower area contains medium brightness level Internal value, only for test purposes Letter box detection: Start line of active area LBSLAA is measured in relation to VSYNC Letter box detection: End line of active area LBELAA is measured in relation to VSYNC Letter box detection: Gradient end line of active area Internal value, only for test purposes
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
LBSUBTITLE
LBTOPTITLE
GRADISSTABLE TOPTITLE SUBTITLE NOGRADFOUND SWITCHTO43 UPWHITE LPWHITE UPBLACK LPBLACK F4h R VSM1_40 LBSLAA LBELAA F5h R VSM1_40 GRADELAA
203

Subadd F6h R/W Take Over R NTO Name VERSION A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x Version of VSP 94xx family: 010: VSP 94x2A 001: VSP 94x5B 011:VSP 94x7B 101: VSP 94x9C x Line standard at device output 0: 100 Hz 1: 50 Hz x x x x Revision of VSP 94xxB family: 0000: A11 0001: B11 0100: C1 x x x x x x = Readable value of RMODE Chip ID 0000: VSP9405B / VSP 9425B (double scan mode) 0001: VSP9407B / VSP 9427B (double scan mode) 0010: VSP9435B / VSP 9425B (single scan mode) 0011: VSP9437B / VSP 9427B (single scan mode) 0100: VSP9415B 0101: VSP9417B 0110: VSP9445B 0111: VSP9447B x Shows LL-HPLL lock status 0: LL_HPLL is not locked 1: LL_HPLL is locked Ancillary data (656 input) 0: not detected 1: detected x Field output CD1 0: First field 1: Second field x Field output CD2 0: First field 1: Second field x V status bit of 40.5 MHz domain (RGB) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 36 MHz domain (back-end master 2) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 36 MHz domain (Back-end master 2) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start
204
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
SLS
REV
RMMIRROR CHIPID
STABLL
F7h
NTO
ADR_RDY
FIELDCD1
FIELDCD2
VSRGB_40STAT
VSBM2_36STAT
Micronas
VSBM1_36STAT

Subadd R/W Take Over Name VSDCI_36STAT A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x V status bit of 36 MHz domain (DCI) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 36 MHz domain (back-end slave) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 20.25 MHz domain (data slicer) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 40.5 MHz domain (input slave 2) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 40.5 MHz domain (input slave 1) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 40.5 MHz domain (input master 2) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 40.5 MHz domain (input master 1) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 27 MHz domain (ITU) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 20.25 MHz domain (CD 2) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start x V status bit of 20.25 MHz domain (CD 1) 0: New write or read cycle can start 1: No new write or read cycle can start Cyclic field counter output processing master x Raster phase shifting active Indication of performing display raster phase shifting for joint line free SSC1 mode 0: Phase shift not active 1: Phase shift in progress ITU656 input data byte 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x ITU656 input data byte 0 ITU656 input data byte 3 ITU656 input data byte 2
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
VSBS_36STAT
VSSLI_20STAT
VSS2_40STAT
VSS1_40STAT
VSM2_40STAT
VSM1_40STAT
VS656_27STAT
VS2_20STAT
VS1_20STAT
F8h
VSBM2_36
FCBM SHIFTACT
F9h
VS656_27
ADATA0 ADATA1
FAh
VS656_27
ADATA2 ADATA3
205

Subadd FBh R/W Take Over R VS656_27 Name ADATA4 ADATA5 FCh R VS656_27 ADATA6 ADATA7 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x ITU656 input data byte 5 ITU656 input data byte 4 ITU656 input data byte 7 ITU656 input data byte 6
206
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Command Registers FDh FEh W W C800 IMRGB_40 x C800 (reserved) Immediate take-over 40.5 MHz domain (RGB) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 36 MHz dom. (back-end master 2) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 36 MHz dom. (back-end master 1) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 36 MHz domain (back-end master) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 36 MHz domain (back-end slave) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 20.25 MHz domain (data slicer) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 40.5 MHz domain (input slave 2) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 40.5 MHz domain (input slave 1) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 40.5 MHz domain (input master 2) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 40.5 MHz domain (input master 1) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 27 MHz domain (ITU) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over
IMBM2_36
IMBM1_36
IMDCI_36
IMBS_36
IMSLI_20
IMS2_40
IMS1_40
IMM2_40
IMM1_40
Micronas
IM656_27

Subadd R/W Take Over Name IM2_20 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x Immediate take-over 20.25 MHz domain (CD 2) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over x Immediate take-over 20.25 MHz domain (CD 1) 0: No immediate take-over 1: Immediate take-over V take-over 40.5 MHz domain (RGB) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 36 MHz dom. (back-end master 2) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 36 MHz dom. (back-end master 1) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 36 MHz domain (back-end master) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 36 MHz domain (back-end slave) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 20.25 MHz domain (data slicer) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 40.5 MHz domain (iInput slave 2) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 40.5 MHz domain (input slave 1) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 40.5 MHz domain (input master 2) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 40.5 MHz domain (input master 1) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 27 MHz domain (ITU) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over x V take-over 20.25 MHz domain (CD 2) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
IM1_20
FFh
VSRGB_40
VSBM2_36
VSBM1_36
VSDCI_36
VSBS_36
VSSLI_20
VSS2_40
VSS1_40
VSM2_40
VSM1_40
VS656_27
VS2_20
207

Subadd R/W Take Over Name VS1_20 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 Description x V take-over 20.25 MHz domain (CD 1) 0: No V take-over 1: V take-over
208
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

Micronas
4. Specifications 4.1. Outline Dimensions
0.18 0.05 60 41
19 x 0.65 = 12.35 0.1 0.65
61
40
0.3 0.05
0.65
+ 0.1
80
21
1 17.2 0.15
20
2.0 0.05 2.15 0.2 0.1 14 0.1
SPGS706000-7(P80)/1E
Fig. 41: 80-Pin Plastic Metric Quad Flat Pack (MQFP80) Weight approximately 0.96 g Dimensions in mm
0.17 0.05 108 73
35 x 0.65 = 22.75 0.1 0.65
109
72 0.65 0.32 0.07
19 x 0.65 = 12.35 0.1
17.2 0.15
14 0.1
144
37
1 31.2 0.1
36 3.7 0.2
3.4 0.08 0.1 28 0.1
SPGS706000-7(P144)/1E
Fig. 42: 144-Pin Plastic Metric Quad Flat Pack (MQFP144) Weight approximately 5.5 g Dimensions in mm
Micronas
35 x 0.65 = 22.75 0.1
31.2 0.1
28 0.1
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
209

4.2. Pin Connections and Short Descriptions for VSP 94xxB
For VSP 941x/4x, the pin connections differ for pins: 1, 2, 3, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79 ,80 (see Section 4.2.2. on page 215). 4.2.1. Common Pin Connection and Short Descriptions Pin No. MQFP 80-pin 1 2 MQFP 144-pin 1 VDDDACY AYOUT S O Leave open or connect to vss and disable DAC Pin Name Type Connection (If not used) Short Description
DAC (Y) Y output
3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 10 13 14
VSSDACY VSSD2 VDDD2 SDA TMS 656VIN/BLANK1)
S S S I/O I I/O Connect to vss and disable blank Leave open Leave open
DAC (Y) Supply voltage for digital (0 V digital) Supply voltage for digital (1.8 V digital) I2C-Bus data Testmode select (Connected to vdd33) Separate V input for 656 / BLANK output
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
15 16 19 20 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 38 39
656CLK 656IO7 VSSP2 VDDP2 SCL V2) 656IO6 656IO5 HOUT H503) ADR / TDI V504) 656IO4 656IO3 VOUT
I/O I/O S S I I I/O I/O O O I O I/O I/O O
Digital input / output clock Digital input / output (MSB) Supply voltage for digital (0 V pad) Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V pad) I2C-Bus clk
Connect to vss Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open
Vertical pulse for RGB input Digital input / output Digital input / output Horizontal output (Single or double scan, dependent on version) Hout 50 Hz (with skew) I2C address / test data in
Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open
Vout 50 Hz Digital input / output Digital input / output Vertical output (Single or double scan, dependent on version)
210
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Pin No. MQFP 80-pin 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 MQFP 144-pin 40 41 42 51 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 70 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 80 82 89 92 93 96 97
Pin Name
Type
Connection (If not used)
Short Description
RESET VDDP3 VSSP3 CLKOUT VDDD3 VSSD3 656IO2 656IO1 656IO0 VSSD4 VDDD4 VDDAFBL VSSAFBL FBL1 FBL2 RIN1 GIN1 BIN1 VDDARGB VSSARGB VDD33RGB VSS33RGB RIN2 GIN2 BIN2 VSSD55) VDDAC1 VSSAC1 CVBS1 CVBS2
I S S O S S I/O I/O I/O S S S S I I I I I S S S S I I I S S S I I Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open
Reset input (Reset active low) Supply voltage for digital (0 V pad) Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V pad) Output clock (27 MHz nom.) Supply voltage for DRAM (1.8 V digital) Supply voltage for digital (0 V digital) Digital input / output Digital input / output Digital input / output (LSB) Supply voltage for digital (0 V digital) Supply voltage for digital 1.8 V digital Supply voltage for FBL (1.8 V) Supply voltage for FBL (0 V) Fast Blank input 1 (H1) (Analog input) Fast Blank input 2 (H2) (Analog input) R or V in1 (Analog input) G or Y in1 (Analog input) B of U in1 (Analog input) Supply voltage for RGB (1.8 V) Supply voltage for RGB (0 V) Supply voltage RGB (3.3 V) Supply voltage RGB (0 V) R or V in2 (Analog input) G or Y in2 (Analog input) B of U in2 (Analog inpu) Supply voltage for digital (0 V) Supply voltage CVBS1 (1.8 V) and digital core supply Supply voltage CVBS1 (0 V) CVBS input (Analog input) CVBS input (Analog input)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
211
Pin No. MQFP 80-pin 54 55 56 57 58 MQFP 144-pin 98 100 102 104 106 94 95 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 107 108 111 110 109 112 113 117 118 119 122 123 129 130 131 138
Pin Name
Type
Short Description
CVBS3 CVBS4 CVBS5 CVBS6 CVBS7 CVBS8 CVBS9 VDD33C VSS33C CVBSO3 CVBSO2 CVBSO1 VDDAC2 VSSAC2 VDDD1 VSSD1 VDDAPLL XOUT XIN TCLK VDDP1 VSSP1 656HIN/CLKF20
I I I I I I I S S O O O S S S S S O I I S S I/O
Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss Connect to vss
CVBS input (Analog input) CVBS input or Y1 (Analog input) CVBS input or C1 (Analog input) CVBS input or Y2 (Analog input) CVBS input or C2 (Analog input) CVBS input (Analog input) CVBS input (Analog input) Supply voltage CVBS (3.3 V) Supply voltage CVBS (0 V)
Leave open Leave open Leave open
CVBS output 3 (Analog output) CVBS output 2 (Analog output) CVBS output 1 (Analog output Supply voltage CVBS2 (1.8 V) Supply voltage CVBS2 (0 V) Supply voltage for digital (1.8 V digital) Supply voltage for digital (0 V digital) Supply voltage for PLL (1.8 V) Crystal connection 2 Crystal connection 1 Testclock Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V pad) Supply voltage for digital (0 V pad)
Connect to vss and disable clock
Separate H input for 656 / 20.25 clock output DAC (V)
75 76
139 140
VDDDACV AVOUT
S O Leave open or connect to vss and disable DAC
V output
77 78
141 142
VSSDACV VDDDACU
S S
DAC (V) DAC (U)
212
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Pin No. MQFP 80-pin 79 MQFP 144-pin 143
Pin Name
Type
Short Description
AUOUT
Leave open or connect to vss and disable DAC
U output
80
144 11 12 36 50 55 56 86 87 88 120 121 134 135 17 57 85 84 83 133 136 137 69 71 79 81 99 101
VSSDACU VDDP4 VSSP4 VSSPDB1 VSSP3 VDDP5 VSSP5 VDDPOR VDDP6 VSSP6 VSSP7 VDDP7 VSSP8 VDDP8 (reserved) (reserved) GP2 GP1 GP0 (reserved) (reserved) (reserved) (NC) (NC) (NC) (NC) (NC) (NC)
DAC (U) Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V) Supply voltage for digital (0 V) Bulk supply voltage (0 V) Supply voltage for digital (0 V) Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V) Supply voltage for digital (0 V) Supply voltage for digital (1.8 V) Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V) Supply voltage for digital (0 V) Supply voltage for digital (0 V) Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V) Supply voltage for digital (0 V) Supply voltage for digital (3.3 V) Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open (Reserved) (Reserved) General purpose pin 2 General purpose pin 1 General purpose pin 0 (Reserved) (Reserved) (Reserved) (Not connected) (Not connected) (Not connected) (Not connected) (Not connected) (Not connected)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
213
Pin No. MQFP 80-pin MQFP 144-pin 103 105 54 53 52 48 47 46 45 44 43 25 24 23 22 21 9 8 7 6 132 128 127 126 125 124 116 115 114 91
Pin Name
Type
Short Description
(NC) (NC) DROUT0 DROUT1 DROUT2 DROUT3 DROUT4 DROUT5 DROUT6 DROUT7 DROUT8 DGOUT0 DGOUT1 DGOUT2 DGOUT3 DGOUT4 DGOUT5 DGOUT6 DGOUT7 DGOUT8 DBOUT0 DBOUT1 DBOUT2 DBOUT3 DBOUT4 DBOUT5 DBOUT6 DBOUT7 DBOUT8 SISCEN O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O I Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open Leave open
(Not connected) (Not connected) Digital out red Digital out red Digital out red Digital out red Digital out red Digital out red Digital out red Digital out red Digital out red Digital out green/656out0 Digital out green/656out1 Digital out green/656out2 Digital out green/656out3 Digital out green/656out4 Digital out green/656out5 Digital out green/656out6 Digital out green/656out7 Digital out green Digital out blue Digital out blue Digital out blue Digital out blue Digital out blue Digital out blue Digital out blue Digital out blue Digital out blue Single-scan enable
214
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Pin No. MQFP 80-pin MQFP 144-pin 18

1)
Pin Name
Type
Short Description
TDO
Leave open
Test data out
This pin is not used and not bonded in VSP 94x2A. All VDDPx, VSSx and VDDDx must be connected within their group with low resistance. Analog supplies are internally connected to digital supplies via antiparallel diodes.
4.2.2. Differing Pin Connections and Short Descriptions for VSP 941xB and VSP 944xB Pin No. MQFP 80-pin 1 2 3 75 Pin Name Type Connection
(If not used)
Short Description
I656I5 I656I6 I656I7 I656ICLK
I I I I
Connect to Vdd (3.3V) Connect to Vss
656 input 656 input 656 input (MSB)
Connect to Vdd (3.3V) (or leave open) Connect to Vss
656 input clock (27 MHz nom.)
76 77 78 79 80
I656I0 I656I1 I656I2 I656I3 I656I4
I I I I I
656 input (LBS) 656 input
Connect to Vdd (3.3V) Connect to Vss
656 input 656 input 656 input
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
215

4.3. Pin Configurations
VSSAC1 CVBS1 CVBS2 CVBS3 CVBS4 CVBS5 CVBS6 CVBS7 VDD33C VSS33C VDDAC1 VSSD5 BIN2 GIN2 RIN2 VSS33RGB VDD33RGB
VSSARGB VDDARGB BIN1
CVBSO3 CVBSO2 CVBSO1 VDDAC2 VSSAC2 VDDD1 VSSD1 VDDAPLL XOUT XIN TCLK VDDP1 VSSP1 656HIN/CLKF20 VDDDACV AVOUT VSSDACV VDDDACU AUOUT VSSDACU
60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 61 40 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32
GIN1 RIN1 FBL2 FBL1 VSSAFBL VDDAFBL VDDD4 VSSD4 656IO0 656IO1 656IO2 VSSD3 VDDD3 CLKOUT VSSP3 VDDP3 RESET VOUT 656IO3 656IO4
VSP 9405 B VSP 9407 B VSP 9435 B VSP 9437 B
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
21 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
VDDACY AYOUT VSSDACY VSSD2 VDDD2 SDA TMS 656VIN/BLANK 656CLK 656IO7
V50/BLANK ADR/TDI H50/IRQ HOUT 656IO5 656IO6 V/INTR SCL VDDP2 VSSP2
Fig. 43: MQFP80 package: 9405/07/35/37 versions
216
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
VSSAC1 CVBS1 CVBS2 CVBS3 CVBS4 CVBS5 CVBS6 CVBS7 VDD33C VSS33C
VDDAC1 VSSD5 BIN2 GIN2 RIN2 VSS33RGB VDD33RGB VSSARGB VDDARGB BIN1
CVBSO3 CVBSO2 CVBSO1 VDDAC2 VSSAC2 VDDD1 VSSD1 VDDAPLL XOUT XIN TCLK VDDP1 VSSP1 656HIN/CLKF20 I656ICLK I656I0 I656I1 I656I2 I656I3 I656I4
60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 61 40 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32
GIN1 RIN1 FBL2 FBL1 VSSAFBL VDDAFBL VDDD4 VSSD4 656IO0 656IO1 656IO2 VSSD3 VDDD3 CLKOUT VSSP3 VDDP3 RESET VOUT 656IO3 656IO4
VSP 9415 B VSP 9417 B VSP 9445 B VSP 9447 B
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
21 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
I656I5 I656I6 I656I7 VSSD2 VDDD2 SDA TMS 656VIN/BLANK 656CLK 656IO7 V SCL VDDP2 VSSP2 H50 HOUT 656IO5 656IO6
V50 ADR/TDI
Fig. 44: MQFP80 package: 9415/17/45/47 versions
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
217
SISCEN VDDAC1 VSSAC1 CVBS8 CVBS9 CVBS1 CVBS2 CVBS3 (NC) CVBS4 (NC) CVBS5 (NC) CVBS6 (NC) CVBS7 VDD33C VSS33C
VDDD5 VSSD5 VSSP6 VDDP6 VDDPOR (RESERVED) (RESERVED) (RESERVED) BIN2 (NC) GIN2 (NC) RIN2 VSS33RGB VDD33RGB VSSARGB VDDARGB BIN1
108107106105104103102101100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 CVBSO3 CVBSO2 CVBSO1 VDDAC2 VSSAC2 DBOUT8 DBOUT7 DBOUT6 VDDD1 VSSD1 VDDAPLL VSSP7 VDDP7 XOUT XIN DBOUT5 DBOUT4 DBOUT3 DBOUT2 DBOUT1 TCLK VDDP1 VSSP1 DBOUT0 (RESERVED) VSSP8 VDDP8 (RESERVED) (RESERVED) 656HIO/CLKF20 VDDDACV AVOUT VSSDACV VDDDACU AUOUT VSSDACU 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 GIN1 (NC) RIN1 (NC) FBL2 FBL1 VSSAFBL VDDAFBL VDDD4 VSSD4 656IO0 656IO1 656IO2 VSSD3 VDDD3 (RESERVED) VSSP5 VDDP5 DROUT0 DROUT1 DROUT2 CLKOUT VSSP3 VDDP3 DROUT3 DROUT4 DROUT5 DROUT6 DROUT7 DROUT8 VSSP3 VDDP3 RESET VOUT 656IO3 656IO4
VSP 9425 B VSP 9427 B
55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
VDDDACY AYOUT VSSDACY VSSD2 VDDD2 DGOUT8 DGOUT7 DGOUT6 DGOUT5 SDA VDDP4 VSSP4 TMS 656VIO/BLANK 656CLK 656IO7 (RESERVED) TDO VSSP2 VDDP2 VSSP2 DGOUT0 DGOUT1 DGOUT2 DGOUT3 DGOUT4 VDDP2 SCL 656IO5 656IO6 VIN/INTR HOUT
VSSPDB1 V50/BLANK TDI/ADR H50/IRQ
Fig. 45: MQFP144 package: 9425 and 9427 versions
218
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
IC selectable
VSP 940xA VSP 943xA VSP 940xB VSP 943xB
VSP 940xA VSP 943xA VSP 940xB VSP 943xB
Analog Output
Analog Output
Single-scan 656 input (port 1)
Single-scan 656 output (943x) or Double-scan 656 output (940x)
Fig. 46: Signal flow 940x, 943x
Digital output (YUV or RGB or 656)
VSP 941xA VSP 944xA VSP 941xB VSP 944xB Analog output
VSP 9425B VSP 9427B
Single-scan 656 output (944x) or Double-scan 656 output (941x)
Fig. 47: Signal flow 941x, 944x, 942x
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
219

4.4. Pin Circuits
VSSP PIN
VDDP
OUT
PIN
VSSB
Fig. 48: Supply Pins (Ground): VSSDACY, VSSDACU, VSSDACV, VSS33C, VSS33RGB, VSSP1 ... VSSP8, VSSPDB1
Fig. 412: Digital Output Pins: H50, V50, CLKOUT, HOUT, VOUT, DGOUT0 ... DGOUT8, DROUT0 ... DROUT8, DBOUT0 ... DBOUT8
VDDP PIN
VDDP
PIN
IN
VSSB
Fig. 49: Supply Pins (Power 3.3 V): VDDDACY, VDDDACU, VDDACV, VDD33C, VDD33RGB, VDDP1 ... VDDP8, VDDPOR
Fig. 413: Digital Input Pins: V, TMS, ADR/TDI, RESET, TCLK
REF (int.)
OSCCLK
VDDP
IN
XIN
XOUT
OUT PIN
Fig. 410: Input/Output Pins (Crystal connection): XIN, XOUT
Fig. 414: I2C bus Pins: SDA, SCL

VDD PIN
VDDP
VSS PIN
OUT
VSSB
500
IN
Fig. 411: Supply Pins (Power 1.8 V and Ground): VDDAC1, VSSAC1, VDDAC2, VSSAC2, VDDARGB,VSSARGB, VDDAFBL, VSSAFBL, VDDAPLL, VDDD1, VSSS1, VDDD2, VSSS2, VDDD3, VSSS3, VDDD4, VSSS4, VDDD5, VSSS5
PIN
Fig. 415: Digital Input/Output Pins: 656IOX,656CLK, 656HIN/CLKF20, 656VIN/BLANK
220
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
VDDDACx
VDD
display DAC PIN 150
PIN
300k
500
1V
Fig. 416: Analog Output Pins: AYOUT, AUOUT, AVOUT
Fig. 418: Analog Input Pins: CVBS1...CVBS9 (if cvbsx is not connected to any ADC)
VDD
VDD
PIN
500 500
OUT
IN
PIN
Fig. 419: Analog Output Pins: CVBSO1...CVBSO3 Fig. 417: Analog Input Pins: RIN1, RIN2, GIN1, GIN2, BIN1, BIN2, FBL1, FBL2, CVBS1...CVBS9 (if cvbsx is connected to any ADC)
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
221

4.5. Electrical Characteristics 4.5.1. Absolute Maximum Ratings All voltages listed are referenced to ground (0 V, VSS) except where noted. Symbol TA TS TC VI VO VDD1 VDD2 Ptot80 Ptot144
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Parameter Ambient Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Case Operating Temperature Input Voltage 1) Output Voltage 2) Supply Voltages1 Supply Voltages2 Total Power Dissipation QFP803) Total Power Dissipation QFP1443)
Pin Name
Min. 0 -45 -0.3 -0.3 -0.3 -0.3
Max. +70 +125 +115 VDD2+0.3 VDD2+0.3 24) 5) 3.64) 5) 1.2 1.2
Unit C C C V V V V W W
Not valid for VDD1 supply pins Not valid for VDD1 supply pins Package limit VDD2 (3.3V nom.) must always be higher than VDD1 (1.8V nom.) - 0.3 (even during power-up) The deviation among all VDD1 or VDD2 supplies may never exceed 0.3 V.
Stresses beyong those listed in the Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only. Functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated in the Recommended Operating Conditions/Characteristics of this specification is not implied. Exposure to absolute maximum ratings conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
222
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
4.5.2. Recommended Operating Conditions In the operating conditions, the functions given in the circuit description are fulfilled. Symbol TA Parameter Ambient Operating temperature1) Pin Name Min. 0 Typ. +25 Max. +70 Unit C
3.3 V Power Supply VDDxx Supply voltages2) VDDP1, VDDP2, VDDP3, VDDACY, VDDACU, VDDACV, VDD33C, VDD33RGB 3.14 3.3 3.47 V
1.8 V Power Supply VDDxx Supply voltages2) VDDAC1, VDDAC2, VDDARGB, VDDAFBL, VDDAPLL; VDDD1; VDDD2;VDDD3; VDDD4 1.71 1.8 1.89 V
CVBS/RGB Frontend Vi,CVBS Vi,RGB Vi,FBL Analog CVBS input voltage Analog RGB input voltage Analog FBL input voltage Analog chroma input voltage (burst) Input coupling capacitors CVBS Input coupling capacitors RGB/FBL Source resistance Reset Input Rise time tRES tRES Active time reset (after power-on) Active time reset (during normal operation, if required) RESET 0 1.3 100 tbd s s ns CVBS1, CVBS2, CVBS3, CVBS4, CVBS5, CVBS6, CVBS7, CVBS8, CVBS9, RIN1, RIN2, GIN1, GIN2, BIN1, BIN2, FBL1, FBL2 0.6 0.5 0.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 0.3 100 47 0.1 1.8 1.5 1.5 V V V V nF nF k
Digital To Analog Converters RL CL Load resistance Load capacitance AYOUT, AUOUT, AVOUT 10 15 k pF
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
223
Symbol
Parameter
Pin Name
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
Crystal Specification fxtal fmax/fxtal f/fxtal CL RS C1 C0 CL,EXT Frequency (fundamental)3) Maximum permissible frequency deviation4) Recommended permissible frequency deviation4) Load capacitance Series resistance Motional capacitance Parallel capacitance External load capacitance to ground XIN, XOUT 20.248 -100 -40 20 20.25 0 13 tbd 7 13 20.252 100 40 25 30 MHz ppm ppm pF fF pF pF
All Digital Inputs Vin,L Vin,H Input voltage low Input voltage high TMS, ADR/TDI, V, TCLK, RESET, 656VIN/BLANK, 656HIN, 656IO[0...7], 656CLK I656I[0...7], I656ICLK 2.0 0.8 V V
1) Favourable PCB design required. Two layer boards recommended. 2) 5% 3) Values outside this range may cause color decoding failures. 4) after (subcarrier) adjustment // including temperature and aging deviations
224
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
4.5.3. Characteristics Min./Max. values at TA= 0 to 70 C, fCLOCK = 20.25 MHz, VSUP3,3 V = 3.14 to 3.47 V, VSUP1.8 V = 1.71 to 1.89 V Typical values at TA= 25 C, fCLOCK = 20.25 MHz, VSUP3.3 V = 3.3 V, VSUP1.8 V = 1.1.8 V 4.5.3.1. General Characteristics Symbol Parameter Pin Name Min. Typ. 65 0.85 0.45 Max. 470 90 1.2 tbd Unit mA mA W W STANDBYxx=1 Test Conditions
IDDtot 1.8 V Average total supply current IDDtot 3.3 V Average total supply current Ptot PtotPD Total power dissipation Total power dissipation in power-save-mode
Digital Inputs CI Input capacitance Input leakage current TMS, ADR/ TDI, V, TCLK, RESET, 656VIN/ BLANK, 656HIN/, 656IO[0...7], 656CLK, 656I[0...7], I656ICLK 656IO[0...7], I656I[0...7] 656CLK, I656ICLK -1 7 1 pF A Incl. leakage current of SDA output stage Except for current of below specified pullup or pulldown pins.
tSI tHI fclkin tWL tWH tLH tHL
set-up-time hold-time input clock frequency Low time High time Rise time Fall time
2.5 2.5 27 10 10 1.6 1.6 30
ns ns MHz ns ns ns ns
wrt. 656clk (rising) wrt. 656clk (rising)
Digital Outputs VOH VOL Output voltage high Output voltage low 2.4 CLKOUT, HOUT, VOUT, 656CLK, H50, DBOUT[0..8], DROUT[0..8], DGOUT[0..8], VIN/INT, V50 Vdd2 0.4 V V @-12mA @8mA
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
225
Symbol tLH
Parameter Rise time
Pin Name CLKOUT, 656CLK
Min. -
Typ. -
Max. 1.6 2.5
Unit ns ns
Test Conditions @20pF @20pF
DBOUT[0..8], DROUT[0..8], DGOUT[0..8], HOUT, VOUT, H50, V50, VIN/INT tHL Fall time CLKOUT, 656CLK DBOUT[0..8], DROUT[0..8], DGOUT[0..8] HOUT, VOUT, H50, V50, VIN/INT fclkout Output frequency CLKOUT 656CLK Duty cycle tHO Hold-time CLKOUT 656CLK 656IO[0...7], 656VIO, 656HIO -
6 1.6 2.5
ns ns ns
@20pF @20pF @20pF
10.12 5 27 40 3
50
4 81 60 60
ns MHz MHz % ns
@20pF
Referred to 656CLK, CLK656INV=1 Referred to 656CLK, CLK656INV=0 Referred to CLKOUT, CLKOUTINV=1 Referred to CLKOUT, CLKOUTINV=0 Referred to 656CLK, CLK656INV=1 Referred to 656CLK, CLK656INV=0 Referred to CLKOUT, CLKOUTINV=1 Referred to CLKOUT, CLKOUTINV=0 Pulldown always active Pulldown always active
3+ Tclk/2 DBOUT[0..8], 3 DROUT[0..8], DGOUT[0..8], HOUT, VOUT 3+ Tclk/2 tDO Delay-Time 656IO[0...7], 656VIO, 656HIO 0 3+ Tclk/2 3 0 3+ Tclk/2 3 -59.5 -11.7 -122 -25.8 -235 -55.5
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns A A
DBOUT[0..8], DROUT[0..8], DGOUT[0..8] HOUT, VOUT IPD Pulldown-current (@Vdd) I656ICLK, 656CLK 656VIO/ BLANK, VIN/ INT, ADR/ TDI, TCLK, 656HIO
226
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Symbol IPU
Parameter Pullup-current (@Vss)
Pin Name TMS, SISCEN
Min. 12.4
Typ. 21.4
Max. 36.4
Unit A
Test Conditions Pullup always active
Analog CVBS Front-end (2 x 9 bit ADC) Input leakage current CI Input capacitance Input clamping error CT BW Acvbso Crosstalk between CVBS inputs Bandwidth CVBS output amplification CVBS1, CVBS2, CVBS3, CVBS4, CVBS5, CVBS6, CVBS7, CVBS8, CVBS9 CVBSO1, CVBSO2, CVBSO3 -100 -1 -50 7 0.9 7 100 1 1.1 nA pF LSB dB MHz Settled state fsig<5 MHz -3 dB Clamping inactive
Analog RGBF Front-end (4 x 8 bit ADC) Input leakage current CI CVBS input capacitance Input clamping error CT BW Crosstalk between RGB inputs Bandwidth RIN1, RIN2, BIN1, BIN2, GIN1, GIN2, FBL1, FBL2 -100 -1 -50 10 7 100 1 nA pF LSB dB MHz -3 dB Settled state Clamping inactive
Digital To Analog Converters ( 3 x 9 bit DAC) UOL UOH Full range output voltage Full range output voltage Output matching -3 0.4 1.9 3 V V % Nominal conditions PKLY/U/V=min Nominal conditions PKLY/U/V=max
Color Decoder/Synchronization and Luminance Processing fHf Horizontal PLL pull-inrange ACC range AGC range fSC Chroma PLL pull-in-range -30 -7.5 4.9 500 +6 +2 % dB dB Hz Nominal crystal frequency Based on 15625 kHz
The listed characteristics are ensured over the operating range of the integrated circuit. Typical characteristics specify mean values expected over the production spread. If not otherwise specified, typical characteristics apply at TA = 25 C and the given supply voltage.
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
227

4.5.3.2. IC Bus Characteristics Symbol Parameter Pin Name Min. Typ. Max.
Unit
Test Conditions
Fast I2C Bus (All Values are Referred to Min(VIH) and Max(VIL)) Cb tR, tF tBUF fSCL tLOW tHIGH tSU;STA tHD;STA tSU;DAT tHD;DAT tSU;STO Capacitive load/bus line SDA/SCL rise/fall times Inactive time before start of transmission I2C clock frequency SCL low time SCL high time Set-up time start condition Hold time start condition Set-up time DATA Hold time DATA Set-up time stop condition SDA SCL SDA/SCL 20+$ 1300 0 1300 600 600 600 100 0 600 900 400 400 300 pF ns ns kHz ns ns ns ns ns ns ns $=0.1 Cb/pF
I2C Bus pins VIHr VIL Threshold rise Threshold fall SDA, SCL 2.08 1.8 V V
t HIGH t LOW
tR
SCL t SU;STA SDA IN tHD;STA t SP tAA SDA OUT t AA t HD;STA t SU;DAT
t SU;STO
t BUF
Fig. 420: IC bus timing data
T 656clk clkout tLH 656in tSI

Datain
VIH VIL tWH tHI

Datain
tHL tWL
656out dgout drout dbout
tHO
Dataout Dataout
tDO
Fig. 421: Timing diagram clock
228
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
5. Application Circuit
L1 10 H +1V8 C39 10 F L2 10 H +1V8 C38 10 F C37 100nF C36 100nF C35 100nF C34 100nF C33 100nF 20.25MHz C32 100nF C31 100nF
+3.3V
L3 10H 34 33 28 29 5 4 66 67 42 43 68 64 65 50 51 35 36 71 19 7 74 8 C29 47nF C28 47nF C27 47nF C25 47nF C24 47nF C23 47nF C22 -- / 47 nF
C21 100nF C20 100nF C19 100nF C18 100nF C17 100nF C16 100nF C15 100nF
vddd4 vssd4 vddd3 vssd3 vddd2 vssd2 vddd1 vssd1 vddargb vssargb vddapll vddac2 vssac2 vddac1 vssac1 vddafbl vssafbl tclk adr/tdi tms IC1
vddp3 vssp3 vddp2 vssp2 vddp1 vssp1 vdd33c vss33c vdd33rgb vss33rgb vdddacy vssdacy vdddacu vssdacu
25 26 12 11 72 73 59 60 44 45 1 3 78 80 75 C41 100nF C40 100nF C42 100nF C44 100nF C43 100nF C48 10 F C45 100nF L4 10 H C47 100nF C46 100nF C49 10 F
+3.3 V
+3.3 V
J1
656HIN
656ICLK 656IN7 656IN6 656IN5 656IN4 656IN3 656IN2 656IN1 656IN0 656OCLK 656OUT7 656OUT6 656OUT5 656OUT4 656OUT3 656OUT2 656OUT1 656OUT0 CLKOUT HOUT VOUT
BLANK
J3
656VIN
J2
I2C Address B2h B0h
C30 100nF
VSP vdddacv 77 vssdacv 9405B vss 49 9407B 9435B 9437B

656clk 656io7
stepping
R21...R27: 8x 75 RIN2 GIN2 BIN2 FBL2 RIN1 GIN1 INTR BIN1
656hin/clkf20 656vin/blank rin2 gin2 bin2 fbl2 rin1 gin1 bin1 fbl1 vin/intr cvbs7 cvbs6 cvbs5 cvbs4 cvbs3 cvbs2 cvbs1 scl sda reset xin 70 9 10 15 16 21 22 30 31 32 27 17 23 2 79 76 61 62 63 18 20
46 47 48 38 39 40 41 37 14 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 13 6 24
656io6 656io5 656io4 656io3 656io2 656io1 656io0 clkout hout vout ayout auout avout cvbso3 cvbso2 cbbso1 h50/irq v50/blank xout 69
Cx
MQFP80
J4
VIN CVBS7 CVBS6 CVBS5 CVBS4 CVBS3 CVBS2 CVBS1
HIN1/FBL1
CVBSO3 CVBSO2 CVBSO1 H50/INT V50/BLANK
R1...R7: 7x 75
Q1 20M25 C5 22pF* SCL (3.3V) *values are PCB and crystal dependent SDA (3.3V) C6 22pF*
+5V R20 51
R21 51 C52 33 F Y100 C53 33 F C54 33 F U100 V100
R19 51
RESET
T3 T4 T5 -- / 3*BC807
buffer not necessary when short connection to backend-processor
Application Example VSPB

V1.41 (Cx) 2002-11-07
Fig. 51: Application Example for 940xB and 943xB
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
229
L1 10 H +1V8 C39 10 F L2 10 H +1V8 C38 10 F C37 100nF C36 100nF C35 100nF C34 100nF C33 100nF 20.25MHz C32 100nF C31 100nF
+3.3V
34 33 28 29 5 4 66 67 42 43 68 64 65 50 51 35 36 71 19 7 74 8 C29 47nF C28 47nF C27 47nF C25 47nF C24 47nF C23 47nF C22 -- / 47 nF
C21 100nF C20 100nF C19 100nF C18 100nF C17 100nF C16 100nF C15 100nF
vddd4 vssd4 vddd3 vssd3 vddd2 vssd2 vddd1 vssd1 vddargb vssargb vddapll vddac2 vssac2 vddac1 vssac1 vddafbl vssafbl tclk adr/tdi tms IC1
vddp3 vssp3 vddp2 vssp2 vddp1 vssp1 vdd33c vss33c vdd33rgb vss33rgb vss i656iclk i656i7 i656i6 i656i5 i656i4 i656i3 i656i2 i656i1 i656i0 656clk
stepping
25 26 12 11 72 73 59 60 44 45 49 75 3 2 1 80 79 78 77 76 9 10 15 16 21 22 30 31 32 27 17 23 61 62 63 18 20 C44 100nF C43 100nF C45 100nF C47 100nF C46 100nF
L3 10 H +3.3 V C49 10 F
L4 10 H +3.3 V C48 10 F
J1
656HIN
656ICLK 656IN7 656IN6 656IN5 656IN4 656IN3 656IN2 656IN1 656IN0 656OCLK 656OUT7 656OUT6 656OUT5 656OUT4 656OUT3 656OUT2 656OUT1 656OUT0 CLKOUT HOUT VOUT CVBSO3 CVBSO2 CVBSO1 H50/INT V50/BLANK
BLANK
J3
656VIN
J2
I2C Address B2h B0h
C30 100nF
VSP 9415B 9417B 9445B 9447B
R21...R27: 8x 75 RIN2 GIN2 BIN2 FBL2 RIN1 GIN1 INTR BIN1
656hin/clkf20 656vin/blank rin2 gin2 bin2 fbl2 rin1 gin1 bin1 fbl1 vin/intr cvbs7 cvbs6 cvbs5 cvbs4 cvbs3 cvbs2 cvbs1 scl sda reset xin 70
46 47 48 38 39 40 41 37 14 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 13 6 24
656io7 656io6 656io5 656io4 656io3 656io2 656io1 656io0 clkout hout vout cvbso3 cvbso2 cbbso1 h50/irq v50/blank xout 69
Cx
MQFP80
J4
VIN CVBS7 CVBS6 CVBS5 CVBS4 CVBS3 CVBS2 CVBS1
HIN1/FBL1
R1...R7: 7x 75
Q1 20M25 C5 22pF* SCL (3.3V) *values are PCB and crystal dependent SDA (3.3V) C6 22pF*
RESET
Application Example VSPB

V1.51 (Cx) 2002-11-07
Fig. 52: Application Example for 941xB and 944xB
230
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
L1 10 H +1V8 C34 10 F L2 10 H +1V8 C33 10 F C32 100nF C31 100nF C30 100nF C29 100nF C28 100nF C27 100nF
90 89 64 63 58 59 5
vddd5 vssd5 vddd4 vssd4 vddd3 vssd3 vddd2
vsspdb1 vddp8 vssp8 vddp7 vssp7 vddp6
36 135 134 121 120 87 C52 100nF C51 100nF C50 100nF C49 100nF C48 100nF C47 100nF C46 100nF C45 100nF C43 100nF C42 100nF C41 100nF C40 100nF C39 100nF C54 100nF C53 100nF
L3 10 H +3.3 V C55 10 F
C26 100nF C25 100nF 20.25MHz
J1
656HIN
C24 100nF
BLANK
J3
656VIN
GP2 GP1 GP0
656clk 656in7 656in6 656in5 656in4 656in3 656in2 656in1 656in0

+3.3V
J2
B2h I2C Address B0h
656clk 656in7 656in6 656in5 656in4 656in3 656in2 656in1 656in0
RIN2 GIN2 BIN2 FBL2 RIN1 GIN1 INTR BIN1
C23 47nF C22 47nF C21 47nF C20 47nF C18 47nF C18 47nF R20 10k
J4
VIN CVBS9 CVBS8 CVBS7 CVBS6 CVBS5 CVBS4 CVBS3 CVBS2 CVBS1
HIN1/FBL1
C16 100nF C15 100nF C14 100nF C13 100nF C12 100nF C11 100nF C10 100nF C9 100nF C8 100nF
88 vssp6 55 4 vssd2 vddp5 117 56 vddd1 vssp5 118 11 vssd1 vddp4 12 74 vddargb vssp4 75 49 vssargb vddp3 119 50 vddapll vssp3 112 41 vddac2 vddp3 113 42 vssac2 vssp3 92 27 vddac1 vddp2 IC1 93 26 vssp2 vssac1 20 65 vddafbl VSP9425B vddp2 66 19 vssafbl VSP9427B vssp2 130 86 vddpor vddp1 MQFP144 137 131 vssp1 reseved 136 107 reseved stepping vdd33c 108 Cx 133 vss33c reseved 85 76 vdd33rgb reseved 77 84 vss33rgb reseved 83 1 vdddacy reseved 3 57 reseved vssdacy 142 17 vdddacu reseved 105 144 vssdacu nc 139 103 vdddacv nc 141 101 vssdacv nc 99 43 nc drout8 44 81 drout7 nc 79 45 nc drout6 46 71 nc drout5 69 47 nc drout4 129 48 drout3 tclk 34 52 drout2 adr/tdi 13 53 drout1 tms 138 54 656hio/clkf20 drout0 114 14 dbout8 656vio/blank 115 15 dbout7 656clk 116 16 dbout6 656io7 124 30 656io6 dbout5 125 31 656io5 dbout4 126 37 656io4 dbout3 127 38 656io3 dbout2 128 60 656io2 dbout1 132 61 656io1 dbout0 62 6 dgout8 656io0 7 78 dgout7 rin2 80 8 dgout6 gin2 82 9 dgout5 bin2 68 21 dgout4 fbl2 22 70 dgout3 rin1 23 72 dgout2 gin1 24 73 dgout1 bin1 67 25 dgout0 fbl1 29 51 clkout vin/intr 95 32 cvbs9 hout 94 39 vout cvbs8 106 2 ayout cvbs7 143 104 auout cvbs6 140 102 cvbs5 avout 109 100 cvbso3 cvbs4 110 98 cvbso2 cvbs3 111 97 cbbso1 cvbs2 96 33 h50/irq cvbs1 35 28 scl v50/blank 18 10 sda tdo 91 40 reset siscen xin xout 123 122 Q1 20M25 C5 22pF* C6 22pF*
L4 10 H +3.3 V C44 10 F
DROUT8 DROUT7 DROUT6 DROUT5 DROUT4 DROUT3 DROUT2 DROUT1 DROUT0 DBOUT8 DBOUT7 DBOUT6 DBOUT5 DBOUT4 DBOUT3 DBOUT2 DBOUT1 DBOUT0 656OUT7 656OUT6 656OUT5 656OUT4 656OUT3 656OUT2 656OUT1 656OUT0 DGOUT8 DGOUT7 DGOUT6 DGOUT5 DGOUT4 DGOUT3 DGOUT2 DGOUT1 DGOUT0 CLKOUT HOUT VOUT
CVBSO3 CVBSO2 CVBSO1 H50/IRQ V50/BLANK +5V R20 51 R21 51 C52 33 F C53 33 F C54 33 F Y100 U100 V100
SCL (3.3V)
R19 51
SDA (3.3V) *values are PCB and crystal dependent RESET

+3.3V
J5
single-scan double-scan
T3 T4 T5 -- / 3*BC807
buffer not necessary when short connection to backend-processor
Application Example VSP94x7B

V1.51 2002-11-07
Micronas
Fig. 53: Application Example for 9425B and 9427B
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
231

5.1. Application Overview
RGB H, V
RGB
DVD
YUV
Camcorder
YC CVBS
VSP 9405B VSP 9407B VSP 9435B VSP 9437B VSP 9425B VSP 9427B OPTIMUS
BLANK
VCR Tuner IF Tuner IF CVBS
CLK analog YUV H, V
RGB
SDA 9380 EDDC
CVBS
HD, VD, EW
CVBS, YC ITU656
CVBS
still-picture storage
HW
SDA 6000 M2 SDA 5550 TvTpro
RGB, FBL, COR
Fig. 54: Application overview with analog outputs of VSP 940xB
RGB H, V
RGB
DVD
YUV
Camcorder
YC CVBS
VSP 9415B VSP 9445B VSP 9417B VSP 9447B VSP9425B VSP9427B OPTIMUS
VCR Tuner IF Tuner IF CVBS CVBS CVBS, YC ITU656
CLK digital YUV
RGB
DDP 3315C
H, V
HD, VD, EW
CVBS
still-picture storage
HW
SDA 6000 M2 SDA 5550 TvTpro
RGB, FBL, COR
Fig. 55: Application overview with digital outputs of VSP 941xB, (VSP 942xB)
232
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
Micronas
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
233

6. Data Sheet History 1. Preliminary Data Sheet: VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B OPTIMUS , Jan. 18, 2002, 6251-576-1PD . First release of the preliminary data sheet. 2. Preliminary Data Sheet: VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B OPTIMUS, Oct. 21, 2002, 6251-576-2PD. Second release of the preliminary data sheet. Major changes: New revision, complete updated. 3. Preliminary Data Sheet: VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B OPTIMUS, Nov. 28, 2002, 6251-576-3PD. Third release of the preliminary data sheet. Major changes: Following sections were revised and updated: 2.3.15. Digital Prefiltering 2.3.19. Fast Blank Activity and Overflow Detection 2.7. Clock Concept 3.7. IC Bus Registers 3.12. IC Bus Command Table
Micronas GmbH Hans-Bunte-Strasse 19 D-79108 Freiburg (Germany) P.O. Box 840 D-79008 Freiburg (Germany) Tel. +49-761-517-0 Fax +49-761-517-2174 E-mail: [email protected] Internet: www.micronas.com Printed in Germany Order No. 6251-576-3PD
All information and data contained in this data sheet are without any commitment, are not to be considered as an offer for conclusion of a contract, nor shall they be construed as to create any liability. Any new issue of this data sheet invalidates previous issues. Product availability and delivery are exclusively subject to our respective order confirmation form; the same applies to orders based on development samples delivered. By this publication, Micronas GmbH does not assume responsibility for patent infringements or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. Further, Micronas GmbH reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes to its content, at any time, without obligation to notify any person or entity of such revisions or changes. No part of this publication may be reproduced, photocopied, stored on a retrieval system, or transmitted without the express written consent of Micronas GmbH.
234
Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD
Micronas
This datasheet has been downloaded from: www.DatasheetCatalog.com Datasheets for electronic components.

VSP 9437B Color Decoder and Scan-Rate Converter

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VSP 9437B Color Decoder and Scan-Rate Converter

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

VSP 9437B Color Decoder and Scan-Rate Converter

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

Edition Nov. 28, 2002 6251-576-3PD

VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

Table 12: Optimus family for single-scan applications

Package MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP80 MQFP144 MQFP144

Digital Input ITU6561) ITU656

ITU6561) ITU656 ITU656

Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

Table 13: Compatibility and suited backend ICs

DDP 3315C (no ITU656 input possible)

Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

vin/ intr clkout vout hout

dgout8 dgout7 dgout6 dgout5 dgout4

648 MHz clk

C800 Controller Divider Output Sync Controller

4H delay H V 648 MHz DTO Divider Line-locked Clocks

Notch, Deskew, delay

cvbs4 Delay Control

1.2. Block Diagram

cvbs9 Sync Memory Controller Noise Measure ment H V

clamping signals to ADCs

Picture Noise Measure ment

CLAMP Delay Control

Notch, Deskew, Delay

Output Data Controller

Color Decoder YUV 1H Delay

dbout6 Motion Adaptive Upconversion

Mosaic Mode Global Motion Detection

Temporal Noise Reduction Preframe Generator

VSP 94x5B, VSP 94x7B

Fig. 11: Block diagram (MQFP144 package)

Noise Measure ment Line Memories

Nov. 28, 2002; 6251-576-3PD

4:2:2 ITU656 Encoder CTI LTI Adaptive Peaking

bin2 Offset, Gain

CLAMP grey shaded blocks not available in

OPTIMUS VSP 94x7B

(pinning corresponds to QFP-144 package)

ITU656 Memory out

YUV-> RGB or bypass

Delay Adjust 8:8:8

Test-controller, Memory Bist

656hio/ 656vio/ clkf20 blank scl sda

PRELIMINARY DATA SHEET

cvbso1 xout xin vout hout